16012019FV4Q6RWBAnnexure documentofEIAEMP PDF

M/S.
ICONIC PHARMACHEM
PLOT NO. 3202, PHASE-II, GIDC ESTATE, PANOLI-394116,
TA: ANKLESHWAR, DIST: BHARUCH, GUJARAT
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES
MANUFACTURING PLANT
March, 2017 to May, 2017

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK
ASSESSMENT REPORT
CLIENT : M/S. ICONIC PHARMACHEM
PLOT NO. 3202, PHASE-III,GIDC ESTATE, PANOLI-394 116, TAL:
ANKLESHWAR, DIST: BHARUCH, GUJARAT
PROJECT TITLE : PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES

MANUFACTURING PLANT
PROJECT NO. : 735000
Prepared By:
NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.
403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring
Road, Surat - 395002
1
Nov. 24, 2018
UNDERTAKING
We, M/S. Iconic Pharmachem, Own This EIA Report Prepared By M/S. Aqua-Air Environmental
Engrs. P. Ltd., Surat For Proposed Bulk Drugs And Bulk Drug Intermediates Manufacturing Plant
located At Plot No. 3202, Phase-Iii, GIDC Estate, Panoli-394 116, Tal: Ankleshwar, Dist: Bharuch,
Gujarat
FOR
Bhavesh Chaodiya
(Partner)
3
Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA Report of
M/s. ICONIC PHARMACHEM

Plot No. 3202, Phase-III,GIDC Estate,
Panoli-394 116, Tal: Ankleshwar,
Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat
EIA COORDINATOR
Name Signature
Mr. Dhaval Zaveri
4
5
6
Declaration by Head of the Organization
I, Jayesh S. Patel hereby confirm that the above mentioned team members were
involved in preparation of EIA Report of M/s. Iconic pharmachem, Plot No.
3202,Phase-II, GIDC, Panoli-394116, Taluka: Ankleshwar, Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat. I also confirm
that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this
statement.
7
INDEX
SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

INDEX 8
LIST OF TABLE
LIST OF FIGURE
TOR LETTER
COMPLIANCE OF TOR (SEAC)
1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION 32
1.1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND 33
1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 33
1.1.3 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT 33
1.2 PROJECT DETAILS 34
1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE 40
1.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE 43
FACILITIES
1.5 PURPOSE OF EIA 44
1.6 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 44
1.7 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA 45
1.7.1 BASE LINE CONDITION 45
1.7.2 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT 45
1.7.3 GROUND AND SURFACE WATER ENVIRONMENT 45
1.7.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 45
1.7.5 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 46
1.7.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 46
1.7.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 46
1.7.8 IDENTIFICATION OF POLLUTION SOURCE 46
1.7.9 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL & EMS 46
1.7.10 EVALUATION OF IMPACT 46
1.7.11 PREAPARATION OF EMP 46
1.8 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 47
2 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES
2.1 BACKGROUND 50
2.2 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE FACILITIES(BAT) 50
2.3 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES 51
2.4 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING 112
2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 118
8
2.5.1 LAND 118
2.5.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES 118
2.5.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER 118
2.5.3.1 WATER BALANCE DIAGARAM 120
2.5.3.2 TREATMENT PROCESS 121
2.5.3.3 DETAILS OF TREATABILITY STUDY 124
2.5.3.4 EXPECTED CHARACTERISTIC OF WASTE WATER BEFORE & AFTER 125
TREATMENT
2.5.3.5 ECONOMICAL TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF ETP SYSTEM 125
2.5.4 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 126
2.5.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM 126
2.5.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM 127
2.6 DETAILS OF UTILITIES 129
2.7 ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT 129
2.8 FUEL REQUIREMENT 129
3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION 130
3.2 METHODOLOGY 131
3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY 133
3.3.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS 134
3.3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 135
3.3.3 RAIN FALL 136
3.3.4 WIND SPEED 137
3.3.5 TEMPERATURE , RELATIVEHUMIDITY & WIND SPEED 138
3.3.6 WIND ROSE 139
3.3.7 MONITORING LOCATIONS OF AIR, WATER, SOIL, NOISE 141
3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 143
3.4.1 AIR SUMMARY 145
3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 145
3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT 148
3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING 148
3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY 156
3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY 157
3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT 157
3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY 157
3.7.2 SUMMARY ON SOIL QUALITY 163
3.7.3 EIA PHOTOGRAPHS 164-171
3.8 GEOLOGICAL & HYDROLOGICAL DATA 172
3.8.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION 172
3.8.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA 172
9
3.8.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP 172
3.8.4 HYDROLOGY 174
3.8.5 DRAINAGE PATTERN 176
3.9 LAND USE PATTERN 177
3.10 TOPOSHEET 180
3.11 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 181
3.11.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY 182
3.11.2 FOREST 182
3.11.3 FLORA 183
3.11.4 FAUNA 186
3.12 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 188
3.12.1 DEMOGRAPHY 188
3.12.2 LITERACY RATE 191
3.12.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 193
3.12.4 AMENITIES 195
4 CHAPTER : 04 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 7 MITIGATION

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT 199
4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS 206
4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 206
4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 207
4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS 216
4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 218
4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS 218
4.2.7 HOUSING 218
4.2.8 ECOLOGY 218
4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION 221
4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 222
5 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 229
5.2 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN 229
5.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES 231
5.4 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS 231
5.5 LABORATORY FACILITIES 233
5.6 DOCUMENTS & RECORDS 233
5.7 BUDGET & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE 234
10
6 CHAPTER 6: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 235
7 CHAPTER 7: RISK ASSESSMENT & DMP 236
7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 236
7.1.1 INTRODUCTION 236
7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY 236
7.1.3 METHODOLOGY 237
7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 239
7.1.5 PREACAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION 245
7.1.5 HANDLING OF CORROSIVE CHEMICALS 247
7.1.6 FOR DRUM STORAGE AREA 248
7.1.7 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 248
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 263
7.3 TRANSPORTATION 265
7.3.1 OTHER RISK REDUCTION OPPORTUNITIES 266
7.4 RECOMMENDATION FOR ALARP 266
7.5 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 267
7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 268
7.7 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM 278
7.8 ACTION ON SITE 282
7.9 OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 293
7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 297
7.11 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS 305
8 CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 BACKGROUND 308
8.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 308
8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 309
8.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 311
8.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 312
8.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 312
8.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 314
8.4.2.1 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF 315
WASTE STREAMS
8.4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 315
8.4.3.1 ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQES 316
STANDARDS
8.4.3.2 INFORMATION FOR CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS 317
8.4.3.3 SPILL CONTROL PLAN 319
8.4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 321
8.4.5.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 321
11
8.4.5.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF 322
DISCARDED CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING
8.4.5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION 323
8.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 324
8.6 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY 326
8.7 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER 328
8.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES 328
8.9 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT 330
8.10 SOLVENT RECOVERY PLAN 331
8.11 LDAR PROGRAM 333
9 CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 335

10 CHAPTER 10: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
10.1 SUBJECT 336
10.2 PRODUCT AND CAPACITY 336
10.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIORNMENT 337
10.4 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTE WATER GENERATION AND 339
TREATMENT
10.5 AIR POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MANAGEMENT 340
10.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE 340
10.7 GREEN BELT 341
10.8 POWER REQUIREMENTS 341
10.9 FUEL REQUIREMENT 341
10.10 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS STORAGE & MODE OF 342
DISPOSAL
10.11 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST 342
10.12 CONCLUSION 342
11 CHAPTER 12: PROJECT BENEFITS 344

12 CHAPTER 11: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 348
ANNEXURES 357
12
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE TITLE PAGE NO.
NO.
1.1 LIST OF DIECTORS AND PARTNERS 33

1.2 BREAKUP OF LAND USE 34
1.3 LIST OF PRODUCTS ALONGWITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY 38
1.4 LIST OF MACHINERIES AND EQUIPMENTS 39
1.5 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM 40
PROJECT SITE
1.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 43
2.1 LIST OF RAW MATERIAL 112
2.2 WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION 119
2.3 ETP UNITS DIMENSIONS 122
2.4 EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTIC 124
2.5 DETAILS OF FLUE & PROCESS GAS EMISSION 126
2.6 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE & ITS MODE OF DISPOSAL 127
3.1 FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 131
3.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 132
3.3 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 134-137
3.4 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 138
3.5 LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL 142
3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS 144
3.7 BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS 146
3.8 GROUND WATER QUALITY 149
3.9 SURFACE WATER QUALITY 155
3.10 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL 157
3.11 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION 172
3.12 AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE 179
3.13 LIST OF FLORA 183
3.14 LIST OF FAUNA 186
3.15 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 188
3.16 POPULATION DENSITY 190
3.17 LITERACY RATE 191
3.18 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 193
3.19 DETAILS OF AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA 196
4.1 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS 209
4.2 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR SPM, SO2 & NOX 215
4.3 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR SPM, SO2 & NOX 216
4.4 HAZ. WASTE DETAILS 216
4.5 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 223
13
4.6 CONSTRUCTION & OPERATE STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & 225
MITIGATE MEASURES
4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX 227
4.8 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 228

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 230
5.2 METHODS OF ENV SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 231
5.3 REPORTING SYSTEM FOR ENV MONITORING PLAN 232
7.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 241
7.2 OTHER HAZARDS & CONTROL 242
7.3 HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES 243
AND SPECIAL HAZARD
7.4 FIRE FIGHTING EXTINGUISER 268
8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 313
8.2 FUNDS FOR CSR ACTIVITIES 329
8.3 SOLVENT RECOVERY TABLE 330
14
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE TITLE PAGE NO.
NO.
1.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE 35
1.2 LAYOUT OF THE PLANT 37
1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 41
1.4 TOPOSHEET 42
1.5 ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA 49
REPORT
2.1 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 120
2.2 ETP FLOW DIAGRAM 123
3.1 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 139
3.2 STABILITY CLASS 140
3.3 LOCATION OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL 141
3.4 EIA PHOTOGRAPHS 164-171
3.5 MAJOR GEOLIGICAL FEATURES 173
3.6 HYDROLOGICAL MAP 175
3.7 DRAINAGE PATTERN 176
3.8 PROCESS METHODOLOGY 178
3.9 LAND USE/ LAND COVER 179
3.10 TOPOSHEET 180
3.11 POPULATION DENSITY 190
3.12 LITERACY RATE 192
4.1 IMPACT NETWORKS 200-205
4.2 PROPOSED ISOPLETH OF SPM 210
4.3 PROPOSED ISOPLETH OF SO2 211
4.4 PROPOSED ISOPLETH OF NOX 212
4.5 PROPOSED ISOPLETH OF HCL 213
4.6 PROPOSED ISOPLETH OF NH3 214
7.1 QRA METHODOLOGY 237
7.2 FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 238
7.3 LAYOUT OF THE PLANT 240
7.4 RISK SCHENARIO 260-261
8.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 310
8.2 SOLVENT RECOVERY PLAN 332
8.3 LDAR VOC CONTROL 33
15
TOR LETTER
16
17
COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORs) – SEAC, GANDHINAGAR
SR. NO. TERMS OF REFERENCES COMPLIENCE
Specific TORs
1 Compliance of MoEFC's OM dated Please refer chapter-8, Section 8.8 , page
01/05/2018 regarding ''Corporate no. 280
Environment Responsibility
2 Diclofenac Sodium will be used completely Diclofenac sodium will be used in product in
for captive consumption of other proposed indolinone
products.
3 Details of spent aluminium chloride there is no generation of spent aluminium
solution details along with its disposal and chloride.
revised hazardous waste profile.
4 Explore the use of renewable energy please refer Chapter-8, Section 8.6
efficient to the maximum extent possible. page no.
details of provisions to make the project
energy efficient though of energy efficient
devices and adoption of modes of
alternatives eco-friendly sources of energy
like solar water heater, solar lighting
devices etc. Measure proposed for energy
conservation.
5 Qualitative and quantitative analysis of Please refer hazardous waste generation
hazardous waste streams like Spent and disposal system Chapter : 2, section
sulphuric acid, spent HCL and Ammonia 2.5.6, Table 2.5
solution generation from the
manufacturing process (Product wise).
Explore the possibility to reuse such waste
streams which premises as raw materials
for other products or to convert it into
valuable products instead of selling out
side. Sound management of such waste
streams as per the HW rules 2016 as
amended time to time. Feasibility report
for utilization shall be incorporated in EIA
report.
6 Safety precautions including flame proof, Annexure-13
electic fitting to be taken to avoid fire
hazard & occupational health hazards
during unloading, storage, transportation,
handling, and processing of hazardous
chemicals like sulphuric acid, toluene etc.
7 Safety precautions for toluene as per the Annexure--13
PESO standards.
8 Applicability of ozone depleting rules as per there is no process which is applicable of
consumption of ODS in process. Ozone depleting.
9 Leak Detection and repairing programme Chapter : 08, Section 8.11
(LDAR) for all the volatile organic solvent LDAR programme with leak detection and
proposed for use in house with detailed repair.
18
chemicals properties including vapour to prevent losses of these solvents in
pressure. LDAR Shall endeavor prevention atmosphere.
of losses of solvents to the best minimum
extent.
10 Submit the status of compliances of please refer Annexure-06, Common MEE
environmental norms of existing common membership certificate and Consent copy of
infrastructure of M/s. ACPTCPL, Ankleshwar MEE with compliance status.
Standard TORs
1 A tabular chart with index for point-wise Point-wise compliance of above TORs is
compliance of below mentioned TORs. given as Compliance of TORs in Index.
2 Executive summary of the project – giving a For executive summary of the project,
prima facie idea of the objectives of the Please refer Chapter - 10 in EIA Report.
proposal, use of resources, justification,
etc. In addition, it should provide a
compilation of EIA report, including EMP
and the post-project monitoring plan in
brief.
3 Justification for selecting the proposed For Justification of the project, Please refer
product and unit size. Section-1.1.3, Chapter-1 (Page No. 33) in EIA
Report.
4 Land requirement for the project including For the land break-up, Please refer Section-
its break up for various purposes, its 1.1.2, Table-1.2, Chapter-1 (Page No. 34) in
availability and optimization. EIA Report. Fig. 1.3 page no. 37
5 Land possession documents. Copy of NA Copy of plot holding certificate obtained
order showing permission to use the from GIDC.
project land for industrial purpose. If Please refer Annexure-7 in EIA Report.
located in GIDC, copy of plot holding Page no. 376
certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.
6 Location of the project site and nearest For location of the project site and nearest
habitats with distances from the project habitats with distances from the project
site to be demarcated on a toposheet (1: site, Please refer Section-1.2, Figure-1.1,
50000 scale). Chapter-1 (Page No. 35) in EIA Report.
7 Topography details of the project area. For topography details, Please refer Figure-
1.4, Chapter-1 (Page No. 42) in EIA Report.
8 Geological features and geo-hydrological For geological and geo-hydrological details,
status of the study area. Please refer Section-3.8, Chapter-3 (Page
No. 172) in EIA Report.
9 In case of project located outside notified Not Applicable
area: Legal Undertaking stating that unit is
complying the three conditions [i.e. water
consumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuel
consumption less than 25 TPD; and not
covered in the category of MAH units as per
the Management, Storage, Import of
Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC Rules),
1989] as per the amendment to EIA
Notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E) dated
25/06/2014.
19
10 Present land use pattern of the study area For land use pattern of the study area,
shall be given based on satellite imagery. Please refer Section-3.9, Chapter-3 (Page
11 Layout plan of the factory premises clearly For the layout plan of the factory, Please
demarcating various units within the plant. refer Figure-1.2, Chapter-1 (Page No. 37) in
Provision of separate entry & exit and EIA Report.
adequate margin all-round the periphery for
unobstructed easy movement of the
emergency vehicle / fire tenders without
reversing back. Mark the same in the plant
layout.
12 Technical details of the plant/s along with For the details of best available
details on best available technologies (BAT), technologies (BAT), Please refer Section-
proposed technology and reasons for 2.2, Chapter-2 (Page No. 50) in EIA Report.
selecting the same.
13 Product spectrum (Proposed products along For the list of products along with
with production Capacity) and processes. production capacity, Please refer Section-
1.2.5, Table 1.3, Chapter-1 (Page No. 38) in
EIA Report.
Details of manufacturing process, Please
refer Section-2.3, Chapter-2 (Page No. 51-
111) in EIA Report.
14 Chemical name of each proposed product For chemical name, CAS number and end
to be manufactured. Details on end use of use of each products, Please refer Section-
each product. (Provide CAS number of all 1.2.5, Chapter-1 (Page No. 38) in EIA
the products & raw materials. In case of Report.
Dyes, CI number).
15 Details on raw materials, source and For the details of raw material and storage,
storage within the premises. Please refer Section-2.4, Chapter-2 (Page
16 Details of complete manufacturing process Details of complete manufacturing process /
/ operations of each product along with operations of each product along with
chemical reactions, process flow diagram chemical reactions Please refer Section-2.3,
describing each unit processes and unit Table : 2.4, Chapter-2 (Page No. 118) in EIA
operations along with material balance, Report.
consumption of raw materials etc.
17 Details on strategy for the implementation Details on strategy for the implementation
of cleaner production activities. of cleaner production activities are referred
as Section-8.4.5.3, Chapter-8 (Page No. 323)
in EIA Report.
18 Assessment of source of the water supply Water requirement will be met through
with adequacy of the same to meet with GIDC water supply.
the requirements for the project. Please refer Annexure-08, for GIDC Water
Permission obtained from the concern Supply Certificate. page no.379
authority for supply of raw water.
19 Undertaking stating that no bore well shall Please refer Annexure-08, for undertaking
be dug within the premises (If project is that no bore well shall be dug within the
located within the Industrial estate). premises. page no.380
20
20 Details on water balance including quantity Water balance diagram is referred as
of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Section- 2.5.3.1, Fig. 2.1, Chapter-2 (Page
Details of methods to be adopted for the No. 120) in EIA Report.
water conservation.
21 Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day
to maintain quality of receiving water body. which will be met through GIDC water
supply. The wastewater generation will be
17.5 KL/Day. The industrial effluent (15.7
KL/Day) will be sent to Common MEE of
M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be
disposed by septic tank & soak pit.
22 Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid For ‘Zero’ discharge of effluent, Please refer
Discharge (ZLD) option for the proposed Section 2.5.3, Chapter-2 (Page No. 118-124)
project. in EIA Report.
23 Segregation of waste streams, There is no segregation of waste streams.
characterization and quality with specific Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day
treatment and disposal of each stream which will be met through GIDC water
including action plan for maximum recycle supply. The wastewater generation will be
of treated waste water and minimum
discharge for effluent.
M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
disposed by septic tank & soak pit.
24 Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP Details of the ETP are referred as Section-
including dimensions of each unit along 2.5.3.2, Chapter-2 (Page No. 121) in EIA
with schematic flow diagram. Inlet, Report.
transitional and treated effluent qualities
with specific efficiency of each treatment
unit in reduction in respect of all
concerned/regulated environmental
parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be
based on worst case scenario considering
production of most polluting products that
can be manufactured in the plant
concurrently.
25 In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / There is no discharge into GIDC drainage/
Pipeline: pipelines.
I. Copy of permission letter with quantity
(KL/day) from the concern authority of Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day
drainage network / pipeline with which will be met through GIDC water
confirmation for spare capacity available to supply. The wastewater generation will be
take additional effluent.
II. Characteristics of the combined effluent
and treated water to be sent to Common KL/Day) will be sent to Common MEE of
pipeline with reference to the M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
21
MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge norms. Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be
III. Provision for Continuous Monitoring disposed by septic tank & soak pit.
System for waste water discharge.
26 In case of waste water sent to Common Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day
Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Dryer which will be met through GIDC water
etc. supply. The wastewater generation will be
a. Details of Common facilities including
(1) Total capacity of the CF
(2) Copy of CC&A of the CF. M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
(3) Actual load at present (Qualitative and disposed by septic tank & soak pit.
Quantitative – KL per day)
(4) Booked quantity & Spare capacity of CF Please refer Annexure-06 , Common MEE
membership certificate with CCA and
(5) Copies of XGN generated Inspection Compliance status.
reports with analysis reports of the water
/Air/Hazardous samples collected by GPCB
(Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued
by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise
compliance thereof.
(6) Copies of Show- cause notices, closure
notices etc. served by the GPCB and its
compliance
(6) Recommendations and suggestions of
the last two Environment Audit reports of
CETP and its compliance report.
(7) Common Facility Up gradation scheme,
if any.
b. Status of compliance to the 18(1) (b)
direction issued by the CPCB with respect
to
CETP compliance & CEPI area action plan
along with relevant supportive document.
c. Give status of compliance of
Environmental norms of existing Common
Infrastructure i.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer
(Whichever is applicable) in which you are a
member.
d. Submit adequacy of Common
Infrastructure i.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer
for additional load (Whichever is
applicable) along with written
confirmation/membership certificate
mentioning the same (Total consented
quantity, total quantity booked so far,
quantity booked for the unit, spare
quantity available).
27 In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) : i. Company will neutralize the effluent
22
I. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of then it will be sent to Common MEE
effluent shall be included. Notarized Facility, which is Zero Liquid Discharge.
undertaking for assuring that underground
drainage connection will not be taken in
the unit and there shall be no effluent
discharge outside the plant premises. ii. Unit Refer Section 2.5.3.5, Chapter-2,
II. Economical and technical viability of the Page No. 125
effluent treatment system to achieve Zero
Liquid Discharge (ZLD). iii. Refer Annexure – 10 page no.385
III. Certification of adequacy of proposed
ZLD scheme through credible institutes of
National repute. iv. Refer Section 3.6, Chapter-3, Page
IV. To estimate & monitor ground water No.148
quality & its contamination status, piezo
meter wells, one on up gradient of the
groundwater flow and other three on the
down gradient side of the ground water
flow of the proposed project at different
depth based on available ground water
depth shall be established and all the
parameters mentioned in IS 10:500 for
potable water standard shall be monitored.
28 In case of in-house MEE/Spray dryer for Not applicable. The entire waste water send
waste water treatment: Capacity of to Common MEE of M/s.
MEE/Spray dryer in KL/hr. Technical details ACPTCPL,Ankleshwar.
of MEE including evaporation capacity,
steam required for evaporation, adequacy
of the proposed boiler to supply steam for
evaporation in addition to the steam
required for the process etc. Techno-
economical viability of the evaporation
system. Control measures proposed for the
evaporation system in order to
avoid/reduce gaseous emission/VOC from
evaporation of industrial effluent
containing solvents & other chemicals.
29 Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/ spray Not Applicable
Dryer, RO/NF system etc. (If any).
30 Undertaking stating that a separate electric Please refer Annexure-11, for undertaking
meter will be provided for the waste water that a separate electric meter will be
treatment system viz. ETP, RO, MEE, Spray provided for the ETP. page no. 393
dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable)
31 Economical and technical viability of the Unit Refer Section 2.5.3.5, Chapter-2, Page
effluent treatment system. No. 125
32 Plans for management, collection and Plans for management, collection and
disposal of waste streams to be generated disposal of waste streams to be generated
from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, from spillage, leakages, vessel washing,
used container washing etc. Measures used container washing etc. are referred as
23
proposed for preventing effluent discharge Section-8.4.2.1, Chapter-8 (Page No. 315) in
during unforeseen circumstances. EIA Report.
33 Action plan for reuse of liquid waste Not Applicable

streams like Spent acids, Poly Aluminium
Chloride etc. within premises to convert
into valuable products instead of sending
outside to actual end-users.
34 Adequacy of the proposed EMS with For Adequacy of the EMS, please refer
respect to the pollution load envisaged in Annexure-10.page no. 385
terms of Air, Water and hazardous waste.
35 One season Site-specific micro- One season Site-specific micro-
meteorological data using temperature, meteorological data using temperature,
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and relative humidity, hourly wind speed and
direction and rainfall should be direction and rainfall data is referred as
incorporated. Table-3.4, Chapter-3 (Page No. 138) in EIA
Report.
36 Anticipated environmental impacts due to The detail regarding Anticipated
the proposed project/production may be environmental impacts are referred as
evaluated for significance and based on Chapter-4 of EIA Report.
corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued
Environmental Components) may be
identified. Baseline studies may be
conducted within the study area for all the
concerned/identified VECs and likely
impacts will have to be assessed for their
magnitude in order to identify mitigation
measures.
37 One complete season base line ambient air Ambient air quality monitoring carried out
quality data (except monsoon season) to be during the study period of March-2017 to
given along with the dates of monitoring. May-2017.
The parameters to be covered shall be in Ambient air quality data is referred as
accordance with the revised National Section 3.2, Chapter-3 (Page No. 144) in EIA
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as Report.
well as project specific parameters like Locations of Ambient air quality monitoring
NH3, HCl, CL2, HBr, VOC etc. Locations of stations are referred as Figure-3.3, Chapter-
the monitoring stations should be so 3 (Page No. 141) in EIA Report.
decided so as to take into consideration the
predominant downwind direction,
population zone and sensitive receptors.
There should be at least one monitoring
station in the upwind direction. There
should be at least one monitoring station in
the pre dominant downwind direction at a
location where maximum ground level
concentration is likely to occur.
38 Modelling indicating the likely impact on The detail regarding air dispersion model &
ambient air quality due to proposed contours are referred as Section-4.2.2,
24
activities. The details of model used and Chapter-4 (Page No. 207) in EIA Report.
input parameters used for modelling should Wind rose diagram is referred as Figure-3.1,
be provided. The air quality contours may Chapter-3 (Page No. 139) in EIA Report.
be shown on location map clearly indicating
the location of sensitive receptors, if any,
and the habitation. The wind rose showing
pre-dominant wind direction should also be
indicated on the map. Impact due to
vehicular movement shall also be included
into the prediction using suitable model.
Results of Air dispersion modelling should
be superimposed on satellite Image /
geographical area map.
39 Base line status of the noise environment, Noise monitoring data is referred as Section
impact of noise on present environment - 3.5, Chapter-3 (Page No. 145) in EIA
due to the project and proposed measures Report.
for noise reduction including engineering Noise environment is referred as Section-
controls. 8.4.4, Chapter-8 (Page No. 319) in EIA
Report.
40 Specific details of a) Process gas emission is referred as
a) Process gas emission from each unit Section- 2.5.4, Chapter-2 (Page No. 126)
process with its quantification. in EIA Report.
b) Air pollution Control Measures (APCM) b) Air pollution Control Measures proposed
proposed for process gas emission. for process gas emission is referred as
Adequacy of the air pollution control Section- 2.5.4, Chapter-2 (Page No. 126)
measures (APCM) for process gas emission in EIA Report.
measures to achieve the GPCB norms. c) Details of utilities required are referred
c) Details of the utilities required. as Section-2.6, Chapter-2 (Page No. 129)
d) Type and quantity (MT/hr& MT/Day) of in EIA Report.
fuel to be used for each utility. d) Requirement of fuel is referred as
e) Flue gas emission rate emission from Section- 2.8, Chapter-2 (Page No. 129) in
each utility. EIA Report.
f) Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) e) Flue gas emission is referred as Section-
proposed to each of the utility along with 2.5.4, Chapter-2 (Page No. 126) in EIA
its adequacy Report.
g) List the project specific sources of f) APCM is referred as Section-2.5.4,
fugitive emission along with its Chapter-2 (Page No. 126) in EIA Report.
quantification and proposed measures to g) Action plan to control & monitor fugitive
control it. emissions are referred as Section-
h) Details on tail gas treatment.(If any) 8.4.3.2, Chapter-8 (Page No. 317) in EIA
Report.
h) No
41 Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission Unit shall provide Continuous Emission
Monitoring system). Monitoring System.
42 Action plan for odour control to be Action plan for odour control is referred as
submitted. Section-8.4.3.3, Chapter-8 (Page No. 319) in
EIA Report.
43 Management plan for hazardous/Solid Details of hazardous waste generation & its
25
waste including storage, handling, management are referred as Section-
utilization and safe disposal as per the 8.4.5.1, Chapter-8 (Page No. 321) in EIA
Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management Report.
and Tran boundary Movement) Rules 2016.
CPCB guidelines in respect of specific
treatment, such as solar evaporation,
incineration, etc., need to be followed.
44 How the manual handling of the hazardous Methodology of de-contamination and
wastes will be minimized? Methodology of disposal of discarded containers and its
decontamination and disposal of discarded records are referred as Section-8.4.5.2,
containers and its record keeping. Chapter-8 (Page No. 322) in EIA Report.
45 Management of by-products which fall Not Applicable
under the purview of the Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016 as
per the said rules and necessary
permissions from the concern authority.
46 Membership of Common Environmental Please refer Annexure-06, for Common
Infrastructure like TSDF, Common Solid Waste Disposal Facility. page no.370
Incineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray
dryer etc.
47 Name and quantity of each type of solvents Solvent Recovery System is referred as
to be used for proposed production. Details Section- 8.10, Chapter-8 (Page No. 330) in
of in-house solvent recovery system EIA Report.
including mass balance, solvent loss,
recovery efficiency (% recovery), feasibility
of reusing the recovered solvents etc. for
each type of solvent.
48 Appropriate monitoring network has to be Unit will be provided appropriate
designed and proposed, to assess the monitoring network to assess the possible
possible residual impacts on VECs. residual impacts on VECs.
49 A detailed EMP including the protection A details regarding EMP including -
and mitigation measures for impact on environmental management cell, concept of
human health and environment as well as waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover
detailed monitoring plan and techniques, energy conservation and
environmental management cell proposed natural resource conservation are referred
for implementation and monitoring of EMP. as section 8.4.5.3 Chapter-8 in EIA Report
The EMP should also include the concept of page no. 323.
waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover The details regarding environmental
techniques, energy conservation, and monitoring plan are referred as Chapter-5 in
natural resource conservation. Total capital EIA Report.
cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked Section 8.9 chaper-8, page no. 330
for environment pollution control Total costs of the project will be Rs. 3.0
measures. Crores.
50 Details of in-house monitoring capabilities Environmental monitoring will be carried by
and the recognized agencies if proposed for third party.
conducting monitoring.
51 Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage Not Applicable
26
of solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.
52 Occupational health impacts on the The details of Occupational Health & Safety
workers and mitigation measures proposed are referred as Section-7.10, Chapter-7
to avoid the human health hazards along (Page No. 297) in EIA Report.
with the personal protective equipment to
be provided. Provision of industrial
hygienist and monitoring of the
occupational injury to workers as well as
impact on the workers. Plan for periodic
medical check-up of the workers exposed.
Details of work place ambient air quality
monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories
Rules.
53 Details on volatile organic compounds Details on volatile organic compounds
(VOCs) from the plant operations and (VOCs) are referred as Section-8.4.3.3,
occupational safety and health protection Chapter-8 (Page No.319) in EIA Report.
measures. Proposal for Leak Detection and
Repair (LDAR) program as per the CPCB
guidelines.
54 Risk assessment including prediction of the The details of risk assessment including
worst-case scenario and maximum credible prediction of the worst-case scenario and
accident scenarios should be carried out. maximum credible accident scenarios are
The worst-case scenario should take into referred as Section-7.1.7.3, Chapter-7 (Page
account the maximum inventory of storage No. 259) in EIA Report.
at site at any point of time. The risk The details of on-site / off-site emergency
contours should be plotted on the plant plan are referred as Section-7.8 Page No.
layout map clearly showing which of the 282 & Section 7.9, Chapter-7 (Page No. 293)
facilities would be affected in case of an in EIA Report.
accident taking place. Based on the same,
proposed safeguard measures including
On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be
provided.
55 MSDS of all the products and raw materials. For MSDS, please refer Annexure-14.page
no.400
56 Details of hazardous characteristics and The details of hazardous characteristics and
toxicity of raw materials and products to be toxicity of raw materials and products are
handled and the control measures referred as Table-7.1, 7.2 & 7.3, Chapter-7
proposed to ensure safety and avoid the (Page No. 241-244) in EIA Report.
human health impacts. This shall include Safety measurements for hazardous
the details of Antidotes also. chemicals to avoid the human health
impacts are referred as Section-7.1.4,
Chapter-7 (Page No. 239) in EIA Report.
57 Details of quantity of each hazardous The detail is referred as Table-7.1, Chapter-
chemical (including solvents) to be stored, 7 (Page No. 241) in EIA Report.
Material of Construction (MoC) of major The details of hazard, risk & measures to
hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke prevent the accident is complied in Chapter-
details, threshold storage quantity as per 08 of EIA Report.
schedules of the Manufacture, Storage &
27
Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of
major hazardous chemicals, size of the
biggest storage tank to be provided for
each raw material & product etc. How the
manual handling of the hazardous
chemicals will be minimized?
58 Details of the separate isolated storage The details of Fire Fighting System are
area for flammable chemicals. Details of referred as Section-7.5, Chapter-7 (Page No.
flameproof electrical fittings, DCP 268) in EIA Report.
extinguishers and other safety measures
proposed. Detailed fire control plan for
flammable substances and processes
showing hydrant pipeline network,
provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey
pump, toxic gas detectors etc.
59 Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Please refer Annexure-12, for Check list of
Don’ts of preventive maintenance, Do’s & Don’ts. page no. 394
strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility
staff for safety related measures.
60 Specify safety precautions to be taken for Annexure-13, Page no. 397
Chemical storage, process, handling
&transportation hazard.
61 Details on workers training before engaging Annexure-13, Page no. 397
work, periodical, in-house, outside etc.
62 Detailed five year greenbelt development Detailed five year greenbelt development
program including annual budget, planning plan is referred as Section-8.5, Chapter-8
schedule, species, width of plantations, (Page No. 324) in EIA Report.
number of trees to be planted, area under
green belt development [with map],
budgetary outlay etc. along with
commitment of the management to carry
out the tree plantation activities outside
the premises at appropriate places in the
nearby areas and elsewhere.
63 Action plan for the greenbelt development Action plan for the greenbelt development
– species, width of plantations, planning is referred as Section-8.5, Chapter-8 (Page
schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB No. 324) in EIA Report.
published guidelines.
64 Detailed socio-economic development Socio-economic development activities are
measures including community welfare referred as Section-8.8, Chapter-8 (Page No.
program most useful in the project area for 328) in EIA Report.
the overall improvement of the
environment. Submit a detailed plan for
social corporate responsibilities, with
appropriate budgetary provisions for the
next five years and activities proposed to
be carried out; specific to the current
demographic status of the area.
28
65 (a) Does the company have a well laid Environment Policy is referred as Section-
down Environment Policy approved by its 8.3.1, Chapter-8 (Page No. 311) in EIA
Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed Report.
in the EIA report.
(b). Does the Environment Policy prescribe
for standard operating process/ procedures
to bring into focus any infringement/
deviation/ violation of the environmental
or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA.
66 What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal
administrative order of the company to with the environmental issues is referred as
deal with the environmental issues and for Section-8.3, Figure-8.1, Chapter-8 (Page No.
ensuring compliance with the EC 310) in EIA Report.
conditions. Details of this system may be
given.
67 Does the company have a system of Company will develop a system of reporting
reporting of non-compliances/ violations of of non-compliances/ violations of
environmental norms to the Board of environmental norms to the Board of
Directors of the company and/ or Directors of the company and/ or
shareholders or stakeholders at large? This shareholders or stakeholders.
reporting mechanism should be detailed in
the EIA Report.
68 Phase wise project implementation After getting EC/NOC, we start construction
schedule with bar chart and time frame, in work.
terms of site development, infrastructure
provision, EMS implementation etc.
69 Certificate of accreditation issued by the Please refer Annexure 9, for Stay Order
NABET, QCI to the environmental from Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat against
consultant should be incorporated in the NABET/QCI scheme. Page no. 381.0
EIA Report.
70 An undertaking by the Project Proponent An undertaking by the Project Proponent on
on the ownership of the EIA report as per the ownership of the EIA report, please
the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and refer Sr no. 3 Declaration of Consultant.
an undertaking by the Consultant regarding
the prescribed TORs have been complied
with and the data submitted is factually
correct as per the MoEF&CC OM dated
04/08/2009.
71 All documents to be properly referenced Complied.
with index and continuous page
numbering.
72 Where data are presented in the Report Complied.
especially in Tables, the period in which the
data were collected and the sources should
be indicated.
73 Project Proponent shall enclose all the Complied.
analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil,
29
noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL
accredited laboratories. All the original
analysis/testing reports should be available
during appraisal of the Project.
74 79. In case of Expansion of the project Not Applicable
a. Need for the proposed expansion should
be justified in detail.
b. Adequacy of existing EMS
(Environmental Management System).
c. Explore the possibility to achieve Zero
Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for existing as well
as proposed activity.
d. Records of any legal breach of
Environmental laws i.e. details of show-
cause notices, closure notices etc. served
by the GPCB to the existing unit in last five
years and actions taken then after for
prevention of pollution.
e. Copies of Environmental Clearances
obtained for the existing plant, its point
wise compliance report.
f. Environmental audit reports for last 3
years and compliance of its
recommendations /Suggestions. (Include
latest audit report and its compliance.)
g. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A)
obtained along with point wise compliance
status of all the conditions stipulated
therein.
h. Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide No:
J-11011/618/2010-IAII (I) dated
30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA-II(I)
dated 20/10/2009.
i. Copies of XGN generated Inspection
reports with analysis reports of the water
/Air /Hazardous samples collected by GPCB
(Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued
by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise
compliance thereof.
75 In case of project is located in Ankleshwar- Project located in Panoli GIDC
Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi GIDC.
(A) Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J- Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day
11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016 which will be met through GIDC water
regarding lifting of moratorium on the supply. The wastewater generation will be
consideration of projects for environmental
clearance.
(B) Compliance of direction under section KL/Day) will be sent to Common MEE of
18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
Control of Pollution) act, 1974 issued by
30
CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding
compliance of CETP. Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be
a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against disposed by septic tank & soak pit.
proposed unit regarding noncompliance of
prescribed standards under the various
environmental laws.
b) Performance of CETP with respect to
current hydraulic load & prescribed
standards with No Objection Certificate of
CETP regarding incorporation of the
proposed unit for acceptance of w/w
c) Performance of TSDF site with respect to
current load & prescribed standards with
No Objection Certificate of TSDF site
regarding incorporation of the proposed
unit for acceptance of hazardous waste to
the common infrastructure.
d) Copies of quarterly action report taken
for the above points submitted to the
CPCB.
e) Report of GPCB which have conducted
monitoring as per the said direction by
CPCB dated 31/03/2016.
31
M/S. ICONIC PHARMACHEM
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
CHAPTER - 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION
M/s. ICONIC PHARMACHEM, has proposed for manufacturing of bulk drugs and bulk drug
Intermediate located at Plot No. 3202, Phase-III,GIDC Estate, Panoli-394 116, Tal:
Ankleshwar, Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat.
Total 1500 m2 land area is available at site; out of this 495 m2 (33.0 %) area is developed as
greenbelt and other forms of greenery.
M/s. ICONIC PHARMACHEM is a newly formed company has project is for manufacturing of
Bulk Drugs and bulk drug intermediate for various categories of the drugs like Anti-
inflammatory , Anti Histamine, Anti Hypertension, Anti-Epileptic, Anti Diabetic etc. The
company will be managed by team of well experienced and qualified personnel are assisting
the promoters in the execution of the day to day affairs of the company.
MISSION
Our aim is to deliver superior long-term tangible, intangible benefits to our customers, our
stakeholders, investors and to the community in which we operate. We accomplish this
through the synergistic approach in remaining viable in the overall global economic context
and keep churning out value for customers, without compromising our core values.
CORE VALUE
Today, we are not among the top FIVE global business houses nor are we any nearer to any
of the top TEN or TWENTY such business houses. However, as the Chinese proverb goes, a
journey of thousand miles begins with a single step and that single step we have taken.
Determined as we are, we have chosen to take that single step on a road map that would
lead us to complete the legendry thousand miles.
To develop and strengthen, our business contacts across the five continents.
To ensure, that we create customers and retain them with abundance of their goodwill.
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 32

Aqua Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
1.1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND

Table 1.1 List of Directors/Partners:
Sr. No Name Designation Address Contact Details
1 Mr. Bhavesh Partner C-8, Swami Mo. no. : +91 98983 48138
Chlodiya Narayan E-mail :
Nagar-2,Nr. iconicpharmachem@gmail.com
Kalakunj bhaveshchlodia@gmail.com
Society,
Varachha
Road, Surat
1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
For proposed expansion project; following assumptions has been considered:

a. Total Capacity of Plant 30.0 MT/Month
b. Total working days in a year 330
c. Raw material storage facility for one month
d. Finished product storage for 30.0 MT
Proposed project falls category B -5(f) as per EIA Notification, 2006.
1.1.3 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT
The demand for products intended to be manufacture is increasing in local as well as Global
market. By expanding this unit, M/s. Iconic Pharmachem will be able to meet the demand of
various products.
This will also generate direct and indirect employment opportunity for various levels of
people.

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS

1.2.1 TOTAL PROJECT COST
Total costs of the project will Rs. 3.0 Crores
1.2.2 Plot Area

Total 1500.0 sq. meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 495.0 sq. meter
(33%) area will be covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.
TABLE 1.2
BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

SR. NO. LAND USE USED AREA M2
1 Admin Area 100
2 Plant Area 405
3 Green Belt Area 495
4 Raw Material Storage 150
Area
5 Finished product Area 50
6 Utility Area 100
7 Road and Other 100
8 ETP Area 50
9 Hazardous waste Area 50
Total 1500

1.2.3 PROJECT SETTING
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem is located at longitude 72°59'25.95"E and latitude

21°32'58.74"N in Panoli Ind. Estate. Detailed Layout map of the plant is shown in Figure –
1.2.
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem is located in Panoli Ind. Estate, which is one of the important
industrial and commercial centers of Gujarat and India. The nearest railway station is
Ankleshwar on broad gauge section of Western Railway Line. The station is located at about
2.5 km from the project site. Airport proximity is 65 km from project site which is Surat.
1.2.4 PROJECT SITE AND PLANT LAYOUT

FIG.1.1
Location (map showing general location, specific location and project boundary & project
site layout) with coordinates.
Project Site


FIGURE - 1.2
LAYOUT OF THE PLANT

1.2.5 DETAILS OF PRODUCTS

TABLE 1.3
LIST OF PRODUCTS & BY-PRODUCTS ALONG WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY
SR. PRODUCTS CAS NO.

Production Capacity (MT/MONTH)
NO. TOTAL END USE
1 Diclofenac Sodium Derivatives 15307-79-6 30.0 Anti-inflammatory
& Intermediates drug
2 Diclofenac Potassium & 15307-81-0 Anti-inflammatory
Intermediates drug
3 Aceclofenac & Intermediates 89796-99-6 Anti-inflammatory
drug
4 Citrizine Dihydrochloride & 83881-52-1 Anti Histamine
Intermediates
5 Levocitrizine Dihydrochloride 130018-77-8 Anti Histamine
& Intermediates
6 Meclizine Hydrochloride & 31884-77-2 Anti Histamine
Intermediates
7 Cilnidipine & Intermediates 132203-70-4 Anti Hypertension
8 Azelinidipene & Intermediates 123524-52-7 Anti Hypertension
9 Nifidipine & Intermediate 21829-25-4 Anti Hypertension
10 Pregabaline & Intermediates 148553-50-8 Anti-Epileptic
11 RCMH( R(-)-3- 181289-33-8 Intermediate of Pregabaline
(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl
hexanoic acid)
12 Glimepiride & Intermediates 93479-97-1 Anti Diabetic
13 Gadopententic Acid 80529-93-7 As a paramagnetic agents
14 Mannich Hydrochloride 42036-65-7 Intermediate of Tramadol
15 Ambroxol HCL 23828-92-4 Respiratory Diseases
16 Rosuvastatin Calcium 147098-20-2 Lipid Lowering
17 Desloratadine 100643-71-8 Anti Histamine
18 Levetiracetam 102767-28-2 Anti Epileptic
19 Telmisarton 144701-48-4 Anti Hypertension
20 Indolinone 15307-86-5 Intermediate of Diclofenac
sodium
21 N-Chalroacetyl 2,6 15308-01-7 Intermediate of Diclofenac
Dichlrodiphenyl Amine sodium

22 2,6 Dichlrodiphenyl Amine 15307-93-4 Intermediate of Diclofenac

sodium
Total 30
MT/MONTH
1.2.6 EXACT DETAILS ABOUT INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES, PLANT MACHINERIES, ETC.

REQUIRED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Table No. 1.4

List Of Machineries And Equipment
SR. NAME OF EQUIPMENT / MOC PROCESS / QTY. CAPACITY

NO. MACHINERIES ACTIVITY
Proposed
1 S.S. Reactor with Column SS316 For Reaction 6 3.0 KL
Condenser and Receiver
2 Glass line Reactor with GLR For Reaction 3 3.0 KL
Column Condenser and
Receiver
3 S.S. Reactor with Column SS316 For Reaction 3 5.0 KL
Condenser and Receiver
4 Glass line Reactor with GLR For Reaction 1 5.0 KL
Column Condenser and
Receiver
5 MSRL/HDPE with Stirrer MSRL/ HDPE For Reaction 1 5.0 KL
6 Centrifuge 48”SS 316 SS316 For Filtration 4 48 “
10 HP Motor
7 Centrifuge 48” MSRL MSRL For Filtration 2 48 “
10 HP Motor
8 Vacumm Pump Centrifugal For Vacumm 2 5 HP Motor
9 Sparkler Filter SS 316 Foe Filtration 1 5 HP Motor
10 Tray Dryer SS 316 For Drying 2 98 Trays
11 Rotocon Vacumm Dryer SS 316 For Drying 1 1000-1500
(RCVD) Lit
12 Agitated Nutcsh Filter SS 316 For Filtration cum 1 2500 Lit
Drying
13 Pulverizer SS 316 For Milling 1 5 HP Motor

14 Air Compressor Non lubricated For Air 2 200 CFM

Reciprocating Genaration
compressor
15 Steam Boiler IBR Boiler For Steam 1 1000 Kg/Hr
16 Cooling Tower PPFRP For Cooling 1 150 TR
17 Two Stage Scrubber Double packed For Scrubbing 2 --
System tower consist
of Recovery
followed by
Alkali tower
18 Chilling Plant Vapour For Chilling 1 40 TR
compression
19 TFH (Thermic Fluid Oil heating For Heating 1 200000
Heater) system KCal /Hr
Thermal
heating
20 D.G.Set -- For Power 1 150 KVA
Backup
1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

1.3.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION
Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical
maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been
verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of
the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and verified by using SoI
topographical maps and satellite data.
1.3.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

The distance of railways and National and State highways are presented in Table 1.4 below.
TABLE 1.5
___________________________________________________________________________
DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE
Sr. No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Area

1 Western Railway Main Line (Ankleshwar) 7.5 km

2 National Highway NH-8 4.0 km

3 State Highway 3.3 km
4 Surat Airport 65.0 Km
5 BEIL 9.0 Km
1.3.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

A map depicting administrative boundaries up to Taluka level, showing locations of towns
and villages along with National and State highways, major and medium roads and railways
is presented as Figure 1.4. The map also shows the water bodies for better understanding of
project area. The map marks the area within 10 km with the project site as the center.
FIGURE – 1.3
Key Infrastructure

FIGURE - 1.4
TOPOSHEET

1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES INCLUDING

POWER SOURCES
TABLE : 1.6
Sr. Salient Features Details

No.
1 Location of project Plot No. 3202, Phase-III, GIDC Estate, Panoli,
Tal: Ankleshwar, Dist: Bharuch-394116 (Guj.)
Co-ordinates 21°32'58.74"N 72°59'25.95"E

21°32'58.93"N 72°59'24.60"E
21°32'58.30"N 72°59'24.52"E
21°32'58.09"N 72°59'25.81"E
2 Status of Land acquisition Land is already in possession
3 Land area of project site 1500.0 sq. meters
4 Fuel to be used Bio-Coal/Agro waste = 4.0 MT/Day
HSD = 15 Liter/Hr
5 Source of Water Water requirement will be met through the GIDC
Water Supply
6 Total Water Quantity Domestic: 2.0 KL/Day
Gardening: 2.0 KL/Day
Industrial: 26.0 KL/Day
Total Water Quantity: 30.0 KL/Day
7 Quantity of industrial effluent Domestic: 1.8 KL/Day
generation and domestic Industrial: 15.7 KL/Day
wastewater generation Process : 14.0 KL/Day
Boiler: 0.5 KL/Day
Cooling : 0.2 KL/Day
Washing : 1.0 KL/Day
Total Wastewater Generation: 17.5 KL/Day
8 Treatment of effluent Effluent Treatment plant and MEE facility
9 Disposal of treated effluent Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day which
will be met through GIDC water supply.
The wastewater generation will be 17.5 KL/Day.
The industrial effluent (15.7 KL/Day) will be sent to
Common MEE of M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be disposed

by septic tank & soak pit.
10 Details of process emissions The source of flue gas emission will be Boiler,

Thermic Fluid Heater, DG Set.

The source of process gas emission will be from the
Reaction vessels.
11 Hazardous waste generation Discarded container, used oil, ETP sludge, Process
residue, Spent carbon, HCL 30%, Distillation residue.
12 Disposal of hazardous waste TSDF and Common Incineration site = BEIL,
Ankleshwar / Co-processing in cement industries by
RSPL.
13 Power requirement & source Power required from DGVCL is 250 KW Source of
Standby power supply from
D.G. set = 150 KVA
14 Names & distance of National There are no National parks, Wildlife sanctuaries,
parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, and Reserve Forests etc. located within 10 km from
Reserve Forests etc. Located the plant boundary.
within 10 Km from the plant
boundary
15 Any litigation / Court case Nil
pertaining to the project:
16 Environmental track record: New Project
16 Total Cost of the Project: Total costs of the project will Rs. 3.0 Crores
Rs. (Crores)
17 Nearest Town Panoli = 1.5 km
18 Nearest Railway station Ankleshwar = 7.5 km
19 Nearest Air port Surat = 65 km.
1.5 PURPOSE OF EIA

The EIA study is carried out to assess the pollution potential and evaluate the adequacy and
efficiency of proposed Pollution Control & Environmental Management System.
1.6 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The main objectives of the study are
1) To assess the background environmental status,
2) To identify potential sources of pollution,
3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control
measures taken and

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan and Disaster

Management Plan.
1.7 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA

Taking into consideration proposed project activities and guidelines, an area of 10 km radius
from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the
purpose of EIA studies.
1.7.1 Base Line Condition
The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analyzed as
per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of
proposed activity on the same.
1.7.2 Ambient Air Environment
The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up nine locations within the
study area of 10 km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site
specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient
temperature was carried out. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations
is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and
analyzed for SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, HCl, Cl2, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Benzo (a) Pyrene
(BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) & VOCs for identification, prediction, evaluation and
assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment.
1.7.3 Ground And Surface Water Environment
The water required for domestic and industrial use is being made available from the GIDC
Water Authority. Hence, to assess the physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of
water samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity,
BOD3, COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Ammonical Nitrogen, Hardness,
Alkalinity, Oil & Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if
any.
1.7.4 Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone. The anticipated noise sources were
industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels
were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area.
Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise
levels in the surrounding villages.
1.7.5 Soil Environment
Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the
soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the
study area.
1.7.6 Biological Environment
Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the
proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments,
changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were
studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any.
1.7.7 Socio-economic Environment
Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook to
assess socio-economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant
historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment
benefit arisen out from the project is given special attention.
1.7.8 Identification of Pollution Source
Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed scenario is carried out along with
input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities
available.
1.7.9 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System
The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of
pollution control system is carried out.
1.7.10 Evaluation of Impact
A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities
is carried out.

1.7.11 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the
aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures,
Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental
Management Plan.
The present report is an EIA conducted during Summer Season, 2017 (March, 2017 to May,
2017). The baseline environmental conditions have been established through field
monitoring and literature survey. The contents of EIA report, details of data collection and
source of secondary data are presented in Figure 1.6.
1.8 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

The objective of the EIA study is preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report
based on the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC),
CPCB and GPCB. It incorporates the following.
• Chapter 1 is an Introduction to the Industry, their premises and surrounding areas. It

also expresses the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be
covered under each Environmental component.
• Chapter 2 Presents a Project Description and Infrastructural facilities including all
industrial and environmental aspects of M/s. Iconic Pharmachem as well as
manufacturing process details. This chapter also gives information about raw
material storage and handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air
pollution and control system, Hazardous Waste generation, storage facility and
disposal and utilities for proposed plant capacity. It also provides information about
proposed Environmental Management Facilities available at the project site.
• Chapter 3 Covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details,
Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding
area covering air, water and land environment. Also presents a study of land use
pattern, Biological Environment & Socio-Economic Environment giving details about

District and the study area in terms of land use pattern, biological environment, and
socio-economic environment.
• Chapter 4 Deals with Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures,
which provides quantification of significant impacts of the proposed activities of
plant on various environmental components. Evaluation of the proposed pollution
control facilities has been presented.
• Chapter 5 Deals with Environmental Monitoring Plan
• Chapter 6 Describes Alternatives site analysis
• Chapter 7 Describes Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan that shall be
adopted by the company.
• Chapter 8 Describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for
mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts.
• Chapter 9 Describes Environment cost benefits
• Chapter 10 Describes Executive Summary & Conclusion of the Project.
• Chapter 11 Describes Details of Consultants Engaged.
• Chapter 12 Project Benefits

FIGURE 1.6
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT
ACTIVITIES OVERVIEW OF SOURCE OF INFORMATION
E. I. A. STUDIES
PROJECT DETAILS
INTRODUCTION GENERAL INFORMATION &
PROJECT LOCATION
MONITORING OF AIR, WATER & SOIL QUALITY & NOISE
BASELINE
LEVELS
ENVIRONMENTAL CENTRAL GROUND WATER BOARD
DATA ON METEOROLOGY, SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS &
STATUS GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD (GPCB)
BASIC AMENITIES
SITE VISITS AND INTERVIEWS WITH LOCALS PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING DEPT
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT
SOCIOECONOMIC FOREST DEPARTMENT
STATUS & IRRIGATION DEPARTMENT
INFRASTRUCTURE EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE
HEALTH CENTER
CENSUS OF INDIA
PROPOSED
INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPT
EXPANSION
ENVIRONMETAL INFORMATION CENTRE
PLANT
IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS FACILITY DESCRIPTION

EVALUATION OF IMPACTS BY MATRIX METHOD IMPACTS
METHODOLOGY OF
IMPACT
ASSESSMENT SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY GUIDELINES
DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLAN, AIR BY DIRECTOR GENERAL OF FACTORY SAFETY, MINISTRY
POLLUTION CONTROL, HAZARDOUS WASTE OF LABOR
MANAGEMENT, GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAM MANAGEMENT PLAN
CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS RISK ASSESSMENT STUDIES &

PREPARATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER - 2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FAILITIES
2.1 BACKGROUND
Panoli site – Strengthening the M/s. Iconic Pharmachem- Bulk Drug and Bulk Drug
Intermediates business – Developer Located in the largest chemicals industrial parks in India
(in the state of Gujarat).
2.2 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PLANT/S ALONG WITH DETAILS ON BEST AVAILABLE
TECHNOLOGIES (BAT)
DETAILS ABOUT THE PROCESS TECHNOLOGIES:
The complexity and diversity of bulk drugs and its Intermediate product makes it a rich
platform for innovation in equipment design, process monitoring, process engineering and
catalysis. These innovations and developments provide the industrial development team
with an arsenal of new tools and ideas to create new products and improve processes. The
industrial development team with an arsenal of new tools and ideas to create new products
and improve processes.
Company will make the GMP plant (Good Manufacturing Practice) for proposed products.
Based on informal survey of the market with potential customers and various traders, it is
found that there is a big demand in the market for the range of the products unit is
planning. With such a rapid growth of pharmaceutical industries, the demand of our
proposed products has also increased significantly over a period of time. Today, increased
focus is being laid on environmental friendliness and at the same time the industry is
ensuring greater customer focus through technical services and marketing capabilities, in
order to face global competition.

2.3 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES
Manufacturing activities proposed in the project include various processes. The activities
shall also include operation of various utilities. The manufacturing process is described in
detail in following sections.
MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION & MASS BALANCE

1. DICLOFENAC SODIUM
Process Description
1. Charge 2,6 DCP, Toluene and Potassium carbonate, heat to 110-115OC for 2 hrs and
remove Toluene. Charge MCA and reflux 4 Hr at temperature 115OC .Charge Aniline
and sodium Methoxide solution.Chill to 4-7OC and centrifuge wash with water and
spin dry and unload
2. Charge Reaction mass from Step 1 with Toluene ,Sulphuric acid and heat to
75OC,distill out toluene,charge CAC ,heat and reflux for 20 HRS.Chill to 15OC and
centrifuge mass.
3. Charge ,stage 2 mass and alluminium chloride and raise temperature to 140OC,stop
heating temperature will reach upto 190OC ,then quinch in water .Then centrifuge
the wet cake in another reactor, charge water and HCL and charge wet cake
,centrifuge the mass and wash with water.
4. Charge stage 3 mass with caustic potash,water ,sodium Hydrosulphite and reflux for
8 hrs.Check TLC and then charge another 10 kg extra caustic flakes.cool to 25-30OC
5. Charge Stage 4 mass ,DM water ,EDTA ,Activated Carbon and IPA ,heat to 80OC till
dissolution,Check pH 10-13.Charge IPA ,Carbon and stir for 30 mins and then filter
and centrifuge the mass with chilled wash of IPA.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:
Sr No. Material INPUT Qty Sr No. Material OUTPUT Qty

(in kg) (in kg)
Stage-1
1 2,6 Dichloro phenol 1.00 1 STAGE-1 (AMINE) 1.35
2 Toluene 2.00 2 Toluene Recovery 1.91
3 Potassium carbonate 0.45 3 Toluene loss 0.09
4 Mono Methyl chloro Acetic Acid 0.72 4 Methanol Recovery 1.94
5 Aniline 0.55 5 Methanol Loss 0.11
6 Sodium Methoxide Solution 2.05 6 ML TO ETP 2.82
7 WATER 2.00 7 Solid waste 0.55
TOTAL 8.77 8.77
Stage-2
1 STAGE I (AMINE) 1.00 1 Stage-2 (Chloro) 1.20
2 Chloro Acetyl Chloride 0.54 2 Toluene Recovery 1.14
3 Toluene 1.20 3 Toluene loss 0.06
4 Water 1.50 4 ML TO ETP 1.84
TOTAL 4.24 TOTAL 4.24
Stage-3
1 Stage-2 (Chloro) 1.20 1 Stage-3 ( Indolinone) 1.04
2 Alluminium Chloride 0.84 2 Solid waste 0.66
Stage-4
1 Stage-3 (Indolinone) 1.00 1 Diclofenac Sodium 1.03
2 Sodium Hydroxide 0.30 2 Solid waste 0.05
4 Activated Carbon 0.05

2. DICLOFENAC POTASSIUM
Process Description
spin dry and unload
75OC,distill out toluene,charge CAC ,heat and reflux for 20 HRS.Chill to 15OC and
centrifuge mass.
4. Charge stage 3 mass with Potassium Hydroxide ,water ,sodium Hydrosulphite and
reflux for 10 hrs. Check TLC and then charge another 10 kg extra Potassium
Hydroxide. cool to 25-30OC
5. Charge Stage 4 mass ,DM water ,EDTA ,Activated Carbon and IPA ,heat to 80OC till
dissolution,Check pH 10-13.Charge IPA ,Carbon and stir for 30 mins and then filter
and centrifuge the mass with chilled wash of IPA.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

(in kg) (in kg)
Stage-1
4 Mono Methyl chloro Acetic Acid 0.72 4 Methanol Recovery 1.94
6 Sodium Methoxide Solution 2.05 6 ML TO ETP 2.82
TOTAL 8.77 8.77

Stage-2
Stage-3
Stage-4
1 Stage-3 (Indolinone) 1.00 1 Diclofenac Potassium 1.03
2 Potassium Hydroxide 0.30 2 Solid waste 0.07

3. ACECLOFENAC
Brief Process of ACECLOFENAC
1. Charge N Dimethyl Amine , Tertiary Butyl Alcohol stirr 1/2 Hrs & unload in clean
drum, again charge Chloro Acetyl Chloride in same reactor chill to 8-10OC.Add mix
solution of NNDMA + T Butanol at 8-10 OC addition time 8-10hrs. Maintain 5 hrs at
8-10 OC, slowly raise Temp up to 35 OC.
2. Charge water , stirr 1.0 Hr & settle , seperate organic layer from bottom aqueous
layer for NN DMA recovery , organic Layer charge in GLR add water , stirring &
separate bottom organic to give soda ash solution wash to make ph 8.5 to 9.5.
3. Stirr & separate in organic layer, charge sodium sulphate & filter through 5 Micron
cloth .Collect all organic in GLR and Distilled out product at 85 to 105 OC under
vacuum .
4. Charge Reaction mass from Step 2 with crude Diclofenac Sodium ,heat the reaction
mass to 80-85 OC ,maintain 5 Hrs and cool to 55 to 60 OC ,charge formic acid heat to
48 to 55 OC maintain 8 hrs check TLC , cool to 40 OC ,charge water and Toluene
stirring 2 Hrs Centrifuge wash with water . centrifuge and Unload cake & Dry.
Chemical Reaction:
Stage 1:
+ +
Chloro Acetyl Chloride Tertiary Butyl Alcohol NNDMA Tert Buyl Chloroacetate
Stage 2:
+ +
Tert Buyl Chloroacetate Diclofenac Sodium Formic Acid Aceclofenac

Material Balance:

(in kg) (in kg)
Stage-1
1 Chloro Acetyl Chloride 500 1 ML TO ETP 3400
2 Tertiary Butyl Alcohol 310 2 OUTPUT OF STEP I 530
3 NN Di Methyl Aniline 600 3 REC NN DMA 540
4 SODA ASH 30 4 NN DMA LOSS 60
5 Hydrochloric Acid 90
6 Water 3000
TOTAL 4530 TOTAL 4530
Stage-2
1 Diclofenac Sodium 964 1 ML TO ETP 2989
2 STEP 1 530 2 RECOVERED TOLUENE 1735
3 Toluene 1928 3 TOLUENE LOSS 193
4 Water 1928 4 OUTPUT 877
5 FORMIC ACID 444

4. CETIRIZINE DIHYDROCHLORIDE & INTERMEDIATES:
MANUFACTURING PROCESS:
STAGE 1:
Starting raw materials p-chloro benzoic acid, thionyl chloride, benzene, aluminium chloride
are charged into the reaction vessel. And stirred until reaction is completed.
Further water is added into the reaction and two layer are separated.
Water layer is sent to the ETP and benzene layer is then distilled to obtain stage 1 product.
STAGE 2:
Starting raw materials Stage 1 product, methanol, sodium borohydride,water are charged
into the reaction vessel and stirred until reaction is completed.
Further sodium carbonate and water are added in reaction mass & adjust PH with dilute
hydrochloric acid.
The reaction is then centrifuge to obtain stage 1 product.
Further aqueous layer is sent to ETP.
STAGE 3:
Starting raw materials stage 2 product, hydrochloric acid and calcium chloride are charged
into the reaction vessel.
Further toluene is added to result into the layer separation.
Two layers namely toluene layer and hydrochloric acid layer are obtained.
Toluene layer is then distilled to obtain stage 2 products.
Hydrochloric acid layer is sent to ETP.
STAGE 4:
Starting raw materials stage 3 product, toluene, piperazine anhydrous, tetra butyl
ammonium bromide are charged into the reaction vessel and are stirred until reaction is
completed.
Further water is added and result into the layer separation.
Two layers namely toluene layer and water layer are obtained and water is layer sent to
ETP.

Toluene layer is then distilled to obtain toluene wherein vapor loss occurs during the
operation.
Further water and caustic soda flakes are added to the reaction mass.
The reaction mass is then transferred to the centrifuge and wet cake so obtained is dried
into the dryer and dry product is finally packed.
STAGE 5:
Starting raw materials Stage 4 product, 2-chloro ehthanol, tri ethyl amine, toluene are
charged into the reaction vessel & are agitated till reaction completed.
Further toluene layer is distilled to recover toluene wherein vapor loss occurs during the
operation.
Stage 1 product is isolated by continuing distillation.
STAGE 6:
Starting raw materials stage 5 product, dimethyl formamide, sodium monochloro acetate,
potassium hydroxide are charged into the reaction vessel & are stirred until reaction is
completed.
Further water and dichloro methane are added into the reaction mass to obtain layer
separation.
Namely two layer MDC layer and water layer are obtained.
MDC layer is then distilled to recover MDC wherein vapor loss occurs during operation.
Stage 2 product is then isolated by continuing distillation.
STAGE 7:
Starting raw materials acetone, stage 6 product are charged into the reaction vessel.
Further dry hydrochloric acid gas is passed to the reaction mass to obtain precipitation.
Reaction mass is then centrifuge to obtain wet cake and wet cake so obtained is dried to
obtain final product.

CHEMICAL REACTION:
Cl Cl
O Cl
OH
SoCL2 /
Pipirazine / Toluene
MeOH/ NBH HCl / Hexane
Benzene
O OH Cl
AlCL3
Cl
4-chlorobenzoic acid STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3
Cl
Cl Cl
HCl
SMCA / KOH
2 CE/ Toluene CETIRIZINE
N N
N NH
N N O O
2 HCl
OH
OH
STAGE 4 STAGE 5 STAGE 6
Stage 1 product: 4-chloro benzophenone

Stage 2 product: 4-chloro benzhydrol
Stage 3 product: 4-chloro benzhydryl chloride
Stage 4 product :1-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methyl] piperazine
Stage 5 product: 2-{4-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methyl]piperazin-1-yl}ethanol
Stage 6 product: 2[2-[4-[(4-chlorophenyl)phenyl methyl]-1-piperazinyl]ethoxy]acetic
acid

Material Balance:
Sr Material INPUT Qty Sr Material OUTPUT Qty

No. (in kg) No. (in kg)
STAGE 1
1 4-chloro benzoic acid 1.00 1 Recovered Toluene 2.73
2 Thionyl chloride 1.20 2 Loss Toluene 0.28
3 Toluene 3.01 3 ML to ETP 3.20
4 Aluminium chloride 1.00 4 Stage 1 Output 1.00
5 Water 1.00
STAGE 2
1 Stage 1 1.00 1 Recovered Methanol 2.80
2 Sodium borohydride 0.08 2 Loss Methanol 0.20
3 Water 0.83 3 ML to ETP 1.44
4 Sodium carbonate 0.03 4 Stage 2 Output 1.00
5 HCL 0.50
6 Methanol 3.00
STAGE 3
1 Stage 2 1.00 1 Recovered Toluene 1.68
2 Calcium Chloride 1.33 2 Loss Toluene 0.19
3 HCL 3.33 3 ML TO ETP 4.66
4 Toluene 1.87 4 Stage 3 Out Put 1.00
STAGE 4
2 Toluene 1.87 2 Loss Toluene 0.19
3 Piperazine anhydrous 1.40 3 Recovery of Piperazine 1.12
4 Tetra butyl ammonium bromide 0.02 ML to ETP 1.80
5 water 1.00 Stage 4 product 1.00
6 Caustic soda flakes 0.50


STAGE 5
1 Stage 4 1.00 1 Recovered toluene 1.14
2 Toluene 1.20 2 Loss toluene 0.06
3 2-chloro ethanol 3.00 3 ML to ETP 4.70
4 Tri ethyl amine 1.00 4 Stage 5 Output 1.00
5 water 0.70
STAGE 6
1 Stage 5 1.00 1 Recovered MDC 4.41
2 Dimethyl formamide 2.26 2 Loss MDC 0.49
3 Sodium monochloro acetate 0.83 3 ML to ETP 5.07
4 Caustic potash flakes 0.50 4 Stage 6 Output 1.00
5 Sodium salt 1.00 5 Solid waste 0.08
6 Water 0.56
7 MDC 4.90

STAGE 7
1 Stage 6 1.00 1 Recovered acetone 2.03
2 Acetone 2.20 2 Loss acetone 0.17
3 HCL 0.83 3 Sulfuric acid 70%-80% 1.33
4 Sulfuric acid 0.50 4 Stage 7 Output 1.00
5

5. LEVOCETIRIZINE DIHYDROCHLORIDE
STAGE 1:
Starting raw materials ammonium formate, 4-chloro benzophenone, & water are charged
into the reaction vessel . entire mass is then filtered to obtain stage 1 product.
STAGE 2:
Starting raw materials stage 1 product , conc. Hydrochloric acid, methanol are charged into
the reaction vessel and agitated. It is then filtered to obtain hydrochloride. Hydrochloride is
then decomposed to obtain stage 2 product.
STAGE 3:
Starting raw materials stage 2 product, water , tartaric acid are charged into the reaction
vessel. Entire mass is then filtered to obtain T-salt. T-salt is then decomposed to obtain
stage 3 product.
STAGE 4:
Starting raw materials stage 3 product, di isopropyl ethyl amine, bis-amide, methanol are
charged into the reaction vessel. Reaction mass is then filtered to obtain stage 4 product.
STAGE 5:
Starting raw materials HBR in acetic acid, stage 4 product, water, toluene are charged into
the reaction vessel. Entire reaction mass is filtered to remove organic salt. Toluene layer is
separated from the filtrate and further adjust pH=12 with sodium hydroxide solution to
isolate final product. Final product is then dried and packed.
STAGE 6:
Starting raw materials stage 5 product, 2-chloro ehthanol, tri ethyl amine, toluene are
charged into the reaction vessel & are agitated till reaction completed.
Further toluene layer is distilled to recover toluene wherein vapor loss occurs during the
operation.
Stage 6 product is isolated by continuing distillation.

STAGE 7:
Starting raw materials stage 6 product, dimethyl formamide, sodium monochloro acetate,
potassium hydroxide are charged into the reaction vessel & are stirred until reaction is
completed.
Further water and dichloro methane are added into the reaction mass to obtain layer
separation.
Namely two layer MDC layer and water layer are obtained.
MDC layer is then distilled to recover MDC wherein vapor loss occurs during operation.
Stage 7 product is then isolated by continuing distillation.
STAGE 8 [FINAL]:
Starting raw materials acetone, stage 7 product are charged into the reaction vessel.
Further dry hydrochloric acid gas is passed to the reaction mass to obtain precipitation.
Reaction mass is then centrifuge to obtain wet cake and wet cake so obtained is dried to
obtain final product.

CHEMICAL REACTION:
Cl
Cl Cl
O
Tartaric acid
H
O NH NH 2
(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl) Formyl Derivative (stage 1)

methanone Rotated amine (stage 3)
CH 3
Cl
Bis - amide O
HBR in acetic acid
S
N O
Cl N NH
N
s. compound (stage 4) Stage 5 product
Cl
Cl
N N
N N
O O
OH
OH
stage 7 product
stage 6 product
HCl / ACETONE
LEVOCETIRIZINE
DIHYDROCHLORIDE

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 Ammonium formate 3.00 1 ML to ETP 3.50
2 4-chloro benzophenone 3.00 2 stage 1 Output 3.10
3 water 0.60

STAGE 2
2 HCL 2.70 2 Loss MDC 0.28
4 Caustic soda 1.00 4 Stage 2 Output 3.70
5 MDC 2.80

STAGE 3
2 Water 0.50 2 Loss MDC 0.12
3 Tartaric acid 1.30 3 ML to ETP 1.49
4 Caustic soda 0.87 4 Stage 3 output 1.80
5 MDC 1.20 5 Solid waste 0.63

STAGE 4
1 Stage 3 1.50 1 ML to ETP 2.70
2 DIPEA 1.26 2 Stage 4 output 2.10
3 BIS-Amide 1.25
4 Water 0.80


STAGE 5
2 HBR in acetic acid 1.26 2 Loss toluene 0.65
3 Water 1.00 3 Stage 5 output 1.00
5 Acetic Acid 1.89

STAGE 6
2 2-chloro ethanol 0.80 2 Loss toluene 0.39
3 Tri ethyl amine 1.15 3 Residue 0.08
4 Toluene 4.10 4 Stage 6 output 1.00

STAGE 7
2 Dimethyl formamide 0.26 2 Loss MDC 0.10
3 Sodium monochloro acetate 0.79 3 ML to ETP 1.88
4 Caustic potash flakes 0.50 4 Stage 6 output 1.00
5 Water 0.33
6 MDC 1.00

STAGE 8
1 Stage 7 1.00 1 Recovered Acetone 2.14
2 Acetone 2.26 2 Loss Acetone 0.12
3 HCL 0.83 3 Spent sulfuric acid 1.33
4 Sulfuric acid 0.50 4 Stage 6 output 1.00

6. MECLIZINE HYDROCHLORIDE & INTERMEDIATES:
STAGE 1:
Starting raw materials p-chloro benzoic acid, thionyl chloride, benzene, aluminium chloride
are charged into the reaction vessel. And stirred until reaction is completed.
Further water is added into the reaction and two layer are separated.
Water layer is sent to the ETP and benzene layer is then distilled to obtain stage 1 product.
STAGE 2:
Starting raw materials Stage 1 product, methanol, sodium borohydride,water are charged
into the reaction vessel and stirred until reaction is completed.
Further sodium carbonate and water are added in reaction mass & adjust PH with dilute
hydrochloric acid.
The reaction is then centrifuge to obtain stage 1 product.
Further aqueous layer is sent to ETP.
STAGE 3:
Starting raw materials stage 2 product, hydrochloric acid and calcium chloride are charged
into the reaction vessel.
Further toluene is added to result into the layer separation.
Two layers namely toluene layer and hydrochloric acid layer are obtained.
Toluene layer is then distilled to obtain stage 2 products.
Hydrochloric acid layer is sent to ETP.
STAGE 4:
Starting raw materials stage 3 product, toluene, piperazine anhydrous, tetra butyl
ammonium bromide are charged into the reaction vessel and are stirred until reaction is
completed.
Further water is added and result into the layer separation.
Two layers namely toluene layer and water layer are obtained and water is layer sent to
ETP.

Toluene layer is then distilled to obtain toluene wherein vapor loss occurs during the
operation.
Further water and caustic soda flakes are added to the reaction mass.
The reaction mass is then transferred to the centrifuge and wet cake so obtained is dried
into the dryer and dry product is finally packed.
STAGE 5:
Starting raw materials Stage 4 product, 3-Methylbenzylchloride, tri ethyl amine, toluene are
charged into the reaction vessel & are agitated up to 20 hr at reflux condition till reaction
completed.
Further toluene layer purified with using of activated charcoal. After completion of charcoal
treatment adjust pH with Hydrochloric acid less than 1.6 of reaction mass to obtain
precipitation.
Reaction mass is then centrifuge to obtain wet cake and wet cake crude is dried.
Further acetone, dry crude products are charged into the reaction vessel.
Purification of Reaction mass is then centrifuge to obtain wet cake and wet cake so obtained
is dried to obtain final product.
CHEMICAL REACTION:

STAGE 1
5 Water 1.00
STAGE 2
5 HCL 0.50
6 Methanol 3.00
STAGE 3
3 HCL 3.33 3 ML TO ETP 4.66
STAGE 4
2 Toluene 1.87 2 Loss Toluene 0.19

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
5 Water 1.00
STAGE 2
5 HCL 0.50
6 Methanol 3.00
STAGE 3
3 HCL 3.33 3 ML TO ETP 4.23
STAGE 4
2 Toluene 2.87 2 Loss toluene 0.14


STAGE 5
2 Toluene 4.00 2 Toluene Loss 0.40
3 3-Methyl Benzyl Chloride 0.46 3 ML to ETP 4.40
4 Tri ethyl amine 0.46 4 Stage 5 Output 1.00
5 water 2.51 5 Recovered Acetone 2.52
6 Acetone 2.80 6 Acetone Loss 0.28
7 Hydrochloric Acid 0.99 7 Spent Charcoal 0.07
8 Activated carbon 0.05

7. CILNIDIPINE
STAGE 1:
Charge Isopropyl alcohol and 2-methoxy ethyl acetoacetate in mixing vessel at room
temperature, add Piperidine and glacial acetic acid under stirring, Charge 3-
Nitrobenzaldehyde in Reaction mass at room Temperature.
Maintain reaction mass at room temperature under stirring till reaction completed.
After maintaining completed chill the reaction mass and filter and dry it.
STAGE 2:
Charge Isopropyl alcohol and Cinnamyl acetoacetate in Reaction vessel at room
temperature under stirring. Chilll the reaction mass and start ammonia gas purging into
reaction mass till reaction completed after distill out isopropyl alcohol under vacuum.
Release the vacuum and stop distillation. Cool the reaction mixture up to below 30°C.
Further Charge stage-01 at room temperature under stirring. Again slightly raise the
temperature of reaction mass tll clear solution. Gradually chill the reaction mass and filter
Crude. Further purification of crude Charge Methanol and wet crude in mixing vessel at
room temperature under stirring. Raise the temperature and reflux the material.
Gradually chill the reaction mass under stirring Filter the material and dry the product.

Chemical Reaction:
STAGE-1
STAGE-2

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 2-Methoxy Ethyl Aceto Acetate 0.82 1 Recovered Isopropyl 2.55
Alcohol
2 Isopropyl Alcohol 2.83 2 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 0.12
3 Acetic Acid Glacial 0.08 3 ML to ETP 0.85
4 Piperidine 0.07 4 Stage 1 Output 1.13
5 3-Nitrobenzaldehyde 0.85
STAGE 2
2 Cinnamyl Aceto Acetate 0.86 2 Loss Methanol 0.75
3 METHANOL 7.50 3 Recovered Isopropyl 6.78
Alcohol
4 Ammonia Anhydrous 0.34 4 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 0.59
5 Isopropyl Alcohol 7.37 5 ML to ETP 1.33
6 Stage 2 Output 1.00

8. AZELINIDIPINE
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
The process for the synthesis of Azelnidipine involves synthesis of Isopropyl 2-(3-
nitrobenzylidene)-3-oxobutanoate by condensation of 3-nitrobenzaldehyde and isopropyl
acetoacetate. The esterification of cyanoacetic acid with 1-(diphenylmethyl)azetidin-3-ol by
using Dicyclohexyl Carbodiimide (DCC) in toluene gives the corresponding cyanoacetic ester,
which is treated with methanol and HCl(g) followed by (NH4)2CO3 to give 1-
benzhydrylazetidin-3-yl 3,3-diaminoacrylate. Finally, this compound is cyclized with
isopropyl 2-(3-nitrobenzylidene)-3-oxobutanoate in isopropanol to give Azelnidipine.
CHEMICAL REACTION


Material Balance:
STAGE 1
1 3-Nitrobenzaldehyde 1.00 1 Recovered Isopropyl 0.90
Alcohol
2 Isopropyl aceto acetate 1.05 2 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 0.10
3 Piperidine 0.06 3 ML to ETP 0.75
4 Acetic acid 0.04 4 Stage 1 Output 1.40
5 IPA 1.00
STAGE 2
1 1-Benzhydrylazetidin-3-ol 1.00 1 Recovered Isopropyl 0.90
Alcohol
2 2-cyanoacetic acid 0.39 2 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 0.10
3 N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide 1.04 3 ML to ETP 5.99
4 Dimethyl amino pyridine 0.02 4 Stage 2 Output 1.20
5 Toluene 2.20 Solid waste 0.06
6 Isopropyl alcohol 1.00
7 Sodium bicarbonate 0.80
8 Sodium chloride 0.80
9 water 1.00
STAGE 3 to 4
1 Stage 2 2.29 1 Recovered Acetronitrile 2.32
2 Methanol 0.33 2 Acetronitrile Loss 0.18
3 MDC 4.00 3 Recovered MDC 3.60
4 Sodium Sulfate 0.96 4 MDC Loss 0.40
5 Acetonitrile 2.50 5 ML to ETP 2.85
6 Ammonium Carbonate 1.79 6 Stage 4 Output 2.52
STAGE 5
1 Stage 1 1.73 1 Recovered Isopropyl 1.35
Alcohol
2 Stage 4 2.52 2 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 0.25
3 Piperidine 0.05 3 Recovered Ethyal Acetate 2.16

4 Acetic Acid 0.04 4 Ethyal Acetate Loss 0.24
5 Isopropanol 1.50 5 Recovered Methanol 2.67
6 Ethyal Actetate 2.40 6 Methanol Loss 0.30
7 Methanol 2.97 7 ML to ETP 6.52
8 Sodium Bicarbonate 1.01 8 Stage 4 Output 1.00
9 Sodium Chaloride 1.01
10 Sodium Sulfate 0.26
11 Water 1.00
9. NIFIDIPINE
STAGE-1
Charge Methanol , Ortho Nitro Benzaldehyde, Piperidine and Acetic acid in mixing vessel at
room temperature, slowly raise temperature up to reaction mass observed clear solution
and start slowly addition of Methyl aceto acetate and reflux reaction mass till TLC complies.
Further cool to room temperature and filter the product and dry it.
STAGE-2
Charge Methanol , Methyl aceto acetate in mixing vessel at room temperature, chill the
reaction mass up to 15o C and start slowly addition of Ammonium anhydrous gas to
reaction mass till TLC complies.
Further cool to room temperature and filter the product and dry it.
STAGE-3
Charge Methanol, Stage-1 and Stage-2 under string in mixing vessel at room temperature;
raise the temperature up to reflux the reaction mass till reaction complies. Cool to room
temperature and filter the reaction mass and wash with Methanol.
Further charge Acetic Acid and moist material observed previously and raise temperature up
to reflux and filter the mass through sparkler filter, cool the reaction mass to room
temperature and filter the mass and wash up to neutral pH. Unload the wet cake and dry it.

CHEMICAL REACTION
STEP-1
STEP-2
STEP-3

MATERIAL BALANCE

STAGE 1
1 Ortho Nitro Benzaldehyde 0.77 1 Recovered Methanol 1.15
2 Methyl Aceto Acetate 0.62 2 Methanol Loss 0.13
3 Piperidine 0.03 3 ML to ETP 0.44
4 Acetic Acid Glacial 0.01 4 Stage 1 Output 1.00
5 METHANOL 1.28
STAGE 2
1 METHANOL 0.60 1 Recovered Methanol 0.54
2 Methyl Aceto Acetate 0.60 2 Loss Methanol 0.06
3 Ammonia Anhydrous 0.15 3 ML to ETP 0.24
4 Stage 2 Output 0.51
STAGE 3
1 Stage-1 1.00 1 Recovered Methanol 3.80
2 Stage-2 0.51 2 Methanol Loss 0.43
3 Acetic Acid Glacial 1.59 3 Spent Acetic Acid 2.10
4 METHANOL 4.23 4 Stage 3 Output 1.00

10. PREGABALINE
Stage 1: 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid.
Isoveraldehyde, Cyanoacetamide and piperidine is reacted at 100-110 oC for 12 hours in

presence of sulfuric acid.
After completion of reaction, water is added and washed with Toluene. Toluene layer is
distilled out to get Isobutyl glutaric acid. Isobutyl glutaric acid is reacted with urea at
140-145 oC. Reaction mass is added with water and sodium hydroxide. pH of reaction mass
is adjusted with Hydrochloric acid between 1-3 to get 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl
hexanoic acid.
Stage 2: R(-)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid
3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid dissolve in Chloroform with R(+)-1-Phenyl

ethylamine and salt is brak in presence of caustic solution to obtain R(-)-3-
(Carbomylmethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid. Caustic layer is treated with Hydrochloric acid to
get R(-)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid. R(+)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl
hexanoic acid wet cake is heated with urea at 140-1450C to get 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-
methyl hexanoic acid.
Stage 3: Pregabalin
R(-)-3-(Carbomylmethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid is treated with Sodium hypochlorite in

Presence of Sodium hydroxide to form crude pregabalin. Crude pregabalin is purified in
presence of isopropyl alcohol and water to form Pregabalin

CHEMICAL REACTION

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 Isoveraldehyde 400 1 Stage-1 Out put 600
2 Cyanoacetamid 800 2 Recovered Toluene 590
3 Piperdine 300 3 Toluene Loss 65
4 Sulphuric Acid 1590 4 Spent Carbon 101
5 Toluene 655 5 ML to ETP 1091
6 Urea 506 6 Residue 10
7 Sodium Hydroxide 100 7 Spent Sulphuric Acid 2658
8 Hydrochaloric Acid 400
9 Activated Carbon 64
10 Water 300
STAGE 2
1 Stage-1 600 1 R(-) 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)- 198
5-methyl hexanoic acid
2 Chaloform 1450 2 R (+)3-(Carbamoylmethyl)- 450
3 Alpha Phenyl ethyl amine 330 3 Chlroform recovery 1305
4 Sodium Hydroxide 240 4 Chloroform loss 145
5 Hydrochaloric Acid 400 5 R(-) Phenylethyl amine 313
recovery
6 Water 100 6 R(+) Phenylethyl amine loss 17

7 ML TO ETP 690
8 Residue 2
STAGE 3
1 Stage 2 198 1 Stage- 3 Out put 145
2 Sodium Hydroxide 245 2 Isopropyl alcohol recovery 410
3 Sodium hypochlorite 435 3 Isopropyl alcohol loss 45
4 Hydrochloric acid 450 4 Effluent 1257
5 Isopropyl alcohol 455 5 Residue 8
6 Water 82

11. R(-)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid (RCMH)
Stage 1: 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid.
Isoveraldehyde, Cyanoacetamide and piperidine is reacted at 100-110 oC for 12 hours in

presence of sulfuric acid.
After completion of reaction, water is added and washed with Toluene. Toluene layer is
distilled out to get Isobutyl glutaric acid. Isobutyl glutaric acid is reacted with urea at
140-145 oC. Reaction mass is added with water and sodium hydroxide. pH of reaction mass
is adjusted with Hydrochloric acid between 1-3 to get 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl
hexanoic acid.
Stage 2: R(-)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid
3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid dissolve in Chloroform with R(+)-1-Phenyl

ethylamine and salt is brak in presence of caustic solution to obtain R(-)-3-
(Carbomylmethyl)-5-methyl hexanoic acid. Caustic layer is treated with Hydrochloric acid to
get R(-)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl hexanoic acid. R(+)-3-Carbomylmehtly-5-methyl
hexanoic acid wet cake is heated with urea at 140-1450C to get 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-
methyl hexanoic acid.

CHEMICAL REACTION

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 Isoveraldehyde 400 1 Stage-1 Out put 600
2 Cyanoacetamid 800 2 Recovered Toluene 740
3 Piperdine 300 3 Toluene Loss 60
4 Sulphuric Acid 2178 4 Spent Carbon 101
5 Toluene 800 5 ML to ETP 1801
6 Urea 574 6 Residue 10
7 Sodium Hydroxide 100 7 Spent Sulphuric Acid 3390
8 Hydrochaloric Acid 500
9 Activated Carbon 60
10 Water 990
STAGE 2
1 Stage-1 600 1 R(-) 3-(Carbamoylmethyl)- 198
2 Chaloform 2574 2 R (+)3-(Carbamoylmethyl)- 450
3 Alpha Phenyl ethyl amine 330 3 Chlroform recovery 2316
4 Sodium Hydroxide 240 4 Chloroform loss 258
5 Hydrochaloric Acid 400 5 R(-) Phenylethyl amine 313
recovery
6 Water 594 6 R(+) Phenylethyl amine loss 17
7 ML TO ETP 1184
8 Residue 2

12. GLIMEPIRIDE & INTERMEDIATES
STAGE 1:
• Starting materials 3-ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrroline, 2-phenyl ethyl isocyanate and n-
hexane acid are added into the reaction vessel and agitated until reaction is completed.
• Further entire mass is then filtered to obtained Stage 1 product. And filtrate is then
distilled to obtained recover n-hexane.
STAGE 2:
• Starting materials stage 1 and chloro sulphonic acid are charged into the reaction vessel
and stirred until reaction is completed.
• Further water and ammonia are added to the reaction mass.
• Reaction mass is then filtered to obtained Stage 2 product. And Filtered is then sent to
ETP
STAGE 3:
• Starting materials stage 2, acetone, trans-4-methyl cyclohexyl isocyanate and potassium
carbonate are charged into the reaction vessel and stirred until reaction is completed.
• Further water and acetic acid are added to adjust the PH. .
• Reaction mass is then filtered to obtained final product. Final product is then purified in
methanol.

CHEMICAL REACTION:
STAGE 1:
O O
O
NH + N N
H
3-Ethyl-4-methyl 3-Ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrroline-1(N
pyrrolin-2-one -2-phenylethyl)-carboxamide
2- Phenyl ethyl
OCN isocyanate
STAGE -2 :
O O
O O S
O O NH2
N N 1) ClSO3H N N
H 2) NH3 H
4-[2-(3-Ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrroline]
3-Ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrroline- -carboxamido) ethyl] benzene sulfonamide
1-(N-2-phenylethyl)-carboxamide
STAGE – 3:
O O
O S
O NH2
N N +
H
4-[2-(3-Ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrro NCO
line]-carboxamido) ethyl] benzene O CH3
sulfonamide O O
O S
O N N
H H
N N
H
N- (4-[2-(3-Ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3-pyrroline-1-carboxamido)
ethyl] benzene sulfonyl)-N'-4-methylcyclohexyl urea (Glimepiride)

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 3-ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo-3- 0.71 1 Recovered hexane 3.80
pyrroline
2 2-phenyl ethyl isocyanate 0.82 2 Loss hexane 0.20
3 n-hexane 4.00 3 Stage 1 output 1.53

STAGE 2
1 Chloro sulphonic acid 3.55 1 ML to ETP 13.45
3 Ammonia 7.20

STAGE 3
1 Stage 2 1.50 1 Recovered acetone 9.74
2 Trans-4-methyl cyclohexyl 0.49 2 Loss acetone 0.51
isocyanate
3 Acetone 10.25 3 Recovered methanol 3.99
4 Potassium carbonate 0.88 4 Loss methanol 0.21
5 water 3.00 5 ML to ETP 4.67
6 methanol 4.20 6 Stage 3 output 1.20

13. GADOPENTENTIC ACID
Stage 1
Charge purified water, Gadonium Oxide and Penteic Acid in to mixing vessel and stirr it.
Raise temperature of reaction mass up to reflux temperature and maintain for 12 hrs. After
12 hr sent sample of reaction for GC analysis. If result complies cool to room temperature of
reaction mass and filter the mass and dry the product.
CHEMICAL REACTION
Material balance
Sr Qty Sr Qty
No. Material INPUT (in kg) No. Material OUTPUT (in kg)
STAGE 1
1 Water 18.0 1 Stage-1 OUT PUT 6.00
2 Gadolinium Oxide 2.00 2 ML TO ETP 18.37
3 Pentetic Acid 4.37
24.37 TOTAL 24.37

14. MANNIC HYDROCHALORIDE
Process Description:
1. Charge Isopropyl Alcohol, Cyclohexanone, DMA HCl and stir for 30 mins and raise
temperature up to 60oC the reaction mass.
2. Slowly addition of Para formaldehyde to reaction mass and raise temperature up to

reflux the reaction mass and check sample for G.C
3. Distill out Isopropyal Alcohol under vaccumm condition up to 60-70 oC
4. Cool to 45 OC and charge Acetone to reaction mass
5. Heat u p to 55 OC and maintain 2 hrs.
6. Cool to room temperature and filter the reaction mass and dry the product.
CHEMICAL REACTION
STAGE -I
(CH3)2 NH
+ HCL + →
CYCLOHEXANONE DMA- HCL PARAFORMALDEHY MANNICH
DE HYDROCHLORIDE
Material balance
STAGE 1
1 Cyclohexanone 440 1 RECOVERED IPA 950
2 Dimethyl Amine HCl 275 2 LOSS IPA 50
3 Paraformaldehyde 101 3 RECOVERED ACETONE 828
4 IPA 1000 4 ACETONE LOSS 92
5 Acetone 920 5 ML to ETP 366
6 OUTPUT STAGE 1 450
TOTAL 2736 2736

15. AMBROXOL HCL
STAGE 1:
Into a SS reactor charge 3,5-Dibromo-2-Aminobenzyl alcohol and Trans-4-Amino
cyclohexanol. Add Tetrahydrofuran and caustic soda solution at 5-100C. Reduce the reaction
mass using sodium borohydride. Wash with toluene. Chill the reaction mass and filter. Dry
the wet cake in tray dryer at 50-600C.
STAGE 2:
Into a SS Reactor add crude Ambroxol hydrochloride and dissolve in methanol at reflux
temperature. Chill the reaction mass to 0-50C and filter. Dry the wet cake at 50-600C.
CHEMICAL REACTION:
STAGE 1:
STAGE 2 :

Material Balance:

STAGE 1
1 3,5-Dibromo 2-Aminobenzyl 100 1 Stage- 1 OUT PUT 105
alcohol
2 Trans-4-Amino cyclohexanol 40 2 Tetrahydrofuran recover 270
3 Tetrahydrofuran 300 3 Tetrahydrofuran loss 30
4 Toluene 200 4 Toluene recover 180
5 Sodium borohydride 25 5 Toluene loss 20
6 Methanol 400 6 Methanol recover 360
7 Water 800 7 Methanol loss 40 40
8 ML TO ETP 852
9 RESIDUE 8
STAGE-2
1 STAGE-1 105 1 Stage-2 OUT PUT 100
2 Isopropyl Alcohol 500 2 Isopropyl Alcohol recover 450
3 Hydrochaloric Acid 5 3 Isopropyl Alcohol loss 50
4 Residue 10
TOTAL 610 TOTAL 610

16. ROSUVASTATIN CALCIUM
STAGE 1:
Tert-Butyl-2-((4R,6S)-6--((E)-2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-isopropyl-2-(N-methyl methyl
sulfonamide)pyrimidin-5-yl)vinyl)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-4-yl)acetate or R1 reacted in
presence of Sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid in methanol and Toluene media with
Calcium Acetate to form Rosuvastatin calcium.
CHEMICAL REACTION:

Material Balance:
No. ( in kg) No. (in kg)
STAGE 1
1 6-[(1E)-2-[4-(4-Fluorophenyl)-6- 100 1 Stage- 1 OUT PUT 82
(1-methylethyl)-2-[methyl
(methylsulfonyl)amino]-5-
pyrimidinyl]ehtenyl]-2,2-
Dimethyl-1,3-Dioxane-4-Acetic
Acid-1,1-Dimethyl ethyl ester [R1]
2 Methanol 600 2 Methanol Recovery 540
3 Toluene 300 3 Methanol Loss 60
4 Hydrochloric acid 10 4 Toluene recover 270
5 Sodium hydroxide 15 5 Toluene loss 30
6 Calcium Acetate 36 6 ML TO ETP 820
7 Water 750 7 RESIDUE 9

17. DESLORATADINE
Stage 1
Charge purified water, Sodium Hydroxide, Methanol in to mixing vessel at room

temperature and filter through sparkler filter. After charge Loratadine and Raise
temperature of reaction mass up to reflux temperature and maintain for 7 hrs. After 7 hr
sent sample of reaction for TLC. If result complies than distil out methanol under vacuum.
Further charge Purified water and Methyl isobutyl ketone to reaction mass and stir and
settle it. After Separate out organic layer and wash with purifies water till pH should be 9.0 -
9.5. Further dry the organic Layer with Sodium sulfate and filter through nutch. After Distill
out Methyl isobutyl ketone and wash the product with Methyl isobutyl ketone and cool to
room temperature of reaction mass and filter the mass and dry the product.
Fuehrer purification of the product, charge Ethyl acetate, previously observed product in to
mixing vessel at room temperature and Raise temperature of reaction mass up to reflux
temperature and maintain for 2 hrs. Meanwhile charge n-Heptane to another mixing vessel.
Slowly addition of reaction mass to n-Heptane at room temperature. Further reaction mass
filter and dry the product.
CHEMICAL REACTION

Material balance

STAGE 1
1 Loratadine 2.05 1 Stage-1 OUT PUT 1.00
2 Sodium Hydroxide 2.25 2 ML TO ETP 16.50
3 Methanol 10.45 3 Recovery Methanol 9.40
4 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 8.52 4 Methanol Loss 1.05
5 Sodium Sulphate 0.41 5 Recovery MIBK 7.67
6 Ethyal Acetate 10.5 6 MIBK Loss 0.85
7 n-Heptane 25.00 7 Recovery Ethyal Acetate 9.45
8 Water 12.85 8 Ethyal Acetate Loss 1.05
9 Recovery n-Heptane 22.50
10 n-Heptane Loss 2.50
11 Solid Waste 0.06

18. LEVETIRACETAM
Stage 1
Ethyl 2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyrate [2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyrate ethyl ester or 2-PBE] is
obtained by the alkoxide-mediated condensation of 2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 2-
bromobutyrate or 2-BBE) in toluene. 2-Pyrrolidone is added under agitation to a
suspension of sodium methoxide in toluene. The mixture is then heated to reflux under
agitation and the methanol formed during the reaction is removed by azeotropic distillation.
Distillate may be extracted with water and the organic phase recovered in the reaction
medium. If not, toluene loss is compensated with proportional addition. Ethyl 2-
bromobutyrate is added with agitation to the refluxing medium, and the reaction mixture is
then maintained at reflux temperature for 15 to 60 minutes. The reaction medium is mixed
with water and inorganic salts; by-products of the reaction are removed. Toluene is then
removed by evaporation which is carried out by heating under vacuum until the
temperature of the reactor contents rises up to 150°C. The crude product is fractionated by
distillation into light fractions and purified final product at a pressure of less than 30 mbar
Stage 2
Crude 2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyramide is obtained by the alkoxide-mediated ammonolysis of
ethyl 2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyrate and ammonia in methanol. Ethyl 2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyrate
is dissolved in methanol and sodium methoxide is added to the solution together with
ammonia The reactor contents are heated under pressure using a mass temperature set
between 40 and 60°C. The reaction mixture is then cooled to 0°C whilst the excess ammonia
is released from the system by degassing and recovered. The product in suspension is
isolated by filtration and then washed with methanol. The wet product (crude) is dried
under vacuum or at atmospheric pressure
Further The crude ((R)-2-(2-pyrrolidone)-butyramide) is racemized in methanol in order to
as the racemic mixture
Further the crude product is dissolved in methanol by heating at above 60°C. The solution
may be filtered and is cooled to 0°C .The product in suspension is isolated by solid/liquid

separation and then washed with methanol. The final product is dried under vacuum or at
atmospheric pressure.
CHEMICAL REACTION

Material balance

STAGE 1
1 2-Pyrrolidone 1.00 1 Toluene Recovered 5.40
2 2-BBE 2.25 2 Toluene Loss 0.60
3 Sodium Methoxide 1.00 3 Methanol Recovered 0.60
4 Toluene 6.00 4 Methanol Loss 0.40
6 Solid By Product 0.40
7 ML to ETP 2.90

STAGE 2
1 Stage-1 1.81 1 Methanol Recovered 0.80
2 Sodium Methoxide 0.06 2 Methanol Loss 0.40
3 Ammonia anhydrous 1.81 3 ML to ETP 2.02
4 Methanol 0.54 4 Stage 2 output 1.00
TOTAL 4.22 5 TOTAL 4.22

19. TELMISARTAN
STAGE 1:
Charge EDC, 4’-(Methyl) Biphenyl -2- Carboxylate and in mixing vessel at room temperature
till clear the solution, charge sodium bicarbonate solution in reaction mass and stir it.
Separate bottom organic layer. Further charge Dibenzoyl Peroxide and heat the reaction
mass up to reflux temperature and maintain it. Cool and filter the reaction through nutch
filter. Further start distillation of EDC under vacuum. Charge MIBK to reaction mass and
again distilled EDC traces. Cool the reaction mass to room temperature and charge MIBK
and stir it and unload in carboys. Further charge Water, MIBK,Potassium Hydroxide , 2n-
Propyl-4-methyl-6(1-Methyl Benzimidazole-2-yl) Benzimidazole, previous reaction mass and
Tetra Butyl Ammonium Bromide in mixing vessel at room temperature. After completion of
reaction filter the mass and wash with water and unload it.Prepare dilute Sodium hydroxide
solution. Charge Methanol, previous wet cake and Sodium hydroxide solution previously
prepared in mixing vessel in stirring condition at room temperature. Check pH of reaction
mass it should be between 13.0-14.0 slowly Heat the reaction mass up to reflux and
maintain it. Further give charcoal treatment to reaction mass and Filter the mass through
sparkler filter in hot condition. Slowly add acetic acid and adjust pH between 5.5 to 6.5.
Afterward chilled the reaction mass and maintain it. Filter the reaction mass and wash with
methanol and wet cake to be unload. Further charge water and wet cake in mixing vessel at
room temperature. Slowly raise the temperature of reaction mass up to 60 oC. Filter the
reaction mass and wash with water and wet cake to be unloading and dry it.

CHEMICAL
REACTION
MATERIAL BALANCE

STAGE 1
1 4’-(Methyl) Biphenyl -2- 0.79 1 Product 1.00
Carboxylate
2 EDC 4.76 2 MIBK Recovered 3.65
3 Sodium Bicarbonate 0.12 3 MIBK Loss 0.32
4 Sodium Sulphate 0.12 4 EDC Recovered 4.28
5 N-Bromo Succinimide 0.69 5 EDC Loss 0.48
6 Dibenzoyl Peroxide 0.00 6 Methanol Recovered 8.2
7 MIBK 3.97 7 Methanol Loss 0.8
8 2n-Propyl-4-methyl-6(1- 0.78 8 Solid By Product 0.52
Methyl Benzimidazole-2-yl)
Benzimidazole
9 TBAB 0.08 9 ML to ETP 15.50
10 Potassium Hydroxide 0.74 10 Spent carbon 0.15
12 Acetic Acid Glacial 0.98
13 Methanol 9.00
14 Sodium Hydroxide 0.27
15 Water 12.47

20. INDOLINONE
Process Description
spin dry and unload
75OC,distill out toluene,charge CAC ,heat and reflux for 20 Hrs. Chill to 15OC and
centrifuge mass.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:
Sr Qty Sr Qty
Stage-1
Mono Methyl chloro Acetic
4 Acid 0.72 4 Methanol Recovery 1.94
Sodium Methoxide
6 Solution 2.05 6 ML TO ETP 2.82
TOTAL 8.77 8.77
Stage-2
Stage-3

21. N-CHLOROACETYL 2,6 DICHLRODIPENYL AMINE
Process Description
spin dry and unload
75OC,distill out toluene,charge CAC ,heat and reflux for 20 Hrs. Chill to 15OC and
centrifuge mass.
Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:
Sr Qty Sr Qty
Stage-1
Sodium Methoxide
TOTAL 8.77 8.77
Stage-2

22. 2,6 DICHLRODIPENYL AMINE
Process Description
Charge 2,6 DCP, Toluene and Potassium carbonate, heat to 110-115OC for 2 hrs and
spin dry and unload
Chemical Reaction:
Material Balance:
Sr Qty Sr Qty
Stage-1
Sodium Methoxide
TOTAL 9.77 9.77

ANNEXURE -4
2.4 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING
The raw materials shall be received in MS/SS tank, HDPE/fibre drums and bags as well as
through tankers. All the storage tanks of hazardous flammable substances shall be located
within premises in separate storage area i.e. Tank farm area shall be stored in MS/SS tank
with all precautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances. Large area is covered
by well-designed warehouse, which shall be containing store office, raw material store,
finished product store, etc. The personnel protective equipments like hand gloves, safety
shoes, goggles, helmet, clothing, etc. will be provided to those handling hazardous
chemicals as per requirement. All the motors and electrical connections will be flame proof.
List of raw materials are given in Table-2.1.
TABLE – 2.1
LIST OF RAW MATERIALS
Sr. Name of the Products Name of the Raw CAS / CI no. Quantity
no. Materials of raw MT/Month
materials.
1 DICLOFENAC SODIUM 2,6 Dichloro phenol 87-65-0 22.50
Toluene 108-88-3 18.00
Potassium carbonate 584-08-7 12.15
Mono Methyl Chloro 96-34-4 16.65
Acetate
Aniline 62-53-3 12.60
Sodium Methoxide 124-41-4 25.92
Solution
Chloro Acetyl Chloride 79-04-9 16.92
Alluminium Chloride 12125-02-9 21.60
Sodium Hydroxide 1310-73-2 8.40
Activated Carbon 7440-44-0 1.50
2 DICLOFENAC POTASSIUM 2,6 Dichloro phenol 87-65-0 22.50
Toluene 108-88-3 18.00
Mono Methyl 96-34-4 16.65
ChloroAcetate
Aniline 62-53-3 12.60
Solution

Potassium Hydroxide 1310-58-3 9.00
3 ACECLOFENAC Chloro Acetyl Chloride 79-04-9 17.22
Tertiary Butyl Alcohol 75-65-0 10.68
Di Methyl Aniline 121-69-7 18.00
SODA ASH 144-55-8 1.02
Hydrochaloric Acid 7647-01-0 3.09
Diclofenac Sodium 15307-79-6 32.97
Toluene 108-88-3 18.00
FORMIC ACID 64-18-6 16.50
4 CETIRIZINE 4-chloro benzoic acid 74-11-3 30.00
DIHYDROCHLORIDE
Thionyl chloride 7719-09-7 30.00
Toluene 108-88-3 238.50
Aluminium chloride 12125-02 -9 27.00
Sodium borohydride 16940-66-2 2.40
Sodium carbonate 497-19-8 0.30
HCL 7647-01-0 90.00
Methanol 67-56-1 90.00
Calcium Chloride 7440-70-2 12.00
Piperazine anhydrous 110-85-0 42.00
Tetra butyl ammonium 1643-19-2 0.60
bromide
Caustic soda flakes 1310-73-2 30.00
2-chloro ethanol 107-07-3 72.00
Tri ethyl amine 121-44-8 24.00
Dimethyl formamide 68-12-2 63.00
Sodium monochloro 3926-62-3 24.90
acetate
MDC 75-09-2 147.00
Acetone 67-64-1 66.00
Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 15.00
5 LEVOCETIRIZINE Ammonium formate 540-69-2 41.40
DIHYDROCHLORIDE
4-chloro benzophenone 134-85-0 41.40
HCL 7647-01-0 32.40
Caustic soda 1310-73-2 25.20
MDC 75-09-2 150.00
Tartaric acid 87-69-4 30.00
N,N- 7087-68-5 109.80
Diisopropylethylamine
BIS-Amide 1070-89-9 37.50
HBR in acetic acid 37348-16-6 37.80
2-chloro ethanol 107-07-3 24.00

Tri ethyl amine 121-44-8 34.50
Toluene 108-88-3 330.00
Dimethyl formamide 68-12-2 7.80
Sodium monochloro 3926-92-3 23.70
acetate
Acetone 67-64-1 60.00
Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 15.00
6 MECLIZINE 4-chloro benzoic acid 74-11-3 30.00
DIHYDROCHLORIDE
Thionyl chloride 7719-09-7 30.00
Aluminium chloride 12125-02-9 27.00
Sodium carbonate 497-19-8 0.90
METHANOL 67-56-1 90.00
Caustic Soda Flakes 1310-73-2 6.00
Acetic Acid Glacial 64-19-7 5.64
Hydrochloride Acid 33% 7647-01-0 144.00
Calcium Chloride 7440-70-2 27.00
Toluene 108-88-3 357.00
Piperazine Anhydrous 110-85-0 42.00
Activated carbon 7440-44-0 1.50
Sodium Borohydride 16940-66-2 2.40
Tetra Butyl Ammonium 1643-19-2 0.60
Bromide
Triethylamine 121-44-8 13.80
3-Methyl Benzyl Chloride 620-19-9 13.80
Acetone 67-64-1 84.00
7 CILNIDIPINE 2-Methoxy Ethyl Aceto 2250-03-0 25.50
Acetate
Isopropyl Alcohol 67-63-0 306.00
Piperidine 110-89-4 3.00
3-Nitrobenzaldehyde 99-61-6 3.30
Cinnamyl Aceto Acetate 57582-46-4 28.50
Methanol 67-56-1 225.00
Ammonia Anhydrous 7664-41-7 21.00
8 AZELINIDIPENE 3-Nitrobenzaldehyde 99-61-6 30.00
Isopropyl acetoacetate 542-08-05 33.00
1-Benzhydrylazetidin-3- 18621-17-5 30.00
ol
2-Cyanoacetic acid 372-09-8 90.00
N,N'- 538-75-0 39.00
dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
Dimethyl amino pyridine 1122-58-3 60.00
Piperidinex 110-89-4 4.50
Acetic acid 64-19-7 3.60

Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0 105.00
Toluene 108-88-3 66.00
MDC 75-09-2 120.00
Methanol 67-56-1 99.00
Acetonitrile 75-05-8 75.00
Ammonium carbonate 506-87-6 25.05
Sodium Sulfate 7757-82-6 9.00
Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 30.00
Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 72.00
Sodium chloride 7647-14-5 30.00
9 NIFIDIPINE Ortho Nitro 552-89-6 24.00
Benzaldehyde
Methyl Aceto Acetate 105-45-3 36.00
METHANOL 67-56-1 183.30
10 PREGABALINE Cyanoacetate 105-56-6 165.90
Isoveraldehyde 590-86-3 83.10
Sulphuric acid 7664-93-9 330.00
Toluene 108-88-3 135.90
Urea 57-13-6 105.00
R(+) Phenyl ethyl amine 3886-69-9 68.40
Chloroform 67-66-3 300.00
Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 66.60
Hydrochloric acid 7647-01-0 133.50
Sodium hypochlorite 7681-52-9 90.00
11 RCMH ( R(-)-3- Cyanoacetate 105-56-6 120.90
(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-
methyl hexanoic acid)
Isoveraldehyde 590-86-3 60.00
Sulphuric acid 7664-93-9 330.00
Toluene 108-88-3 120.90
Urea 57-13-6 87.00
R(+) Phenyl ethyl amine 3886-69-9 50.10
Chloroform 67-66-3 390.00
Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 51.60
12 GLIMEPIRIDE 3-ethyl-4-methyl-2-oxo- 766-36-9 17.70
3-pyrroline

2-phenyl ethyl 1943-82-4 20.40
isocyanate
n-hexane 110-54-3 99.60
Chloro sulphonic acid 7790-94-5 87.90
Ammonia 7664-41-7 180.00
Trans-4-methyl 32175-00-1 12.30
cyclohexyl isocyanate
Acetone 67-64-1 256.50
Methanol 67-56-1 105.00
13 GADOPENTENTIC ACID Gadolinium Oxide 12064-62-9 12.30
Pentetic Acid 67-43-6 19.56
14 MANNICH Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 30.00
HYDROCHLORIDE
Di Methylamine Hcl 506-59-2 19.50
Para Formaldehyde 30525-89-4 7.50
Acetone 67-64-1 93.30
Iso Propyal Alcohol 67-63-0 45.00
15 AMBROXOL HCL 3,5-Dibromo-2- 50739-76-9 30.00
Aminobenzyl alcohol
Trans-4-Amino 27489-62-9 12.00
cyclohexanol
Tetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 90.00
Toluene 108-88-3 60.00
Sodium borohydride 16940-66-2 7.50
Methanol 67-56-1 120.00
Conc. Hydrochloric acid 7647-01-0 1.50
16 ROSUVASTATIN CALCIUM 6-[(1E)-2-[4-(4- 289042-12-2 36.60
Fluorophenyl)-6-(1-
methylethyl)-2-[methyl
(methylsulfonyl)amino]-
5-pyrimidinyl]ehtenyl]-
2,2-Dimethyl-1,3-
Dioxane-4-Acetic acid-
1,1-dimethyl ethyl ester
Methanol 67-56-1 219.60
Toluene 108-88-3 109.80
Calcium acetate 62-54-4 13.20
17 DESLORATADINE Loratadine 79794-75-5 61.50
Methanol 67-56-1 135.00
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 108-10-1 150.00

Sodium Sulphate 7757-82-6 12.30
Ethyl Acetate 141-78-6 126.00
n-Heptane 142-82-5 129.00
18 LEVETIRACETAM 2-Pyrrolidone 616-45-5 30.00
533-68-6 67.50
Ethyl 2- Bromo butyrate
Toluene 108-88-3 180.00
Methanol 67-56-1 16.20
19 TELMISARTAN 4’-(Methyl) Biphenyl -2- 49742-56-5 23.70
Carboxylate
EDC 25952-53-8 142.80
Sodium Bicarbonate 144-55-8 3.60
Sodium Sulphate 7757-82-6 3.60
N-Bromo Succinimide 128-08-5 20.70
Dibenzoyl Peroxide 94-36-0 0.06
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 108-10-1 119.10
2n-Propyl-4-methyl-6(1- 152628-02-9 23.40
Methyl Benzimidazole-2-
yl) Benzimidazole
TBAB 1643-19-2 2.40
Potassium Hydroxide 1310-58-3 22.20
Methanol 67-56-1 270.00
20 INDOLINONE 2,6 Dichloro phenol 87-65-0 20.25
Toluene 108-88-3 30.00
Acetate
Aniline 62-53-3 11.40
Solution
21 N-CHLOROACETYL 2,6 2,6 Dichloro phenol 87-65-0 18.24
DICHLRODIPENYL AMINE
Toluene 108-88-3 30.00
Acetate
Aniline 62-53-3 10.20

Solution
22 2, 6 DICHLORODIPENYL 2,6 Dichloro phenol 87-65-0 21.81
AMINE
Toluene 108-88-3 30.00
Acetate
Aniline 62-53-3 10.20
Solution
2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
2.5.1 LAND
Total 1500 sq. Meter land area is available at site; out of this area about 495.0 sq. meter
(33.0 %) area will be covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery. In addition to this,
majority of the vacant land shall be planted with trees, shrubs and grasses.
2.5.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

Transportation of all the raw material and products shall be primarily by road only.
2.5.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER

Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day which will be met through GIDC water supply.
The wastewater generation will be 17.5 KL/Day. The industrial effluent (15.7 KL/Day) will be
sent to Common MEE of M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
boiler blow down and cooling waste water reuse in Boiler feed water.
Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be disposed by septic tank & soak pit.

TABLE - 2.2
WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTEWATER GENERATION

SR. NO. USAGE PROPOSED SCENARIO (KL/DAY)
WATER WASTE WATER

CONSUMPTION GENERATION
1. INDUSTRIAL
Process 15.0 14.0
Boiler 5.0 0.5
Cooling 3.0 0.2
Washing 1.0 1.0
*Scrubber/Other 2.0 2.2
Total (Industrial) 26.0 15.7
2. Gardening 2.0 0.0

3. Domestic 2.0 1.8
TOTAL 30.0 17.5
Note: 1. Fresh Water Requirement Will Be 30.0 Kl/Day
2. Scrubber Waste Water Converted Into By Products Which Is Send To End Users

2.5.3.1 Water Balance Diagram
FIG. 2.1
Water: 30.0 KL/Day
Domestic: 2.0 Industrial: 31 Gardening: 2.0
1.8
Septic tank
& soak pit
Cooling: 3.0 Boiler: 5 Process: 15.0 Washing: 1 Scrubber
: 2.0
Cooling: 0.2 Boiler: 0.5 Process: 14.0 Washing: Send to

1 End users
having
Rule-9
15.0
Reuse0.7
KL/Day
ETP-15.0
Common MEE, Ankleshwar

2.5.3.2 TREATMENT PROCESS
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT (ETP) PROPOSED
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall have an Effluent treatment plant consisting of primary &
secondary treatment units. The details of ETP are as follows.
First all wastewater streams shall be passed through Oil & Grease Removal Tank (OGRT-01).
Here free-floating oil and grease shall be removed from the top manually and collected in
Oil & Grease Collection Tank (OGCT-01). Then effluent shall be collected in Equalisation cum
Neutralisation tank (ENT-01) where Lime shall be added from Lime Dosing Tank to maintain
neutral pH of wastewater. Mixer is provided at bottom of the ENT-01 to keep all suspended
solids in suspension and to provide proper mixing.
Then after, neutralized wastewater shall be pumped to Flash Mixer (FM-01). Alum and
Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed from Flocculants Dosing Tank (ADT) and Polyelectrolyte
Dosing Tank (PEDT) respectively by gravity into FM-01 to carry out coagulation by using a
Flash Mixer.
Then after, coagulated wastewater shall be settled in Primary Tube Settler (PTS-01). Clear
supernatant from PTS-01 shall be passed in Aeration Tank (AT-01) Here, biodegradation of
organic matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria (suspended growth) in the
AT-01 and for that oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of air blowers (B-01) through diffusers.
Air blowers also keep MLSS in suspension.
Then after, wastewater shall go to Secondary Settling Tank (SST-01) from AT-01. Here, the
suspended solids shall be settled. Sludge shall be removed from bottom of SST-01 and
pumped to AT-01 to maintain MLSS and excess activated sludge shall be sent to Filter Press
for dewatering. Clear supernatant from SST-01 shall be collected in Treated Effluent Sump
(TES-01) before sent to common MEE of M/s ACPTCL for further treatment and disposal.
Sludge settled in PTS-01 and excess sludge from SST-01 shall be sent to Filter Press for
dewatering before storage in HWSA and ultimate disposal to TSDF. Filtrate from FP-01 shall
be sent back to ENT-01 for further treatment.

TABLE 2.3 SIZE OF TANKS
Name of unit Size (m x m x m) No. MOC/ Remark

S.N. L x B x (LD+FB)
1 Oil & Grease Removal 2.5 x 1.0 (1.2 +0.3) 1 RCC M25+ A/A
Tank (OGRT-01) Bk. Lining
2 Oil & Grease Collection 500 Lit 1 HDPE
Tank (OGCT-01)
3 Equalization cum 3.0 x3.0 x (2.5 +0.5) 1 RCC M25 +A/A
NeutralisationTank Bk. Lining
(ENT-01)
4 Flash Mixer (FM-01) 1.0 x 1.0 x (1.5 +0.3) 1 RCC M25/
MSFRP
5 Primary Tube Settler 2.5 x 1.4 x 1 RCC M25/
(PTS-01) (1.5 +0.5 HB+0.5) MSFRP
6 Aeration Tank (AT-01) 7.0 x 3.5 x (4.0 +0.5) 1 RCC
M25/MSFRP
7 Secondary Settling 2.5 x 2.0 x 1 RCC
Tank (SST-01) (1.8 + 0.5 HB +0.5) M25/MSFRP
8 Treated Effluent Sump 6.0 x3.0 x (2.5 +0.5) 1 RCC M25
(TES-01)
9 Filter Press (FP-01) 3 M3 / d 1 PP+MS
• RCC M25 = REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE (M 25 GRADE)

• PCC = PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE
• PP = POLYPROPELENE
• MSEP = MILD STEEL EPOXY PAINTED
• SS = STAINLESS STEEL

FIG. 2.2 Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant:

2.5.3.3 DETAILS OF TREATABILITY STUDY CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT:
Table :
UTILITY & SCRUBBING EFFLUENT STREAM :
Product Boiler Cooling Washing Scrubber

No.
Quality 0.5 0.2 1.0 2.0
(KL/Day)
pH 7.9 7.1 7.3 8.8
COD 60 170 3000 1000
(mg/L)
BOD3 <10 60 300 100
(mg/L)
TDS 200 500 2400 1500
(mg/L)
PROCESS EFFLUENT:
SR. PRODUCT pH COD BOD3 NH3-N TDS

NO. (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L)
1 Diclofenac Sodium Derivatives & 2.5 20000 6532 50.0 24000
Intermediates
2 Diclofenac Potassium & Intermediates 3.5 22000 7350 60.0 22000
3 Aceclofenac & Intermediates 3.0 25000 7200 55.0 25000
4 Citrizine Dihydrochloride & 4.5 28000 5750 92.0 28000
Intermediates
5 Levocitrizine Dihydrochloride & 5.5 27500 6150 45.0 25000
Intermediates
6 Meclizine Hydrochloride & 4.0 28950 6650 40.0 23000
Intermediates
7 Cilnidipine & Intermediates 2.5 12540 5850 65.0 18000
8 Azelinidipene & Intermediates 3.0 27856 8285 75.0 21000
9 Nifidipine & Intermediate 3.5 11000 6000 23.0 15000
10 Pregabaline & Intermediates 6.0 25000 4000 80.0 23500
11 RCMH( R(-)-3-(Carbamoylmethyl)-5- 5.5 22000 3500 65.0 21000
methyl hexanoic acid)
12 Glimepiride & Intermediates 4.3 18000 5550 89.0 23800
13 Gadopententic Acid 4.8 15000 3500 39.0 21000
14 Mannich Hydrochloride 4.0 11000 2300 25.0 18000
15 Ambroxol HCL 5.1 18500 2400 48.0 21300
16 Rosuvastatin Calcium 6.0 21000 5500 89.0 23400
17 Desloratadine 3.5 24300 4800 65.0 20000
18 Levetiracetam 4.0 1229 956 83.0 5091
19 Telmisarton 4.2 18000 3500 85.0 22500
20 Indolinone 3.3 12000 1800 35.0 24000

21 N-Chalroacetyl 2,6 Dichlrodiphenyl 3.0 11000 1500 34.0 20500
Amine
22 2,6 Dichlrodiphenyl Amine 5.5 25000 3800 85.0 22000
2.5.3.4 EXPECTED CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTEWATER BEFORE & AFTER TREATMENT

Sr. No. Parameter Characteristics(mg/L)
Untreated Treated
1 pH 2-10 6.5-8.5
2 TDS 28000 25000
3 COD 27500 22600
4 BOD3 7000 6000
2.5.3.5 Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system
The comprehensive effluent treatment and management system for proposed project
will comprise of Primary ETP and Common MEE discharge.
For Common MEE

Total Quantity of waste water generation = 15.7 KL/Day
Total Liters= 15,700 Liters
Min. Cost of Effluent = 3.0 Rs.
Total effluent Treatment Cost= 15,700 * 25*3
= 11,77,500
Market Value of Product=800 Rs. /Kg

Total Production = 30 MT/Month=30,000 kg/Month
Total turnover of Plant = 2,40,00,000 Rs. /Month
Approx.
Min. Profit= 20 % of total turnover of the plant= 48,00,000 Rs.
so it is viable

2.5.4 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM
DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION THROUGH STACK ATTACHED TO BOILER
TABLE 2.5
DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION
PARTICULARS FUEL FUEL STACK EMISSION APCM
QUANTITY HEIGHT NORMS
(Flue Gas Emission)
Boiler Bio-Coal/ 2 MT/Day 30 m PM<150 mg/Nm3 Cyclone
(1000 kg/hr.) Agro Waste SO2< 100 ppm Separator
NOx< 50 ppm with bag filter
TFH Bio-Coal/ 2 MT/Day 30 m PM<150 mg/Nm3 Cyclone
(2 lakh kcal/hr.) Agro Waste SO2< 100 ppm Separator
NOx< 50 ppm with bag filter
D.G.Set Diesel 15 lit/hr 11 m PM<150 mg/Nm3 Adequate height
(150 KVA) SO2< 100 ppm Provided
NOx< 50 ppm
(Process Gas Emission)
Process Vent*- -- -- 11m HCl < 20 mg/Nm3 Two Stage
Scrubber
(water + water)
Process Vent* -- -- 11m NH3 < 175.0 Two Stage
mg/Nm3 Scrubber
(water + water)
2.5.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM
Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce
noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Acoustic enclosures provided for DG set.
The Noise level is within the prescribed limit. At noisy area, adequate preventive & control
measures are taken. No significant noise, vibration or emission of light & heat from the unit.

2.5.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM
Hazardous waste generation quantity, physical characteristics and mode of disposal are given in Table-2.3.
TABLE - 2.6
DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE AND ITS MODE OF DISPOSAL
CATEGORY TYPE OF SOURCE TOTAL DISPOSAL METHOD

WASTE & CATEGORY MT/MONTH
Sch-I/35.3 ETP Sludge ETP 2 MT/Month Collection, Storage, Transportation and
dispose to TSDF site.
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Drums /Containers Process 150 Collection, Storage, Transportation,
Nos/Month Decontamination & Disposal by selling to
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Liner/Bag Process 600 registered recycler
Nos./Month
Sch-I/5.1 Used Oil Plant Machinery 240 Liters/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal
by selling to registered recycler or re-use as
lubricant
Sch-I/28.1 Residue From mfg. of 3.3 MT/Month Collection, Storage, Transportation and
Rosuvastatin Calcium dispose to co-processing in cement
industries or common incineration Site
Sch-I/28.1 Sulphuric Acid From mfg. of 796.5 Collection, Storage, Transportation and sell
(70 to 80 %) Cetrizine, Levocetrizine, MT/Month to end user having Rule 9 permission under
Pregabaline, RCMH, the HW Rules 2016.
Sch-I/28.3 Spent Carbon From mfg. 15 MT/Month Collection, Storage, Transportation and
process of dispose to co-processing in cement
Pregabaline industries or common incineration Site.
Sch-I/28.1 Solid Waste From mfg. Process of 6.3 Collection, Storage, Transportation and
Glimipride MT/Month dispose to Common TSDF site

Sch-I/28.6 Spent From mfg. Process 550 MT/Month Collection, Storage, recovered through in
Solvents house distillation or sent for distillation job
work to authorized recycler then reuse in
Process.
Sch-I/28.1 Distillation From Solvent 5.5 Collection, Storage, Transportation and
Residue recovery plan MT/Month dispose to co processing in cement
industries or common incineration Site
Sch-I/37.1 Dil. HCL From 30.0 Collection, Storage, Transportation and sell
(15-20 %) Scrubber MT/Month to end user having Rule 9 permission under
the HW Rules 2016.
Sch-I/37.1 Ammonia soln. From 30.0 Collection, Storage, Transportation and sell
(15-20 %) Scrubber MT/Month to end user having Rule 9 permission under
the HW Rules 2016.
DETAILS OF DISPOSAL OF SOLID WASTES

Industry has become a member of nearby TSDF & Common Incinerator site for suitable treatment & disposal of hazardous wastes from
time to time.

2.6 DETAILS OF UTILITIES
Various utilities required for proper functioning of manufacturing plants. These utilities
include Boiler, Cooling plant, Chilling Plant, Air compressor, High Vacuum System etc.
2.7 ELECTRICITY & FUEL REQUIREMENT

Power required from DGVCL is 250 KW and Source of Standby power supply from
D.G. set = 150 KVA
2.8 FUEL REQUIREMENT:
Bio-Coal/Agro Waste = 4.0 MT/Day
Diesel = 15 Liter/Hr

CHAPTER – 3:
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
3.1 INTRODUCTION
The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the
basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline
environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for
various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land and socio-economic.
The baseline environmental quality has been assessed in the summer season of March,
2017 to May, 2017 in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site.
The existing environmental setting is considered to establish the baseline conditions which
are described with respect to following:
• Land environment
• Land Use Pattern
• Water Environment
• Air Environment
• Meteorology
• Noise Environment
• Ecology
• Topography
• Demography and Socio-economic Environment

3.2 METHODOLOGY
Following the guidelines of MoEFCC, the baseline environmental study was conducted.
The details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental
sampling & analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under respective
titles.
3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

The period of study determined was March, 2017 to May, 2017. The frequency of various
environmental sampling & analysis was determined following the guidelines provided by
MoEF in online EIA Manual. The details of frequency of environmental sampling
considered for the study are illustrated in Table – 3.1.
TABLE 3.1: FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
Attributes Sampling
Locations Frequency
A. Air Environment
Meteorological Project Site 1 hourly continuous for
Study Period
Ambient Air Quality 9 locations in the study area 24 hourly twice a week
(10 km radius from project site) during study period
B. Noise Various Locations within the study Once during Study Period
area
(10 Km radius from project site)
C. Water
Ground Water Grab samples from 9 Locations from Once during Study Period
Study Area
(10 km radius from project site)
Surface Water Grab samples from 1 Locations Once during Study Period
(10 km radius from project site)
D. Soil Quality Soil samples from 9 locations within Once during Study Period
study area
E. Land Use & Land Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period
Cover
F. Ecological Data Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period
G. Socioeconomic Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period
Data

3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

The method adopted for environmental sampling & analysis is illustrated in following
Table - 3.2
TABLE 3.2: METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

METHOD
Attributes
Sampling / Preservation Analysis
A. Air Environment Mechanical/automatic

1) Micro 1) Spectrum weather station & -----
meteorological IMD
data 2) 2.5 Micron dust samplers & IS 5182 & CPCB
2) Ambient Air RSPM samplers having the
Quality facility to collect the
gaseous samples
B. Noise Instrument : Noise level meter --
C. Water & Waste Standard Methods for Standard Methods for
Water Examination of Water and Examination of Water and
1) Ground Water Wastewater Analysis, Wastewater Analysis,
2) Surface Water published by APHA 22nd published by APHA 22nd
edition, 2012 edition, 2012
D. Soil Quality Laboratory Guide for Laboratory Guide for
Conducting Soil Test & Plant Conducting Soil Test & Plant
Analysis, by J. Benton Jones, Jr. Analysis, by J. Benton Jones,
E. Land Use & Land Satellite Imageries (1:25,000), As Secondary data-analysis by
Cover Secondary data from EIC, Delhi EIC, Delhi
F. Geology & Geo- Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi
Hydrology
G. Ecological Data Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi
H. Socioeconomic Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi
Data

3.2.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline environmental study was carried out for Ambient Air, Water, Land, Noise,
Biological & Socioeconomic environment. The study period was March, 2017 to May,
2017. The environmental samples were collected from the selected location of the study
area. The scenario of environmental condition of the area revealed from the sample &
data analysis is described below in subsequent paragraphs.
3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY
The climate of Gujarat is varied, as it is moist in the southern districts and dry in the
northern region. The Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Cambay in the west and the forest-
covered hills in the east soften the rigours of climatic extremes, consequently reducing the
temperature and render the climate more pleasant and healthy. Surat lies along the
southern part of the state and experiences a climate with aridity index of 15 to 20 per
cent indicating adequate moisture availability in the soils for most part of the year. The
annual meteorological data (Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall and Wind speed) for
the year 2016 was collected from own weather station at Sachin, Surat.

3.3.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS
Minimum, Maximum and Average Temperatures for Surat Station of the year 2016 are given
in Table 3.3.
TABLE 3.3 A
__________________________________________________________________
TEMPERATURE DATA
MONTH MINIMUM MAXIMUM AVERAGE
(2016) TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
(0C) (0C) (0C)
January 17 34 25
February 19 37 28
March 19 40 29
April 25 39 31
May 28 41 32
June 26 37 31
July 25 33 29
August 25 32 29
September 8 33 28
October 19 37 28
November 17 34 25
December 15 35 24

3.3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)

Minimum, Maximum and Average Monthly Relative Humidity for Surat Station of the year
2016 is given in Table 3.4.
TABLE 3.3 B
___________________________________________________________________________
RELATIVE HUMIDITY DATA
MONTH MINIMUM R.H.% MAXIMUM R.H.% AVERAGE R.H.%
(2016)
January 6 55 25
February 6 100 25
March 6 82 28
April 6 70 30
May 6 69 37
June 11 77 34
July 19 94 52
August 65 100 91
September 16 100 72
October 6 97 39
November 6 39 15
December 6 39 14

3.3.3 RAINFALL
Rainfall data for Bharuch Station of the year 2016 is presented in Table 3.5.
TABLE 3.3 C
RAINFALL DATA
MONTH MONTHLY TOTAL NUMBERS OF RAINY DAYS
(2016) (MM)
January 0 0
February 0 0
March 0 0
April 0 0
May 0 0
June 25 7
July 159 25
August 118 17
September 94 12
October 100 3
November 0 0
December 0 0
Total 496 64
Total rainfall, during the monsoon period, has been recorded as 496 mm.

3.3.4 WIND SPEED
Wind speed for Surat Station of the year 2016 is given in Table 3.6.
TABLE 3.3 D
___________________________________________________________________________
WIND SPEED DATA
SR. NO. MONTH AVERAGE WIND SPEED
(2016) (KMPH)
1. January 0.4
2. February 0.9
3. March 1.5
4. April 2.4
5. May 6.1
6. June 6.7
7. July 5.3
8. August 6.9
9. September 4.1
10. October 1.9
11. November 1.8
12. December 2.6

Average 3.3

3.3.5 TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY & WIND SPEED

The site specific data were collected for March, 2017 to May, 2017. Data are tabulated in
Table 3.7.
TABLE - 3.4 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (Period: March, 2017 to May, 2017)
METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETER MONTH
MARCH, 2017 APRIL, 2017 MAY, 2017
Temperature (0C)
Min. 21.1 20.6 27.5
Max. 40.9 42.4 40.2
Avg. 30.4 27.2 30.8
Relative Humidity (%)
Min. 6.0 6.9 8.1
Max. 92.1 86.8 98.2
Avg. 26.5 28.1 39.1
Wind Speed (km/h)
Min. 0 0 0
Max. 10.2 11.7 13.7
Avg. 1.4 2.5 5.7
There was no rainfall during the study period.

3.3.6 WIND ROSE

Wind rose is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed
considering all the directions. With the help of wind rose diagram one can easily predict the
direction and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the source.
Wind rose diagrams & stability class distribution are prepared for the study area and
presented in Figures - 3.1A & 3.1B respectively.
Figures - 3.1A Wind Rose Diagram

Figure-3.2 Stability Class Distribution
Wind Class Frequency Distribution

70
60.1
60
50
40
%
30
20
16.6
11.4
10 8.7
3.0
0.2 0.0
0
Calms 0.50 - 2.10 2.10 - 3.60 3.60 - 5.70 5.70 - 8.80 8.80 - 11.10 >= 11.10
Wind Class (m/s)
Stability Class Frequency Distribution

28
26
24 23.8
22
20
18
16
% 13.9
14 13.6
12
10.8
10.4
10 9.9
9.0
8
A B C D E F G
Stability Class

3.3.7 Locations of the Ambient Air, Noise, Water and Soil

Figure - 3.3 Locations of the Ambient Air, Noise, Water and Soil

TABLE - 3.5 LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL
SR. NAME OF VILLAGE BEARING APPROXIMATE AMBIENT NOISE WATER SOIL TYPE OF
NO. W.R.T. RADIAL AIR AREA
PROJECT DISTANCE
SITE FROM
PROJECT
SITE (KM)
1. Project site -- -- A1 N1 GW1 - Industrial
2. Kosamdi NE 5.75 A2 N2 GW2 S1 Residential
3. Bakrol NE 3.25 A3 N3 GW3 S2 Residential
4. Sanjali W 0.16 A4 N4 GW4 S3 Residential
5. Amboli NW 8.23 A5 N5 GW5 S4 Residential
6. Kapodara NE 5.5 A6 N6 GW6 S5 Residential
7. Bhadi E 4.3 A7 N7 GW7 S6 Residential
8. Panoli SW 2.9 A8 N8 GW8 S7 Residential
9. Alonj W 3.7 A9 N9 GW9 S8 Residential
10. Umarwada NW 4.15 A10 N10 GW10 S9 Residential
11. Umarwada Pond NW 4.15 -- -- SW1 - --

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried
out at night locations during the study period.
The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air
quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport
and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons.
The conventional and project specific parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter,
Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate
Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3),
Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Hydro Carbon (HC), HCl, Cl2
& Carbon Monoxide (CO) were monitored at site.
The values for mentioned concentrations of various pollutants at all the monitoring
locations were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, minimum
concentration, and maximum concentration and percentile values. The baselines levels of
Suspended Particulate Matter, Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10),
Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene
(C6H6), Hydro Carbon (HC), HCL, CL2 & Carbon Monoxide (CO) are expressed in terms of
various statistical parameters.
To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region monitoring was
conducted at 9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) Stations in and around the study
region during March 1, 2017 to May 31, 2017.

TABLE - 3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (MARCH, 2017 TO MAY, 2017)
SR. Sampling Location Sampling SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 O3
NO. DURATION
µg/m3
1. Project-site 24 hours 122.3 84.20 48.5 25.12 20.15 BDL 10.50
2. Kosamdi 24 hours 127.6 85.94 49.87 26.72 28.53 BDL 11.08
3. Bakrol 24 hours 125.3 88.60 48.29 21.06 23.59 BDL 11.24
4. Sanjali 24 hours 118.5 77.84 44.39 17.52 21.06 BDL 10.95
5. Amboli 24 hours 121.1 78.35 43.98 16.87 19.03 BDL 10.65
6. Kapodara 24 hours 120.6 77.49 46.11 20.42 22.36 BDL 10.83
7. Bhadi 24 hours 123.4 80.42 47.73 17.98 20.04 BDL 10.46
8. Panoli 24 hours 123.4 82.05 51.28 21.63 24.59 BDL 11.73
9. Alonj 24 hours 119.8 75.36 44.13 17.81 19.47 BDL 11.32
10. Umarwada 24 hours 143.0 82.4 57.51 20.42 21.64 BDL 10.76
NAAQS 200 100 60 80 80 400 180
SR. SAMPLING LOCATION Pb As Ni C6H6 HBr CO VOC HCl Cl2

NO. µg/m 3
ng/m 3
ng/m 3
µg/m 3
ppm mg/ ppm µg/m 3
m3
1. Project site : (A1) BDL BDL 10.50 BDL BDL 1.20 0.5 BDL BDL
2. Kosamdi BDL BDL 10.81 BDL BDL 1.21 0.4 BDL BDL
3. Bakrol BDL BDL 10.91 BDL BDL 1.27 0.6 BDL BDL
4. Sanjali BDL BDL 10.76 BDL BDL 1.22 0.5 BDL BDL
5. Amboli BDL BDL 10.48 BDL BDL 1.28 0.4 BDL BDL
6. Kapodara BDL BDL 10.47 BDL BDL 1.23 0.6 BDL BDL
7. Bhadi BDL BDL 10.77 BDL BDL 1.29 0.4 BDL BDL
8. Panoli BDL BDL 10.94 BDL BDL 1.30 0.7 BDL BDL
9. Alonj BDL BDL 10.74 BDL BDL 1.31 0.3 BDL BDL
10. Umarwada BDL BDL 10.56 BDL BDL 1.29 0.5 BDL BDL
NAAQS 1 6 20 5 300 4 -- 200 100
Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit
The Minimum Detectable Limits for various parameters are as below:
Parameters Value
Ammonia (as NH3) 1.0 µg/m3
Lead (as Pb) 0.5 µg/m3

Nickel (as Ni) 10 ng/m3

Benzene (as C6H6) 2 µg/m3
3.4.1 AIR SUMMARY:
The statistical interpretation of observed ambient air quality concentrations is presented in
Table- 3.9. They represent the cross sectional distribution of the baseline air quality status
of the study region.
The maximum concentration of SPM (143 µg/m3), PM10 (88.86 µg/m3), PM2.5 (57.51 µg/m3),
SO2 (26.72 µg/m3), maximum concentration of NOx (28.53 µg/m3), maximum concentration
of O3 (11.73 µg/m3), maximum concentration of CO (1.31 µg/m3), maximum concentration
of VOC (0.7 ppm), was recorded in study area.
The minimum concentration of SPM (118.5 µg/m3), PM10 (75.36 µg/m3), PM2.5 (43.98
µg/m3), SO2 (16.87 µg/m3), minimum concentration of NOx (19.03 µg/m3), minimum
concentration of O3 (10.46 µg/m3), minimum concentration of CO (1.20 µg/m3), minimum
concentration of VOC (0.3 ppm), was recorded in study area.
The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local
phenomena including industrial & vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due
to manmade activities and blowing wind. PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations were observed
below stipulated standards of CPCB for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area at all
air quality monitoring locations during the monitoring period. Result of all parameters are
found within limit.
3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise level survey around the project site was to identify existing noise
sources and to measure background noise levels. Major noise sources in the study area are
industries, commercial, and vehicular movements. Major human settlement in the study
area is Panoli/Sanjali village which is about 1.0 km away from project site. The noise
monitoring locations are given in Table - 3.8 and shown in Figure - 3.2 while the results of
noise monitoring are given in Table - 3.10.
METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

The noise monitoring was carried out at ten locations in day time during (6 am to 10 pm)
and at night time (10 pm to 6 am) in the study area covering all the areas i.e. industrial,
commercial, residential and silence zones as mentioned in Noise (Pollution and Control)
Rules, 2000. CPCB Recommendations for community noise exposure are attached as
Annexure – 2. Hourly Equivalent noise levels Leq (day) and Leq (night) were measured at
each monitoring locations. One day monitoring ranging from March 2, 2017 during day and
night time was carried out at all the locations.
INDIAN STANDARDS FOR NOISE LEVEL
Sr. Locations Noise Level in Noise Level in
No. Day Time Night Time
dB(A) dB(A)
1 Industrial Area 75 65
2 Commercial Area 65 55
3 Residential Area 55 45
4 Silence Zone i.e. Hospital, Educational 50 45
institute etc.
TABLE - 3.7 BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS

SR. LOCATION NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A) CPCB LIMIT dB(A)
NO. DAY TIME NIGHT TIME DAY NIGHT
TIME TIME
MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX.
A) RESIDENTIAL AREA
1 Project site : (N1) 67.52 70.25 59.51 65.05 <75 <65
2. Kosamdi 47.5 54.0 37.2 43.3 <55 <45
3. Bakrol 47.5 52.6 38.3 44.5 <55 <45
4. Sanjali 47.2 55.0 41.6 45.2 <55 <45
5. Amboli 47.2 53.2 37.2 43.2 <55 <45
6. Kapodara 45.7 49.7 36.5 42.8 <55 <45
7. Bhadi 46.5 53.4 37.2 42.9 <55 <45
8. Panoli 48.9 54.7 42.2 44.8 <55 <45
9. Alonj 46.5 53.6 36.2 43.7 <55 <45
10. Umarwada 47.1 52.8 38.1 42.5 <55 <45
B) COMMERCIAL AREA (TRANSPORTATION)
11. Nr. Kharod Patiya 61.3 62.2 48.2 52.1 <65 <55
12. Nr. Panoli By Pass 58.3 60.5 50.4 52.8 <65 <55
13. Nr. Bakrol By Pass 59.8 62.7 51.3 53.7 <65 <55

14. Nr. Kapodara By 58.1 60.5 49.5 52.5 <65 <55

Pass
15. Nr. Sanjali By Pass 62.2 64.3 48.7 52.2 <65 <55
Road
16. Nr. Boidara By Pass 61.8 63.9 47.6 49.2 <65 <55
Road
17. Nr. Kondh By Pass 57.7 60.8 49.4 51.9 <65 <55
Road
18. Nr. Amboli By Pass 55.7 61.2 45.2 47.7 <65 <55
Road
Industrial Area 70.2 72.5 65.3 68.8 ≤75 ≤70
1. Nr. M/S. Swaraj Life 67.2 69.8 65.3 67.2 ≤75 ≤70
Science
2. Nr. M/S. Sun 65.8 69.3 62.4 65.7 ≤75 ≤70
Pharma Panoli
3. Nr. M/S. Gharda 65.3 69.2 62.2 65.5 ≤75 ≤70
Chemicals Ltd.
4. Nr. M/S. Solvay 68.8 70.2 65.5 67.7 ≤75 ≤70
Specialities India
Pvt. Ltd.
5. Nr. M/S. J.B. 67.7 69.2 63.3 65.1 ≤75 ≤70
Chemicals
6. Nr. M/S. Hikal 70.3 72.5 65.5 68.9 ≤75 ≤70
Limited
7. Nr. M/S. Aventor 69.3 71.2 67.2 68.8 ≤75 ≤70
Ltd.
8. Nr. M/S. Hindustan 67.7 69.8 65.5 67.6 ≤75 ≤70
Mi-Swaco
9. Nr. M/S. Cheminova 70.2 72.5 65.3 68.8 ≤75 ≤70
Pvt. Ltd.

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The annual rainfall in the region was 496 mm. The baseline water quality status in the
region is established by analyzing surface water and ground water. Water requirement at
site would be met through GIDC water supply.
3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING

9 nos. of ground water and 1 nos. of surface water samples were collected from the study
area. These samples were analyzed for physic-chemical parameters to ascertain the
baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples were
collected during the study period of March 2 & 3, 2017 and analyzed as per the Standard
Methods of Water and Wastewater Analysis (APHA).

TABLE - 3.8 GROUND WATER QUALITY

SR. PARAMET UNIT LOCATION/LAB ID TEST
NO ER PANOLI KOSAM BAKR SANJA AMBO KAPODA METHOD
. GIDC DI OL LI LI RA
WATER GW2/V1 GW3/ GW4/ GW5/ GW6/V5
GW1 V2 V3 V4
1. pH -- 7.86 7.93 7.37 8.02 7.31 7.69 IS:3025 (P-

11):1983
o
2. Temperat C 25.4 26.2 25.8 26.5 24.9 26.3 IS:3025 (P-
ure 9):1984
3. Salinity ppt 0.68 0.25 1.59 2.11 1.84 1.11 Electrometr
ic Method
(Instrument
al) &
Operational
Manual
4. Electrical mS/c -- -- 2.62 3.48 -- -- IS:3025 (P-
Conductivi m 14):1984
ty µS/c 1.02 412 -- -- 3.02 1.76
m
5. Turbidity NTU 0.16 0.70 0.48 0.60 0.06 0.60 IS:3025 (P-
10):1984
6. Dissolved mg/L 5.40 5.86 5.86 5.86 6.67 5.40 IS:3025 (P-
Oxygen 38):1989
7. Total mg/L 844.0 926 3478 1192.0 1564.0 1064.0 IS:3025 (P-
Dissolved 16):1984
Solids
(TDS)
8. Total mg/L 2.0 24 46 68 20.0 2.0 IS:3025 (P-
Suspende 17):1984
d Solids
(TSS)
9. Total mg/L 846.0 950 3524 1260.0 1584.0 1066.0 IS:3025 (P-
Solids (as 15):1984
TS)
10. Chemical mg/L 3.96 4.28 5.78 3.96 5.29 3.96 APHA &
Oxygen AWWA.22nd
Demand Ed.5220-
(COD) B.(5-17)
11. Biochemic mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 BDL BDL <1.0 IS:3025 (P-
al Oxygen 44):1993
Demand
(BOD327)
12. Chlorides mg/L 157.4 171.5 246.4 206.9 586.4 228.6 IS:3025 (P-
(as Cl-) 32):1988

13. Sulphates mg/L 90.11 45.32 542.8 131.8 92.37 125.4 APHA &
(as SO4-2) AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
4500-SO42--
E.(4-190)
14. Total mg/L 185.0 425 320 430.0 470.3 390.0 IS:3025 (P-
Alkalinity 23):1986
(as CaCO3)
15. Total mg/L 226.9 263 753 178.7 338.7 236.9 IS:3025 (P-
Hardness 21):1983
(as CaCO3)
16. Calcium mg/L 68.27 46.18 240.9 84.33 86.68 114.4 APHA &
Hardness AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500 Ca-
B (3-67)
17. Magnesiu mg/L 38.54 52.69 124.4 22.93 61.23 29.76 APHA &
m (as Mg) AWWA.22nd
Ed. 3500
Mg-B (3-84)
18. Ammonica mg/L <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 BDL BDL <0.4 APHA &
l Nitrogen AWWA.22nd
(as NH3-N) Ed.4500-
NH3 B &
C.(4-
110,111,11
2)
19. Copper (as mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
Cu) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500-Cu
B.(3-74)
20. Fluoride mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
(as F-) AWWA.22nd
Ed.4500-F--
B & D.(4-
84,87)
21. Total Iron mg/L 0.41 22.08 6.10 0.39 0.22 0.29 IS:3025 (P-
(as Fe) 53):2003
22. Phenol (as mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
C6H5OH) AWWA.22nd
Ed.5530-
B.5-47 &
D.(5-49)
23. Oil & mg/L <0.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.4 IS:3025 (P-
Grease 39):1991
24. Hexavalen mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
t AWWA.22nd
Chromium Ed.3500-

(as Cr+6) Cr.-B (3-69)

25. Nickel (as mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* IS:3025 (P-
Ni) 54):2003
**
26. Total mg/L <0.005 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.005 APHA &
Chromium AWWA.
(as Cr+3) 22nd
Ed.3111. B-
AAS
**
27. Zinc (as mg/L <0.022 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.022 APHA &
Zn) AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
3111. B-
AAS
**
28. Lead (as mg/L <0.005 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.005 APHA &
Pb) AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
3111. B-
AAS
**
29. Sodium mg/L 32.59 41.58 194.87 79.64 118.5 89.12 APHA &
(as Na) AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
3111. B-
AAS
**
30. Potassiu mg/L 8.43 9.37 3.08 15.35 32.10 13.75 APHA &
m (as K) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500 K
B- Flame
Photomete
r
**
31. Arsenic mg/L <0.000 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.00015 APHA &
(as As) 15 AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
3112. B-
AAS
**
32. Cadmiu mg/L <0.001 BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 APHA &
m (as Cd) AWWA.
22nd Ed.-
3111. B-
AAS

SR. PARAMETER UNIT LOCATION/LAB ID TEST METHOD

NO. BHADI PANOLI ALONJ UMARWADA
GW/V6 GW/V7 GW/V8 GW/V10
1. pH -- 7.98 7.98 7.62 7.15 IS:3025 (P-

11):1983
o
2. Temperature C 26.1 26.0 25.1 25.0 IS:3025 (P-
9):1984
3. Salinity ppt 1.06 0.18 1.41 2.24 Electrometric
Method
(Instrumental)
& Operational
Manual
4. Electrical mS/cm 1.67 - 2.44 -- IS:3025 (P-
Conductivity µS/cm - 273.7 - 3.65 14):1984
5. Turbidity NTU 0.30 0.50 0.52 0.63 IS:3025 (P-
10):1984
6. Dissolved mg/L 5.01 4.60 5.80 5.60 IS:3025 (P-
Oxygen 38):1989
7. Total mg/L 1116.0 576.0 1276.0 2536.0 IS:3025 (P-
Dissolved 16):1984
Solids (TDS)
8. Total mg/L 24.0 14.0 6.0 34.0 IS:3025 (P-
Suspended 17):1984
Solids (TSS)
9. Total Solids mg/L 1140.0 590.0 1282.0 2570.0 IS:3025 (P-
(as TS) 15):1984
10. Chemical mg/L 21.84 9.92 2.64 10.58 APHA &

Oxygen AWWA.22nd
Demand Ed.5220-B.(5-
(COD) 17)
11. Biochemical mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 BDL IS:3025 (P-
Oxygen 44):1993
Demand
(BOD327)
12. Chlorides (as mg/L 173.4 267.4 364.6 768.7 IS:3025 (P-
Cl-) 32):1988
13. Sulphates mg/L 137.3 89.97 94.11 183.2 APHA &
(as SO4-2) AWWA. 22nd
Ed.-4500-SO42--
E.(4-190)
14. Total mg/L 405.0 405.0 178.2 628.7 IS:3025 (P-
Alkalinity 23):1986
(as CaCO3)
15. Total mg/L 214.8 257.0 195.6 909.2 IS:3025 (P-
Hardness 21):1983

(as CaCO3)
16. Calcium mg/L 60.24 86.34 28.22 483.8 APHA &
Hardness AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500 Ca-B
(3-67)
17. Magnesium mg/L 37.57 41.47 40.66 103.4 APHA &
(as Mg) AWWA.22nd Ed.
3500 Mg-B (3-
84)
18. Ammonical mg/L <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 BDL APHA &
Nitrogen AWWA.22nd
(as NH3-N) Ed.4500-NH3 B
& C.(4-
110,111,112)
19. Copper (as mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
Cu) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500-Cu
B.(3-74)
20. Fluoride (as F- mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
) AWWA.22nd
Ed.4500-F--B &
D.(4-84,87)
21. Total Iron (as mg/L 7.24 0.23 0.19 0.14 IS:3025 (P-
Fe) 53):2003
22. Phenol (as mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
C6H5OH) AWWA.22nd
Ed.5530-B.5-47
& D.(5-49)
23. Oil & Grease mg/L <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 BDL IS:3025 (P-
39):1991
24. Hexavalent mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
Chromium AWWA.22nd
(as Cr+6) Ed.3500-Cr.-B
(3-69)
25. Nickel (as Ni) mg/L BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* IS:3025 (P-
54):2003
**
26. Total mg/L <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 BDL APHA & AWWA.
Chromium 22nd Ed.3111. B-
(as Cr+3) AAS
**
27. Zinc (as Zn) mg/L <0.022 <0.022 <0.022 BDL APHA & AWWA.
22nd Ed.-3111.
B-AAS
**
28. Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 BDL APHA & AWWA.
22nd Ed.-3111.
B-AAS
**
29. Sodium (as mg/L 65.52 29.36 86.92 246.45 APHA & AWWA.
Na) 22nd Ed.-3111.

B-AAS
**
30. Potassium mg/L 13.27 3.69 31.55 91.50 APHA &
(as K) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500 K B-
Flame
Photometer
**
31. Arsenic (as mg/L <0.00015 <0.00015 <0.00015 BDL APHA & AWWA.
As) 22nd Ed.-3112.
B-AAS
**
32. Cadmium mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 BDL APHA & AWWA.
(as Cd) 22nd Ed.-3111.
B-AAS
Note: GW: Ground Water

BDL: Below Detectable Limit
Parameters Value
Phenol as C6H5OH 0.01 mg/L
Total Phosphorus as P 0.01 mg/L
Total Iron as Fe 0.01 mg/L
Copper as Cu 0.05 mg/L
Nickel as Ni 0.03 mg/L
+6
Hexavalent Chromium as Cr 0.01 mg/L

TABLE - 3.9 SURFACE WATER QUALITY (CONT'D.)
SR. PARAMETER UNIT UMARV TEST METHOD

NO. ADA
POND
06/EIA/
16/SW1
RESULTS
1. pH -- 7.69 IS:3025 (P-11):1983
o
2. Temperature C 25.0 IS:3025 (P-9):1984
3. Salinity ppt 0.56 Electrometric Method (Instrumental)
& Operational Manual
4. Electrical Conductivity µS/c 906.0 IS:3025 (P-14):1984
m
5. Turbidity NTU 0.76 IS:3025 (P-10):1984
6. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.46 IS:3025 (P-38):1989
7. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/L 248.0 IS:3025 (P-16):1984
8. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/L 12.0 IS:3025 (P-17):1984
9. Total Solids (as TS) mg/L 260.0 IS:3025 (P-15):1984
10. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/L 25.13 APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.5220-B.(5-17)
11. Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/L BDL IS:3025 (P-44):1993
(BOD327)
12. Chlorides (as Cl-) mg/L 19.71 IS:3025 (P-32):1988
13. Sulphates (as SO4-2) mg/L 47.19 APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-4500-SO42--
E.(4-190)
14. Total Alkalinity mg/L 222.8 IS:3025 (P-23):1986
(as CaCO3)
15. Total Hardness mg/L 167.3 IS:3025 (P-21):1983
(as CaCO3)
16. Calcium Hardness mg/L 50.40 APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.3500 Ca-B (3-
67)
17. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 28.41 APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed. 3500 Mg-B
(3-84)
18. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.4500-NH3 B &
(as NH3-N) C.(4-110,111,112)
19. Copper (as Cu) mg/L BDL* APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.3500-Cu B.(3-
74)
20. Fluoride (as F-) mg/L BDL* APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.4500-F--B &
D.(4-84,87)
21. Total Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.36 IS:3025 (P-53):2003
22. Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L BDL* APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.5530-B.5-47 &
D.(5-49)
23. Oil & Grease mg/L BDL IS:3025 (P-39):1991
24. Hexavalent Chromium mg/L BDL* APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.3500-Cr.-B (3-

(as Cr+6) 69)

*
25. Nickel (as Ni) mg/L BDL IS:3025 (P-54):2003
**
26. Total Chromium mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.3111. B-AAS
(as Cr+3)
**
27. Zinc (as Zn) mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-3111. B-AAS
**
28. Lead (as Pb) mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-3111. B-AAS
**
29. Sodium (as Na) mg/L 8.09 APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-3111. B-AAS
**
30. Potassium (as K) mg/L 2.26 APHA & AWWA.22nd Ed.3500 K B-
Flame Photometer
**
31. Arsenic (as As) mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-3112. B-AAS
**
32. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L BDL APHA & AWWA. 22nd Ed.-3111. B-AAS
Note: SW: Surface water

BDL: Below Detectable Limit
Parameters Value
Phenol as C6H5OH 0.01 mg/L
Total Phosphorus as P 0.01 mg/L
Total Iron as Fe 0.01 mg/L
Copper as Cu 0.05 mg/L
Nickel as Ni 0.03 mg/L
Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6 0.01 mg/L
SUMMARY
The statistical interpretation of observed ground water & surface water quality is
presented in Table-3.11.
3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY
pH of ground water samples varied from 7.15 to 8.02. Turbidity was found 0.06 to 0.70 NTU,
Total Dissolved Solids varied in the range of 576.0 to 2536.0 mg/L. DO and COD are found in
range of 4.60 to 6.67 mg/L, and 2.64 to 21.84 mg/L respectively. BOD3 was found to be BDL.

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) varied from 178.7 to 909.2 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from
178.2 to 628.7 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are found in the range of 157.4 to 768.7 mg/L
and 45.32 to 542.8 mg/L respectively.
3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY

pH of surface water samples was found 7.69. Turbidity was found 0.76 NTU, Total Dissolved
Solids was found 248.0 mg/L. DO and COD are found 5.46 and 25.13 mg/L respectively.
BOD3 was found to be BDL. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) are found 167.3 mg/L. Total Alkalinity
varied from 222.8 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are found 19.71 mg/L and 47.19 mg/L
respectively.
3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY
Soil samples were collected from nine locations during March 2 & 3, 2017 within the study
area to assess its physico-chemical characteristics. The analysis results of soil samples are
given in Table 3.12.
TABLE – 3.10 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

NO. KOSMADI BAKROL SANJALI AMBOLI KAPODARA
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
1. Moisture % 12.76 7.72 10.91 7.04 15.33 Handbook of
Content methods in
*
Total Solids % 87.24 92.28 89.09 92.96 84.67 environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.5
2. pH -- 8.09 8.16 7.32 7.72 7.76 Handbook of
methods in
o
3. Temperature C 24.9 25.0 25.2 25.1 25.0 environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.1
4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.23 1.15 1.18 1.24 1.18 Handbook of
methods in
environmental

studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.4
5. Porosity % 46.26 56.60 37.29 53.20 55.66 Handbook of
methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.4
6. Water % 98.64 68.57 73.47 58.56 70.51 Handbook of
Holding methods in
Capacity environmental
(WHC) studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.7
*
7. Specific -- 2.35 2.52 2.43 2.36 2.19 IS:2720 (P-
Gravity 3/S-1):1980
*
8. Total -- 403.2 175.7 766.0 510.0 200.8 IS:3025 (P-
Hardness 21):2009
(as CaCO3)
9. Calcium (as mg/Kg 123.4 40.24 266.0 200.4 125.5 Handbook of
Ca+2) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.15
10. Magnesium mg/Kg 23.0 18.29 24.40 2.40 18.29 Handbook of
(as Mg+2) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.15
11. Chlorides (as mg/Kg 43.9 132.6 172.4 99.95 108.5 Handbook of
Cl-) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.16
12. Total mg/Kg 83.0 53.90 63.49 18.0 28.50 Handbook of
Phosphorus methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.9

13. Available mg/Kg 10.24 2.55 10.7 3.73 11.10 Vol.2:, Edition:
Phosphorus 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.8,
pg no.177
14. Organic % 7.28 6.45 7.43 7.22 6.55 Handbook of
Matter (OM) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.5
*
15. Total mg/Kg 900.0 297.0 693.0 519.2 247.5 IS:3025 (P-
Alkalinity 23):1986
(as CaCO3)
16. Total mg/Kg 94.8 120.6 245.2 96.28 156.2 Handbook of
Nitrogen methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.6
*
17. Nitrate mg/Kg 7.25 6.26 0.2 9.35 15.0 APHA &
Nitrogen AWWA.22nd
(as NO3--N) Ed.4500-NO3-
B. (4-122)
*
18. Sulphates (as mg/Kg 64.2 131.0 2.67 4.65 74.85 IS:2720(P-
SO4-2) 27):1977
*
19. Total Iron (as mg/Kg 0.94 15.51 33.0 2.20 35.23 IS:3025 (P-
Fe) 53):2003
20. *Copper (as mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
Cu) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500-Cu B.
(3-74)
*
21. Nickel (as Ni) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* IS:3025 (P-
54):2003
**
22. Lead (as Pb) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* USEPA-3500-
B/AAS
**
23. Arsenic (as mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* USEPA-3500-
As) B/AAS
24. **TOC mg/Kg 24.65 20.97 23.67 23.84 19.52 USEPA-3500-
B/AAS
**
25. Color -- Yellowish Light Light Blackish Blackish USEPA-3500-B
Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown
**
26. Sodium (as mg/Kg 813.0 842.0 956.0 783.0 438.0 USEPA-3500-
Na) B/AAS
27. **Potassium mg/Kg 1082.0 497.5 822.0 562.0 341.0
(as K)
**
28. Cadmium mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*

(as Cd)
**
29. Permeability cm/sec 2.17x10-6 3.69 x 4.21 x 4.64 x 2.17 x 10- IS: 2720 (Part-
10-4 10-3 10-4 6
16):2006
**
30. Grain Size Analysis:
Gravel % 34 02 00 02 00
Coarse Sand % 09 02 06 01 03
Medium Sand % 04 12 11 02 05 IS:2720 (Part-
4):2006
Fine Sand % 31 12 06 48 10
Silt + Clay % 22 72 77 47 82

NO. BHADI PANOLI ALONJ UMARWADA
S6 S7 S8 S9
1. Moisture % 4.12 7.50 6.98 3.86 Handbook of
Content methods in
*
Total Solids % 95.88 92.50 93.02 96.14 environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.5
2. pH -- 7.52 7.53 7.12 7.95 Handbook of
methods in
o
3. Temperature C 25.1 25.1 25.0 25.0 environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.1
4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.18 1.25 1.25 1.11 Handbook of
methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.4
5. Porosity % 55.66 52.83 52.83 58.07 Handbook of
methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.4
6. Water % 72.51 72.16 75.56 65.57 Handbook of
Holding methods in
Capacity environmental
(WHC) studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-10.7

*
7. Specific -- 2.38 2.87 2.28 2.46 IS:2720 (P-
Gravity 3/S-1):1980
*
8. Total -- 577.3 552.2 390.0 650.0 IS:3025 (P-
Hardness 21):2009
(as CaCO3)
9. Calcium (as mg/Kg 100.6 181.1 150.3 210.4 Handbook of
Ca+2) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.15
10. Magnesium mg/Kg 79.04 24.39 1.35 24.3 Handbook of
(as Mg+2) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.15
11. Chlorides (as mg/Kg 97.84 122.3 199.9 250.0 Handbook of
Cl-) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-
11.16
12. Total mg/Kg 219.0 78.90 19.5 20.25 Handbook of
Phosphorus methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.9
13. Available mg/Kg 8.30 11.50 4.97 4.29 Vol.2:, Edition:
Phosphorus 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.8,
pg no.177
14. Organic % 5.78 7.19 7.46 6.23 Handbook of
Matter (OM) methods in
environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.5
*
15. Total mg/Kg 396.0 173.3 84.5 742.5 IS:3025 (P-
Alkalinity 23):1986
(as CaCO3)
16. Total mg/Kg 105.8 143.6 116.3 109.6 Handbook of
Nitrogen methods in

environmental
studies.Vol.2,
Edition: 2011,
S.K.Maiti-11.6
*
17. Nitrate mg/Kg 0.62 36.25 2.05 2.45 APHA &
Nitrogen AWWA.22nd
(as NO3--N) Ed.4500-NO3-
B. (4-122)
*
18. Sulphates (as mg/Kg 66.80 292.0 16.0 29.40 IS:2720(P-
SO4-2) 27):1977
*
19. Total Iron (as mg/Kg 15.74 10.64 8.39 1.97 IS:3025 (P-
Fe) 53):2003
*
20. Copper (as mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* APHA &
Cu) AWWA.22nd
Ed.3500-Cu B.
(3-74)
*
21. Nickel (as Ni) mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* IS:3025 (P-
54):2003
**
22. Lead (as Pb) mg/Kg 2.05 BDL* BDL* 1.74 USEPA-3500-
B/AAS
**
23. Arsenic (as mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL* USEPA-3500-
As) B/AAS
**
24. TOC mg/Kg 28.71 18.29 18.65 22.56 USEPA-3500-
B/AAS
**
25. Color -- Light Blackish Light Yellowish USEPA-3500-B
Brown Brown Brown Brown
**
26. Sodium (as mg/Kg 1232.0 520.0 585.0 838.0 USEPA-3500-
Na) B/AAS
**
27. Potassium mg/Kg 986.0 260.0 393.0 792.0
(as K)
**
28. Cadmium mg/Kg BDL* BDL* BDL* BDL*
(as Cd)
**
29. Permeability cm/sec 6.28x10- 4.38×10- 6.28 x 7.37 x 10-5 IS: 2720 (Part-
5 3 10-5 16):2006
**
30. Grain Size Analysis:
Gravel % 06 00 06 02
Coarse Sand % 04 02 04 02
IS:2720 (Part-
Medium Sand % 08 06 08 12
4):2006
Fine Sand % 28 07 28 12
Silt + Clay % 54 85 54 72
Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit


Detectable Limit of Instrument:
Copper: 0.05 mg/kg
Phenol: 0.1 mg/kg
Iron: 0.01 mg/kg
Phosphorus: 0.1 mg/kg
Nickel: 0.03 mg/kg
3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY
Parameters like Porosity, Water Holding Capacity, Bulk Density, etc. were considered.
Based on the soil analysis report, the following can be concluded:
The porosity of soils varied from 37.29% to 58.07% and can be considered as moderate to
good for air and water movement in the soil. The Water Holding Capacity varied from
58.56% to 98.64%. Bulk Density varied from 1.11 to 1.25 g/cm3. The moisture content varied
from 3.86% to 15.33%.pH varied from 7.12 to 8.16. Calcium varied from 40.24 to 266.0
mg/kg. Total Hardness varied from 175.7 to 766 mg/kg. Magnesium varied from 1.35 to
79.04 mg/kg. Total Phosphorus varied from 18 to 219.0 mg/kg. Organic Matter varied from
5.78 to 7.46 mg/kg. Nitrate-Nitrogen varied from 0.62 to 15 mg/kg. Total Iron varied from
0.94 to 35.23 mg/kg.

3.7.3 EIA PHOTOGRAPHS

FIG. 3.4
KAPODARA VILLAGE

BHADI VILLAGE

ALONJ VILLAGE

Kosamdi village

Bakrol Village

Panoli Village

AMBOLI

SANJALI

3.8 GEOLOGICAL & HYDROLOGICAL DATA
3.8.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The geological classification map has been prepared by extracting the areas under different
geological classification from the 1:2 million scale maps prepared by Geological Survey of
India (GSI) for the Dahej, Taluka Vagra, and District: Bharuch of Gujarat. The map text has
been modified in consultations with the Department of Geology, University of Delhi. The
project area, towns and village locations have been added for ease of spatial reference.
Locations of towns and villages have been extracted from CoI maps, SoI topographical maps
and confirmed with satellite data.
3.8.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT

FORMATIONS
Table 3.13 provides the major geological features and area under different formations.
3.8.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP

A map depicting the major geological features in the project area is presented in Figure 3.3.
The map also marks the area within 10 km with project site as a centre. Town and village
locations are also depicted to facilitate ease of reference.
Table – 3.11 Description of geological classification and area under different formations
STRATIGRA AREA AGE DESCRIPTION
PHY (SQ. KM.)
Q= 212.73 Holocene in Some gypsum deposits are found in these
Undifferenti Quaternary Quarternary sediments. High potential for
ated fluvial/ period (1 million yielding significant quantities of ground water.
Aeolian/ year to recent)
coastal
sediments
N1k = Khari 67.83 Miocene (23.8 to Comprises variegated siltstones, and grey
Formation 5.3 million years) gypseous marls deposited in a quiet epi-neritic
basin. The upper part of this formation has
yielded a rich assemblage of Miocene fossils. It
unconformably overlies the Bermoti Formation.

Poor potential for ground water.

Pg3b = 12.18 Oligocene (33.7 Comprises greenish grey marl, and argillaceous
Bermoti to 23.8 million limestone succession with a basal bed of
Formation years) bouldery clayey marl. This bouldery bed
characterizes the unconformity with the lower
Berwali Formation. Poor potential for ground
water.
Pg2b = 21.21 Eocene (54.8 to Comprises gypseous and ochreous clays, lignite,
Berwali 33.7 million oolitic sandstone and marl. Contains fossils of
Formation years) Foraminifera and Molluscs in the lower part,
overlain by dense fossiliferous fragmental
limestone. Potential for ground water reserves
may vary from poor to good, depending on the
rock type encountered.
(Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)
Figure-3.5 Major Geological Features

3.8.4 HYDROLOGY
The geology of the district with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a
complex hydrogeological pattern. Hydrogeological map is shown. The hard rocks, the semi-
consolidated Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all
comprise multi – aquifer systems thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined
groundwater conditions in the entire district. Tertiary formations are inherently saline and
contain poor quality of groundwater. Groundwater occurs under unconfined conditions in
the limestone and sandstone aquifers of Bagh beds. Occurrence and movement of
groundwater is restricted mainly to the fractures and joints in the limestones and
sandstones. The discharge in dug wells varies from 30 to 50 m3/day. The bagh beds, where
overlain by Deccan Trap are likely to yield groundwater under confined conditions. The
Deccan Trap have given rise to multi-layered stratified aquifers. Each individual flow
comprises two distinct units, namely the upper vesicular basalt and the lower massive
basalt. The massive basalt is hard and compact with primary porosity but the vesicular
basalts exhibit porosity. The movement of groundwater is therefore controlled by the
secondary porosity developed by the presence of fractures and joints. The paleoweathering
which is invariably observed at depth near the top of every flow, has given rise to good
aquifers at depth. The yield of the dug wells in Deccan traps, which range in depth from 5 to
25 m bgl, sustain pumping from 1/2 hour to 10 hour with discharge varying from 200 to
1200 litre per minute (LPM) for drawdown of 4 to 7 m. Bore well tapping deeper zones
down to 150 m below ground level(bgl), have yielded 100 to 600 LPM for a drawdown of 6
to 15 m. The sandstone are the main aquifers in the Tertiary formations but the limestone
also yield significant quantities of groundwater wherever karstic development have taken
place. Deep tube well tapping the Tertiary formations is capable of yielding 300 to 3000
LPM of water for meager drawdown of 1 to 7 m. The alluvium formations in the western
most part of the area do not constitute potential aquifers on account of inferior quality of
water.

FIGURE – 3.6 HYDROGEOLOGICAL MAP

3.8.5 DRAINAGE PATTERN
Figure – 3.7 Drainage Pattern

3.9 LAND USE PATTERN

Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word land
cover indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures covering the
land surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and vegetation covers, in
the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for an
environmental impact assessment, which would help determine the impact of the project
development activity on the land use pattern.
3.9.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use / land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using IRS P6
LISS-III and procured from the National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. The
satellite data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground
checks and ground truth verification. Area and distance calculations have been carried out
using GIS software after geo- referencing the interpreted data with the help of Survey of India
(SoI) topographical maps of the scale 1:50,000.
A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture,
fallow land, open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands
under inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.6. The map also marks the area within 10 km of
the project site as the area of interest.

Figure – 3.8 Process Methodology
Procurement of Preparation of Base

Satellite Imagery Map using
topographical maps
Data Preparation
- Radiometric correction Pre field process
- Geometric correction
First Level Preparation of

Classification Signature Confusion
Matrix
Field Field process

Verification/Ground
Truth
Second Level Updated information

Classification from field Post field
Map Output Area Estimation Accuracy Estimation

Table – 3.12 Areas Under Different Land use
SR. LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AREA WITHIN 10 KM OF PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL

NO. PROJECT LOCATION AREA
1 Water Bodies 1.12 0.36
2 Open Barren Land 40.89 13.02
3 Agriculture Land 66.61 21.21
4 Fallow Land 161.75 51.50
5 Degraded Vegetation 3.29 1.05
6 River 8.03 2.56
7 Marshy Land 0.51 0.16
8 Habitation & Settlement 22.3 7.10
9 Sand & Beach 0.48 0.15
10 Miscellaneous Land 9.08 2.89
Total 314.06 100.00
Figure – 3.9 Land use / Land cover

3.10 Toposheet
Figure 3.10- Toposheet

3.11 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Introduction
Bharuch (formerly commonly known as Broach) in India, is a district in the southern part of
the Gujarat peninsula on the west coast of state of Gujarat with a size and population
comparable to that of Greater Boston. The Narmada River outlets into the Gulf of Khambhat
through its lands located in the central and northern parts of the sub-continent of India. The
geographical location of the district is 21.30° to 22.00° N Latitude and 72.45° to 73.15° E
Longitude. The district has eight Talukas, Bharuch (District Headquarter), Ankleshwar, Valia,
Jhagadia, Vagra, Aamos, Hansot and Jambusar. The total area of the district is 5,253 sq km,
as per the census of 2001; the population is 1.3 million, with 261 persons per sq. km. The
district is situated at the mouth of River Narmada. The major rivers flowing through the
district are: Narmadha, Dhadhar, Kim and Kaveri.
Climate
The weather of Bharuch district is hot and dry-starting from mid-march till mid-June, mid-
during summer season weather remains hot and dry. While from mid-June till end of
September weather remains humid and can be considered pleasant. From October-
November weather is bit hot. From December to February climate remains cool
Rainfall
The average rainfall of the district is 800 mm.
Biogeography
According to Rodgers and Panwar (1988), Gujarat has parts of four biogeographic zones:
Zone 3. The Indian Desert

Province 3A - Kutch
Zone 4. The Semi-arid Zone:
Province 4B - Gujarat – Rajputana
Zone 5. The Western Ghats:
Province 5A - Malabar Coast
Province 5B - Western Ghat Mountains

Zone 10. The Coast of India:

Province 10A - West Coast
The project area falls at Zone 4: The Semi-arid zone, Province 4B – Gujarat-Rajputana.
3.11.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY
The region provides a combination of most of the geo-environmental features for the
development of favorable ecosystems. The alluvial sediments and reasonable water
resources have provided impetus towards developing human induced ecosystems of
agricultural cropping agro-forestry and horticulture. The elevation range of the region is
about 20 m showing a very gentle flat gradient of 1:800 to 1:1000. The region shows more
or less a flat topography with a series of sections cut by deeply incised channels of rivers
flowing across the region. The riverbanks are generally marked by levee deposits, creating a
ridge type banks with higher elevations than the general ground level. The flat topography is
dotted by low height sandy mounds of stabilized dunes. Formation of ravine landscape is
quite common on most of the riverbanks due to deep gully erosion. The rivers are prone to
heavy floods and land erosion.
3.11.2 FOREST
Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of
district is 1449.68 sq.m. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the
district. (Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)
White Stork
Solanum incanum - Rare

3.11.3 FLORA
Some of the flora found in Bharuch area is listed below:
Table – 3.13 List Of Flora
Sr. Scientific Name Common Name Family

No.
1 Acacia aurriculifarmis Bangali Babool Mimoceae
2 A. leucopholia Aniar Mimoceae
3 A. catechu Khair Mimoceae
4 A. ferrungula Pandhara Khair Mimoceae
5 A. nilotica Babul Leguminoceae
6 A. lebbeck Siris Leguminoceae
7 A. procera Siris Leguminoceae
8 A. polycantha Garad Mimoceae
9 Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae
10 Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae
11 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae
12 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceas
13 Albizia odoratissimus Siris Leguminoceae
14 Annogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combritaceae
15 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae
16 Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae
17 Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Leguminosae
18 Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae
19 Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli) Leguminosae
20 B. squamosa Asan Leguminoceae
21 Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceas
22 Butea monospesma Palas Leguminoceae
23 Callistemon lancealatus Bottlebrush Mytraceas
24 Casuarina equisetifoier Sura Casuarineae
25 Careya arborea Kumbh Mytraceae
26 Casearia elliptica Manjo Symydaceae
27 Caesearia graveoiens Dedak manio Samidacea
28 Cassia fistula Sunari Leguminoceae
29 Cestrum noctusnum Ralkirani Solana ceae
30 Cochiospermum religiosun Ganeri Cochlospermaceds
31 Cocas nicifera Nariyal Palmeae
32 Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginacea
33 Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Leguminoceae
34 D. latifolia Sisso Leguminoceae
35 Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rata ceae

36 Ixora parviflora Kara Rubiaceae

37 I. nigricans Kukeri Rubiaceae
38 Delonix elala Gulmohar Leguminoceae
39 Diosphyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae
40 Dolichandrone falcate Mallar sing Bignoniaceae
41 Elaeodendron roxburghii Alinar Ceiastracea
42 Eucalyptus globules Safeda Eucalyptaceae
43 Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphobiaceae
44 Erithina uliginosa Pungara Leguminoceae
45 Eramphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceas
46 Ficus. Religiosa Pipal Moraceae
47 F. rumphii Pilari Moraceae
48 F. benghalensis Bara Moraceae
49 Flacourtia indica Rankdi Bixaceae
50 Garua pinnata Kakad Burseraceae
51 Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae
52 Haidwickia bipinnata Aniar Caesalpiniacea
53 Holoptelia intigrifolia Valva Uticaceae
54 Kydia calycina Bhindi Malvaceae
55 Lagerstroemia lanceolata Nano Leguminoceae
56 L. parviflora Sidha Leguminoceae
57 Michellia champaca Champa Bignoneaceae
58 Lannea caromadalica Modad Anacardiaceae
59 Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae
60 Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae
61 Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonacea
62 Milligntonia hortensis Indian Coral Tree Bignoniaceae
63 Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Rubiaceae
64 Michelia Champaca Champa Magnoliaceae
65 Moringa oliefera Shevga Moringaceae
66 Musa paradisiacea Kela Musaceae
67 Oroxyium indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae
68 Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Palminae
69 Prosopis juliflora Babul Mimoceae
70 P. cinerarea Babul Mimoceae
71 Pithecelobium ducle Chisbalai Leguminoceae
72 Pongamia pinnata Karanja Leguminoceae
73 Pisidium guajava Guava Mutraceae
74 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Leguminoceae
75 Punica grantalum Anar Pomegrannatae
76 Sapindus emerginatus Aritha Sapindaceae
77 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae
78 Poleathia langifolia Ashok Apoctnaceae

79 Saraca indica Ashok Apoctnaceae

80 Thevetia neirifolia Pilakanton Apoctnaceae
81 Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae
82 Syzygium cuminii Jamun Myrtaceae
83 Terminalia crenulata Sadad Leguminoceae
84 T. bellirica Behada Combretaceae
85 T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
86 T. caltapa Jangli badam Combretaceae
87 Tamarindus indica Tentuli Leguminoceae
88 Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bisgnonia ceae
89 Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae
90 Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae
91 Wrightia tinctoria Kudo Apocynacea
92 Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae
93 Z. mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae
Shrubs
1 Argemone Mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae
2 Caranthus Resus Sudufuli Apocyanaceae
3 C. Calatropis Mundar Asclepiadaceae
4 Calatopis Gigantean Rui Asclepiadaceae
5 Carrissa Carandas Karvand Apocyaninnae
6 Clerodendrum Multyfolium Multaiforum Verbenaeae
7 Gymnosporia Spinosa Spinosa Rekii Leguminoceae
8 Lantana Camera Ghaneri Verbanaceae
9 Opuntia Dillenii Nivdang Cactacealea
10 Euphorbia Nerifolia Wavding Celastraceae
11 Ocium Gratissium Rantulro Labiateae
12 Helicteries Isora Atai Sterculiaceae
13 Ficus Hispida Tet umaro Moraceae
14 Datura Fastuasa Dhotara Solanaceae
15 Vitex Negundo Nirgudi Verbaceae
16 Cassia Tora Tarota Leguminoceae
17 Zizyphus Nummularia Beri Rhannaceae
18 Euphorbia Tirucolli Thor Euphorbiaceae
Bamboos
1 Dendrocalamus Strictus Manvel Grammineae
2 Abrus Precatorius Gunj Leguminoceae
3 Capparis Sepiraria Lamtjar Cappariaceae
4 Cocculus Hirrutus Asanwel Menispermaceae
5 Combretum Ovalifolium Jal Combratae
6 Cayratia Carnosa Khatumbo Vitaceae
Grasses
1 Andropogon Pumilus Kusal Gramineae

2 Cenchrus Setgerus Dhramnu Gramineae

3 Cynodon Dactylon Durva Gramineae
4 Cymbopogen Marinil Rosha Gramineae
5 Heteropogon Contortus Gawat Gramineae
6 Sorghum Halepense Baru Gramineae
7 Themeda Triandra Bhathdu Gramineae
Crops
1 Ricinus Communis Arand Euphorbiaceae
2 Saccharum Officinarum Ganna Gramineae
3 Sorghum Vulgae Jowar Gramineae
4 Zea Mays Makea Gramineae
5 Arachis Hypogaea Ground nut Logumin
6 Oryza Sativa Chawar Gramineae
Macrophytes
1 Eichhornia Crassipes Jalkumbhi Pontederiace
2 Ipomea Aqualica Kalmisay Volvulaceae
3 Trapa Latifolia Water chestnual Volvulaceae
4 Nelumbo Nucifera Lotus Nymphaceae
5 Azolla Pinnata Common Lemnaceae
duckweed
Source: Vegetation survey and data from State Forest Dept. Bharuch Gujarat
3.11.4 FAUNA
Table – 3.43 List of Fauna
Sr. Scientific Name Common Name Family

No.
1 Acridothers tristis Common myna Sturnidae
2 A. ginginianus Bank myna Sturnidae
3 Athene brama Spotted owlet Striginae
4 Aegithina tiphia Common Lora Lrenidae
5 Ardeola grayee Pond Heron Ardeidae
6 Amaurornis Whitebrested Waterhen Phasinidae
phoenicurus
7 Babulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae
8 Centropus cinensis Crow-phesant Cuculidae
9 Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Columidae
10 Corvus splendens House Crow Carvidae
11 Coracious Indian Roller Coracidae
benghalensis
12 Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo Dieruridae
13 Dinophum Goldenbacked Picidae

benghalense Woodpecker
14 Eudynamys Koel Cuculidae
scolopacea
15 Fracolinus Black partiridge Pharianidae
francollinus
16 Halcyon rustica Whitebrested Kingfisher Aicenidae
17 Hirundo rustica Common swallow Hirundinidae
18 Lanius exubitor Grey Shrike Daniidae
19 Launchura malabarica Whitethroated munia Estrildinae
20 Megalaima Smallgreen barbet Capilonidae
rubricapilla
21 M. malabarica Crimsonbrestwd Barbet Capilonidae
22 Merops orientalis Littlegreen Bea-eater Miropidae
23 Milvus migrans Patih Kite Accipitridae
24 Motacilla Large pied wagtail Motacillidae
maderatensis
25 Nactarinia asiatica Purplerumpled sunbird Nectarinidae
26 Nectarinia minima Small sunbird Nectarinidae
27 Oriolus oriolus Golden Oriole Oriolidae
28 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Pachycephaline
29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passerinae
30 Psittacula Blossamheaded parakeet Psittacidae
cyanocephala
31 Pycnonotus caffer Redvented bulbul Pycnonotidae
32 Ploceus philipinensis Weaver bird Plocidae
33 Sexicoloides fulicate Indian Robin Corvidae
34 Sopsychus saularis Magpie Robin Corvidae
35 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae
36 S. senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae
37 Sternus pagodramus Brahiminy myna Sternidae
38 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler Muscicapidae
39 Upupa epops Hoopoe Upupidae
40 Vanellus indicus Redwattled Lapwing Jacanidae
41 Metopidius indicus Brongewinged jacana Jacanidae
42 Ardea alba Large egrd Ardeidae
43 A. cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae
44 Falica atra Coot Rallidae
45 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae
Source: Survey of Avifauna under the study area.

3.12 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study.
Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The
baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed
expansion project is operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz.
demography, civic amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above
indicators is compiled in forthcoming sections.
3.12.1 DEMOGRAPHY
On an average, Taluka Ankleshwar has population density of about 752 persons per sq. km.
(2011 Census data), compared to the Bharuch District, which has a population density of
234 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data). Population density within 10 km radius of the
site is only 687 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data), while population density within 5
km radius of site is 635 persons per sq. km. (2011 Census data). The population details (i.e.
population distribution and population density) of the Taluka Ankleshwar, District Bharuch
and the study area within 10 km radius are presented in Table-3.18 & its graphical
representation is given in Figure-3.8.
TABLE – 3.15 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA
SR. NO. TOWN / VILLAGE NO. OF HOUSEHOLD POPULATION

MALE FEMALE TOTAL
1 Jitali 925 2150 1934 4084
2 Dadhal 617 1513 1507 3020
3 Sarangpore 3102 7727 4804 12531
4 Divi 147 339 297 636
5 Surwadi 545 1132 1040 2172
6 Gadkhol(Part) 235 536 542 1078
7 Piraman (Part) 428 990 923 1913
8 Bhadkodara 2024 5050 3570 8620
9 Kapodara 560 1374 1259 2633
10 Kosamadi 1138 2720 2585 5305
11 Uchhali 160 417 372 789
12 Motali 143 359 324 683
13 Amrutpura 153 443 419 862

14 Samor 232 578 527 1105

15 Bakrol 368 842 662 1504
16 Avadar 251 634 595 1229
17 Kararvel 290 665 621 1286
18 Pardi Mokha 97 250 279 529
19 Piprod 94 243 236 479
20 Chhapra 318 794 726 1520
21 Kansiya 541 1388 1275 2663
22 Naugama 144 371 352 723
23 Kondh 831 2231 2002 4233
24 Untia 133 327 314 641
25 Andada *(CT) 3275 7314 6192 13506
26 Diva 1248 3024 2975 5999
27 Borbhatha 295 703 692 1395
28 Boidara 405 903 884 1787
29 Amboli 223 550 527 1077
30 Umarwada 688 1680 1653 3333
31 Sangpor 530 1252 1184 2436
32 Borbhatha Bet 910 2284 2079 4363
33 Mandvabuzarg 1145 2900 2875 5775
34 Sanjali 1218 3327 1512 4839
35 Kharod 743 2413 1876 4289
36 Bhadi 406 1176 1146 2322
37 Vatariya 544 1400 1105 2505
38 Sardarpura 109 248 248 496
39 Mulad 203 495 533 1028
40 Kharchi Bhilwada 198 519 487 1006
41 Boridara (Dumala) 184 461 423 884
42 Kharchi 217 553 520 1073
43 Dadheda 175 487 450 937
(1)
44 Boridara 285 625 610 1234

TABLE - 3.16
POPULATION DENSITY
Name Population Population Density Sex ratio (No. of females

(Persons) (Person / sq. km.) per 1000 males)
Within 5 km Radius (2011) 40685 635 835
Within 10 km Radius (2011) 92854 687 860
Taluka Ankleshwar (2011) 315596 752 882
District Bharuch (2011) 151109 234 925
(Courtesy: Census Dept., GOI)
FIGURE - 3.11
POPULATION DENSITY
800
700
Population Density
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Within 5 km Within 10 km Ankleshwar Bharuch
radius radius Taluka (2011) District (2011)
Locations

3.12.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a
particular place. Details of literacy rate in District Bharuch, Taluka Ankleshwar and within 10
km radius and 5 km radius of project site are given in Table 3.19 while their graphical
representation is shown in Figure 3.9. Literacy rate in District Bharuch, as per 2011 Census
data is 76.28%, with 85.47% among male and 68.94% among female. Literacy rate in Taluka
Ankleshwar as per 2011 Census data is 81.56 % with 88.28 % among males and 73.54 %
among females.
Within 10 km radius of the study area, the literacy rate is observed 71.65 % having 80.25 %
among males and 62.54 % among females, whereas literacy rate within 5 km radius of study
area is 74.84 % having 82.50 % among males and 63.65 % among females.
TABLE - 3.17
Literacy rate
NAME MALE FEMALE TOTAL

LITERACY (%) LITERACY (%) LITERACY (%)
Within 5 km Radius (2011) 82.50 63.65 74.84
Within 10 km Radius 80.25 62.54 71.65
(2011)
Ankleshwar Taluka (2101) 88.28 73.54 81.56
Bharuch District (2011) 85.47 68.94 76.28

FIGURE - 3.12
LITERACY DATA
100
90
80
70
Litercy rate (%)
60
50 Total
Literacy(%)
40
30 Male
Literacy
20
10 Female
Literacy
0
Within 5 km radius Within 10 km radius Ankleshwar Taluka Bharuch District
(2011) (2011)
Locations

3.12.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources,
business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.20 provides the
occupational patterns in all villages falling within the area of interest.
TABLE - 3.18
Occupational Structure
OCCUPATIONAL PATTERN IN VILLAGES FALLING UNDER AREA OF INTEREST

Sr. Name of Occupational Pattern
No Village
Total Main Cultivat Agricult Househ Other Margi Non
Worke Work or ure old Servic nal Worke
rs er Industri es Worke rs
es rs
1 Jitali 1444 1402 73 524 4 801 42 2420
2 Dadhal 1033 802 64 230 10 498 231 1987
3 Sarangpore 5450 5269 59 28 117 5065 181 7081
4 Divi 359 313 32 173 0 108 46 277
5 Surwadi 916 903 70 392 0 441 13 1256
6 Gadkhol(Part) 316 292 37 23 0 232 24 762
7 Piraman (Part) 722 706 45 332 11 318 16 1191
8 Bhadkodara 3393 3273 72 168 10 3023 120 5227
9 Kapodara 1040 896 26 185 13 672 144 1593
10 Kosamadi 1872 1608 117 449 11 1031 264 3433
11 Uchhali 288 288 35 148 0 105 0 501
12 Motali 325 273 34 22 0 217 52 358
13 Amrutpura 352 125 74 1 0 50 227 510
14 Samor 420 236 46 77 0 113 184 685
15 Bakrol 855 639 76 112 0 451 216 649
16 Avadar 424 407 75 171 0 161 17 805
17 Kararvel 377 354 43 136 1 174 23 909
18 Pardi Mokha 174 173 28 87 5 53 1 355
19 Piprod 205 200 22 108 1 69 5 274
20 Chhapra 711 636 32 254 2 348 75 809
21 Kansiya 1375 843 314 372 5 152 532 1288
22 Naugama 409 234 43 137 0 54 175 314
23 Kondh 1332 1218 104 415 21 678 114 2901
24 Untia 423 307 102 97 3 105 116 218
25 Andada*(CT) 4474 4291 108 358 54 3771 183 9032
26 Diva 2462 2152 500 826 46 780 310 3537
27 Borbhatha 806 573 43 457 1 72 233 589
28 Boidara 734 655 72 283 4 296 79 1053

29 Amboli 555 408 82 137 0 189 147 522

30 Umarwada 1264 946 140 303 23 480 318 2069
31 Sangpor 1066 959 86 694 4 175 107 1370
32 Borbhatha Bet 1507 1441 270 573 11 587 66 2856
Mandvabuzar
33 g 2456 1525 466 612 43 404 931 3319
34 Sanjali 2904 2754 28 159 5 2562 150 1935
35 Kharod 1455 1232 119 351 6 756 223 2834
36 Bhadi 1048 987 110 663 0 214 61 1274
37 Vatariya 1026 655 90 19 3 543 371 1479
38 Sardarpura 253 192 32 65 0 95 61 243
39 Mulad 617 425 115 245 7 58 192 411
Kharchi
40 Bhilwada 338 333 45 186 1 101 5 668
Boridara
41 (Dumala) 413 410 179 153 1 77 3 471
42 Kharchi 424 256 61 69 0 126 168 649
43 Dadheda 329 309 58 149 5 97 20 608
44 Boridara 652 642 124 387 0 131 10 451

3.12.4 AMENITIES
Infrastructure resource base of the surveyed villages with reference to education, medical,
water resources, post and telegraph, communication, power supply is presented in
Table3.21. There are 45 villages within study area of 10 km radius of plant site. Significant
observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows.
Education facilities in study area are quite good because all villages have primary schools, 7
villages have both primary and secondary education schools while one village caters to the
need of junior collage education, 4 villages provide facilities for adult literacy class, 17
villages have Other Educational Institute and one village has Training center.
Almost all villages in the impact zone have community health center/workers, 13 villages
have primary health sub center, 7 villages have registered private practitioners while 5
villages have family planning center and 2 villages have public health center. One village
has child welfare center and 3 villages have dispensary with qualified Doctor.
In the study area drinking water facility is good as tube well, tank and tap water is available
almost in all the villages.
31 villages have post office facility and out of these villages, one village has also telegraph
facility. 21 villages have phone facilities.
All villages are well connected through a network of Pucca road as well as Kaccha approach
road. Bus is the main mode of transportation and is available in 42 villages, while 5 villages
are connected with railways.
All the villages in the study area get electricity for all purposes.

TABLE – 3.19
DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA

TALUKA LOCATIO VILLAGE EDUCATION MEDIC DRINKIN POST & TRANSPORTATI APPROA NEAREST POWE
N AL AL G TELEGRA ON CH TOWN R
CODE WATER PH TO SUPPL
VILLAGE Y
Ankleshw 6 Diva P (5), H, O PHS, D, T, W PO, BS PR, KR, Ankleshw EA
ar RP (3), PHONE KR ar-3
CHW
7 Divi P (3) -(-5 W, HP -(-5 KMS) BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
KMS) ar-3
8 Surwadi P (2) RP (2), T, W, HP PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
CHW ar-2
9 Borbhatha P (3) PHS, T, W PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
FPC PHONE ar-2
11 Borbhatha P (4) -(-5 T, W, R PO, BS PR, KR, Bharuch-3 EA
bet KMS) PHONE NR
12 Kansiya P (4) -(-5 T, W PO, BS PR Bharuch-4 EA

KMS) PHONE
13 Chhapra P (3) CHW W, HP PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-8
14 Mandvabuz P (6), H, O PHC, D, T, W, HP PTO, BS PR Ankleshw EA
arg RP (2), PHONE ar-12
SMP,
CHW
(3)
15 Samor P (2) PHS, T, W, HP PO BS PR Ankleshw EA
FPC, ar-9
CHW
16 Andada P (6), H, PHS, RP T, W PO, BS PR Ankleshw EA
PUC, AC (2), (3) PHONE ar-3
O
17 Amrutpura P (2) -(5-10 W, HP -(-5 KMS) BS PR Ankleshw EA
KMS) ar-10
18 Motali P (3) -(5-10 T, W, R PO, BS PR Ankleshw EA
KMS) PHONE ar-9
19 Uchhali P (2) CHW W, TK, -(-5 KMS) -(-5 KMS) PR, KR Ankleshw EA
HP ar-10
20 Sarangpore P (2) CHW W, HP PHONE BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-10
21 Gadkhol P (2), H RP T, W -(-5 KMS) BS PR Ankleshw EA
ar-3
22 Amboli P (2) -(-5 W, TW PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
KMS) PHONE ar-1
23 Boidara P (2) -(-5 T, W PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
KMS) PHONE ar-1
29 Umarwada P (3), O PHS, RP T, W, HP PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
PHONE ar-6
30 Safipura UNINHABITED
31 Kapodara P (2), O PHS, T, W PO, BS PR Ankleshw EA

FPC, PHONE ar-7
CHW
32 Bhadkodara P (2) CHW T, W PO, -(-5 KMS) PR, KR Ankleshw EA
PHONE ar-7

33 Piraman P (3), TR, O PHS T, W PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA

PHONE ar-1
34 Jitali P (3), H, AC PHC, T, W, HP PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
(4), O RP, PHONE ar-10
SMP,
CHW
35 Dadhal P (3), O PHS, T, W, HP PO, BS, RS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
FPC, PHONE ar-9
CHW
36 Kararvel P (2), AC, O CHW T, W, TK PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-12
37 Avadar P (2), AC -(-5 T, W, HP PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
KMS) ar-10
38 Piprod P (2), O CHW W, HP PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-16
39 Pardi mokha P (2), O CHW T, W -(-5 KMS) BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-16
40 Sangpor P (3) PHS, T, W PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
CHW ar-17
41 Kosamadi P (6), O PHS, RP T, W, HP PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
(3) PHONE ar-12
42 Bakrol P (2) CHW T, W, HP -(-5 KMS) BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
ar-8
43 Sanjali P (2), O CHW T, W PO, BS, RS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
PHONE ar-10
55 Kharod P (3), H, O CHW, T, W PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
(2) PHC, PHONE ar-10
CWC
56 Bhadi P (2), O -(-5 T, W PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
KMS) ar-12
Jhagadia 125 Boridara P (2) CHW W, TK, -(-5 KMS) BS, RS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
TW, HP ar-12
126 Mulad P (2) PHS, T, W, TK, PO BS PR, KR Bharuch-9 EA
CHW TW, HP
127 Naugama P (2) CHW T, W, TK, -(-5 KMS) BS PR, KR Bharuch-8 EA
HP, R
128 Kharchi P CHW T, W, TK, -(-5 KMS) BS, RS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
Bhilwada HP ar-10
129 Kharchi P (2) PHS, W, TK, PO, BS, RS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
FPC, HP PHONE ar-10
CHW
158 Sardarpura P (2) CHW T, W, TK, -(-5 KMS) BS KR Ankleshw EA
HP ar-14
159 Untia P (2) CHW T, W, HP -(-5 KMS) BS KR Ankleshw EA
ar-12
160 Dadheda P (2), O -(-5 T, W, TK, PO BS PR Ankleshw EA
KMS) HP ar-11
Valia 1 Kondh P (4), H, O PHS, D, T, W PO BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
FPC, ar-12
RP,
CHW
2 Vatariya P (2) CHW W PO, BS PR, KR Ankleshw EA
PHONE ar-15
Mangrol 9 Boridara P CHW T, W, TK PO BS KR Kosamba- ED,
15 EAG

ABBREVIATIONS
1. Education
P - Primary / Elementary School
S - Matriculation or Secondary
O - Other Educational Institution
PUC - Higher Secondary/Intermediate/pre-University/junior Collage
2. Medical Facilities
RP - Registered Private Practitioner
PHS - Primary Health Sub-Centre
FPC - Family Planning Centre
PHC - Primary Health Centre
D - Dispensary
CHW - Community Health Worker/Health Worker
H - Hospital
NH - Nursing Home
MH - Maternity Home
PHC - Public Health Centre
CWC - Child Welfare Centre
O - Others
3. Drinking Water
T - Tap Water
HP - Hand Pump
TK - Tank Water
W - Well Water
R - River Water
C - Canal
N - Nallah
S - Spring
TW - Tube well Water
4. Post & Telegraph
PO - Post Office
PTO - Post & Telegraph
PH - Telephone Communication
5. Communication
BS - Bus Station
NW - Navigable Waterway
6. Approaches to Village
PR - Pucca Road / Paved Road
MR - Kuchcha Road / Mud Road
FP - Foot Path
7. Power Supply
EA - Electricity for all purposes
EAG - Electricity for Agriculture
ED - Electricity for Domestic
EO - Electricity for other purpose like Industrial, Commercial etc.

CHEPTER-4
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS
Various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the flue gas / process emission,
hazardous waste and noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis
as well as measures taken to control them are discussed herein with details. The network
method was adopted to identify potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-
condition-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameters. This
method involves the "road map" type of approach to the identification of second and third
order effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify the type of
impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary
impacts.
Identified potential impacts for the various components of the environment, i.e. air, noise,
water, land and socio-economic, are presented in Figure 4.1. It should be noted that in these
illustrations the lines are to be read as "might have an effect on".

FIGURE – 4.1
IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Construction Operation

Phase Phase
Release of Air Release of

Pollutants Heat
Primary Change in Impact on Particulates Climatic

Impacts Air Quality Visibility Deposition on Changes
Water, Land
Aesthetic Impact on Impact on

Impact Agricultural Flora & Fauna
Produce
Secondary Impact on Human
Impacts Health
Tertiary Impact on Impact on

Impacts Economic Output Socio - Cultural
Environment

FIGURE – 4.1 CONTD.
IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase
Noise Emission
Primary
Impacts Change in
Ambient
Noise Level
Secondary Health Risks Impact on Work Migration of Birds,

Impacts Output and Reptiles & Population
Efficiency

Impacts Economic Socio-cultural
Output Environment

IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT
Project
Construction Phase Operational Phase
Activity Change in Surface Releases of

Morphology Wastewater
Impact on Runoff/
Seepage
Primary Impact on Impact on Environmental

Impacts Hydraulics of Water Quality Health and
Water Courses Aesthetic Risk
Secondary Impact on Impact on Cost of Water Impact on

Impacts Hydraulic of Aquatic Life Treatment Amenity /
Water Cources Recreation
Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural

Impacts Environment

IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT
Project
Cnstruction Operational
Phase Phase
Activity Distrubance Release of

of Soil Waste-water
on Land
Primary Change in Groundwater Change in Structure Addition / Removal

Impacts Regime : Soil Moisture / of Soil : Ground of Substances or
water Level / Flow Level Heat to / form
Pattern / Salt Water the Soil
Instruction
Secondary Impact on Soil Biota Impact on Flora Impact on

Impacts and Fauna Landscape
Impact on Agriclutural Impact on Livestock

Production

Impacts Economic Socio - Cultural
Out Put Environment

IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase
Primary Disturbance Disposal of

Impacts of land Wastewater
& Sludge on Land
Change in soil Change in Ground Toxic Substances

Texture & Permeability Water Regime / Salt on Land, Particulate
Water Intrusion Deposition on Land
Secondary Impact on Soil Salinity Impact on

Impacts Landscape Flora & Fauna

Impacts Agricultural Produce Live Stock
Impact on Impact on Socio-

Economic Output Cultural Environment

IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC & CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Operational Phase Construction Phase
Primary Economic Input Economic Output Demand for Wark Force

Impacts Capital/C&M Cost Product Cost
Net Income
Output
Secondary Change in Development Better Air, Water Empolyment Demand for Demand for Aesthetic
Impacts Economic Base of Ancillary Product Land, Noise Opportunity Communication Infrastructural Risk
of The Region Industries Avaliability Pollution Facilities Facilities
Saving of Foreign
Exchange Effect On Effect On Effect On Effect on
Human Health Agriculture & Visual Buildings
Fisheries Environment Materials
Mounments
Tertiary Effect On Water Supply, Effect On Educational Effect On Human, Nature &
Impacts Sewerage & Soild Waste Medical, Transport Recreational Facilities
Management Facilities Facilities

4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS
An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or
socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under
study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach
for prediction and assessing these impacts. Scientific techniques and methodologies based
on mathematical modeling are available for studying impacts of various project activities on
environmental parameters.
The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each
parameters identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated
impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1,
2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each
parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:
1) Project activities likely to generate impact
2) Quantification and prediction of impact
4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

With respect to water environment three aspects are generally considered in EIA, the raw
water availability, water consumption and wastewater generation that will be disposed. The
first priority in water quality assessment is to maintain and restore the desirable level of
water quality in general (Wholesomeness of water).
4.2.1.1 Impact during Construction Phase
The peak water requirement during construction will be met from the GIDC Water Supply.
Further, the wastewater generation during the construction period will be basically from
construction activities and the sanitary units provided for the workers. Hence, there will not
be any impact on the water environment.
4.2.1.2 Impact during Operation Phase
Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation is given in Table 2.2. Details of ETP are
discussed in Topic 2.5.3.2 of Chapter 2. Overall there won’t be any significant adverse

impact due to proposed activity on the water environment. Ground water and soil will not
get contaminated, as M/s. Iconic Pharmachem is not discharging any wastewater on land or
water body in existing scenario and not going to discharge any wastewater on land or water
body in proposed scenario after expansion.
4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological
parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.
A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at
any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)
dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its
interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of
continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present
study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).
The proposed air emissions at M/s. Iconic Pharmachem are SPM, SO2 NOx, HCl, NH3. The
site specific and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISC-AERMOD
View” by Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air environment are
given in Table 4.1. In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modeling using ISCST3 and
ISC-PRIME short-term air quality dispersion models, the site specific hourly meteorological
data measured at site is pre-processed using the U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and U.S. EPA AERMET
programs. Before starting air dispersion modeling with ISC-AERMOD View, a building
downwash analysis using BPIP View was done. BPIP View is a graphical user interface
designed to speed up the work involved in setting up input data for the U.S. EPA Building
Profile Input Program (BPIP) and Building Profile Input Program – Plume Rise Model
Enhancements (BPIP-PRIME).

The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a
local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate
vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level
concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the
source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that
concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration
for different parameters is given in Table 4.2. Equal concentration contour plots for SPM,
SO2, NOx, HCl, NH3 are given in Figure 4.1. Adequate measures shall be taken to minimize air
pollution by providing air pollution control equipment. Flue gases are discharged from
stacks at adequate height (as per GPCB norms).

TABLE – 4.1
DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS
FLUE & PROCESS GAS EMISSION
SR. OPERATING UNIT STACK ATTACHED TO
NO. PARAMETER BOILER THERMIC D.G SET PROCESS PROCESS
(P) FLUID VENT-1 VENT-2
HEATER (P) (P) (P)
(P)
1. Stack height Meter 30.0 30.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
2. Diameter Meter 0.5 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.1
0
3. Flue Gas K 399 403 496 308 309
Temperature
4. Air Pollution -- Cyclone Cyclone Adequate Two Two
Control Separator Separator height Stage Stage
Equipment With Bag With Bag Provided Scrubber Scrubber
Filter Filter
5. Flue Gas m/s 5.96 6.01 6.7 4.32 4.33
Velocity
6. Emission
concentration
SPM mg/Nm3 150* 150* 150* -- --
(g/s) (0.131) (0.131) (0.004) -- --
SO2 mg/Nm3 262* 262* 262* -- ---
(g/s) (0.230) (0.230) (0.008) -- --
NOX mg/Nm3 94* 94* 94* -- --
(g/s) (0.082) (0.082) (0.002) -- --
HCL mg/Nm3 -- -- -- 20.0* --
(g/s) -- -- -- (0.0006) --
NH3 mg/Nm3 -- -- -- -- 175.0
(g/s) -- -- -- -- (0.0057)
7. Fuel - Bio-Coal Bio-Coal Diesel -- --
(* Permissible Limits)
Note:
P-Proposed

FIGURE - 4.2 (PROPOSED)
ISOPLETHS OF PM

FIGURE - 4.3 A (PROPOSED)
ISOPLETHS OF SO2

FIGURE - 4.4 B(PROPOSED)
ISOPLETHS OF NOX

ISOPLETHS OF HCl

ISOPLETHS OF NH3

TABLE - 4.2 PROPOSED
SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR PM, SO2, NOX, HCl, HBr (PROPOSED)
SR. LOCATIONS X, Y CONCENTRATION
NO. CO-ORDINATES PM SO2 NOx HCl NH3
(µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
1. Project-site (0, 0) 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
2. Kosamdi (4222,3888) 0.10077 0.17783 0.06248 0.00060 0.00566
3. Bakrol (2222,2333) 0.16940 0.29928 0.10471 0.00128 0.01213
4. Sanjali (0000,0000) 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
5. Amboli (-3111,7777) 0.00208 0.00367 0.00129 0.00001 0.00012
6. Kapodara (2333,4444) 0.02664 0.04700 0.01653 0.00015 0.00143
7. Bhadi (0000,333) 0.16700 0.29508 0.10300 0.00173 0.01609
8. Panoli (-2000,-2222) 0.02702 0.04778 0.01666 0.00024 0.00224
9. Alonj (-3444,777) 0.00039 0.00069 0.00024 0.0000 0.00001
10. Umarwada (-1888,3555) 0.00035 0.00061 0.00022 0.0000 0.00001
SR. X, Y MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION (µg/m3)

CO-ORDINATES PM SO2 NOx HCl HBr
NO.
(µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
1. (1000, 1000) 0.31293 -- -- -- --
2. (1000, 1000) -- 0.5553 -- -- --
3. (1000, 1000) -- -- 0.1905 -- --
4. (1000, 1000) -- -- -- 0.00467 --
5. (1000, 1000) -- -- -- -- 0.04427
As proposed expanded capacity manufacturing activities have not yet started, the
predictions were made using CPCB permissible limit as these concentrations will in no case
be exceeded. Ground level concentrations calculated for proposed activities are
superimposed on existing ambient air quality monitoring results and combined values
(Table-4.4) are found within permissible National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE - 4.3
PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR SPM, SO2, NOx, HCl, NH3 Unit: µg/m3
SR. SAMPLING SPM SO2 NOx HCL NH3

NO. LOCATION AVERAGE
1 Project Side 127.70 26.90 28.59 0.00 0.00
2 Kosamdi 125.47 21.36 23.69 0.00 0.00
3 Bakrol 118.50 17.52 21.06 0.00 0.00
4 Sanjali 121.10 16.87 19.03 0.00 0.00
5 Amboli 120.63 20.47 22.38 0.00 0.00
6 Kapodara 123.57 18.28 20.14 0.00 0.00
7 Bhadi 123.43 21.68 24.61 0.00 0.00
8 Panoli 119.80 17.81 19.47 0.00 0.00
9 Alonj 143.00 20.42 21.64 0.00 0.00
10 Umarwada 127.70 26.90 28.59 0.00 0.00
NAAQS 200 80 80 200 400
BDL = Below Detectable Limit
4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce
noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Acoustic enclosures shall be provided for
DG set. The Noise level is within the prescribed limit. At noisy area, adequate preventive &
control measures are taken. No significant noise, vibration or emission of light & heat from
the unit.
4.2.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS
TABLE 4.4
CATEGORYTYPE OF SOURCE TOTAL DISPOSAL METHOD
Sch-I/35.3 ETP Sludge ETP 2 MT/Month Collection, Storage,
Transportation and dispose to
TSDF site.
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Process
Drums 150 Collection, Storage,
/Containers Nos/Month Transportation,
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Liner/Bag Process 600 Decontamination & Disposal
Nos./Month by selling to registered
recycler

Sch-I/5.1 Used Oil Plant 240 Collection, Storage,
Machinery Liters/Year Transportation, Disposal by
selling to registered recycler
or re-use as lubricant
Sch-I/28.1 Residue From mfg. of 3.3 Collection, Storage,
Rosuvastatin MT/Month Transportation and dispose to
Calcium co-processing in cement
industries or common
incineration Site
Sch-I/28.1 Sulphuric Acid From mfg. of 796.5 Collection, Storage,
(70 to 80 %) Cetrizine, MT/Month Transportation and sell
Levocetrizine, to end user having Rule 9
Pregabaline, permission under the HW
RCMH, Rules 2016.
Sch-I/28.3 Spent Carbon From mfg. 15 Collection, Storage,
process of MT/Month Transportation and dispose to
Pregabaline co-processing in cement
incineration Site.
Sch-I/28.1 Solid Waste From mfg. 6.3 Collection, Storage,
Process of MT/Month Transportation and dispose to
Glimipride Common TSDF site
Sch-I/28.6 Spent From mfg. 550 Collection, Storage, recovered
Solvents Process MT/Month through in house distillation
or sent for distillation job
work to authorized recycler
then reuse in
Process.
Sch-I/28.1 Distillation From Solvent 5.5 Collection, Storage,
Residue recovery plan MT/Month Transportation and
dispose to co processing in
cement
incineration Site
Sch-I/37.1 Dil. HCL From 30.0 Collection, Storage,
(15-20 %) Scrubber MT/Month Transportation and sell
to end user having Rule 9
permission under the HW
Rules 2016.
Sch-I/37.1 Ammonia soln. From 30.0 Collection, Storage,
Rules 2016.

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem is new unit and proposes to manufacture Bulk grug intermediates
in Panoli Notified Ind. Area. Water requirement will be fulfilled by GIDC Water Supply. The
power requirement will be met through DGVCL. The transportation of raw materials, fuel
and finished products is by road. As stated earlier, the site is near to National Highway NH 8.
Finished products can also be transported by railway facilities too. M/s. Iconic Pharmachem
will contribute for development of neighboring areas. The infrastructure services, e.g. roads,
state transport, post and telegraph, communication, education and medical facilities,
housing, etc. will be improved in the surrounding areas. The project would have beneficial
impact on infrastructure & services.
4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD

Raw material such as different chemicals etc. shall be transported by road and shall be
stored in the plant premises. On site emergency plan is prepared for storage and handling of
hazardous chemicals and shall also be submitted to relevant authorities. This report will be
prepared with the consideration of hazards associated with the chemicals and care should
be taken for all aspects of environmental hazards. The project proponent shall consider all
the safety aspects in planning, designing and operation of the plant as per standard
practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.
4.2.7 HOUSING
Enough number of dwellings is available in the town for accommodating extra workforce.
On neighboring towns or villages, the impact on this account is minimal.
4.2.8 ECOLOGY
The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters
like natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species
diversity could be summarized as below.

4.2.8.1 NATURAL VEGETATION
The industry will develop a green belt on the surrounding periphery. Since the effluents and
emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and disposed as per the
EMP provisions. Therefore any adverse impact over any of the ecological components of the
environment is reduced to minimum.
4.2.8.2 CROPS
Since, the project shall be on a non-agricultural land, it shall not alter the crop production of
the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have been planned
under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems shall be designed to take care of even
emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants like SPM, SO2, NOx, HCl and NH3 and regular
environmental surveillance shall be done, so as not to have any short-term or cumulative
effect on the crops and the natural vegetation of the area.
4.2.8.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE

Since the effluents and emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and
disposed as per the EMP provisions, proposed expansion project shall not envisaged any
adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic life.
4.2.8.4 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT

The project will be developed on industrial land with good landscape and plantation.
Increase in fugitive emission due to very limited construction activities and increase in the
vehicular movement due to the proposed project may have minimal adverse impact on the
visual quality. However, this impact can be minimized with implementation of environment
management plan. The proposed activities and further plantation will enhance the aesthetic
environment.
4.2.8.5 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem will give employment would be as per prevailing norms of state
government for skilled and unskilled people for the proposed project. Local quality of life
has improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures, like proper
treatment and disposal of hazardous waste; liquid effluent and gaseous emission, has

minimized the adverse impact on ecology and has a beneficial impact on human settlement
and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on the local socio-
economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any population in plant area. Any
major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as permanent
impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing industrial
activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent.
Socio-Economic Environment
Environmental Impact Assessment is a study or an estimate of the probable positive or
negative impact a proposed project or activity on the environment, consisting of natural,
social and economic aspects. An assessment of socio-economic environment forms an
integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, base-line information for the same was collected
during the study period. The base-line Socio-Economic data collected for the study region
has been identified in four major indicators namely - Demography, civic amenities, Economy
and social culture.
Employment:
This will also generate direct and indirect employment opportunity for various levels of
people. By expanding this unit M/s. Iconic Pharmachem will be able to meet the demand of
various products locally. The project will save forex as certain products import will be
reduced.
Public Health:
During construction period the workers will be provided wills safe water supply, low-cost
sanitation facilities, first Aid Treatment, necessary personal protective equipment etc, to
prevent an increase in diseases related to personal hygiene. With some other industrial
units coming up in the surrounding area, Govt. dispensary, medical check-up, medicines,
services of nurses & doctors etc. are likely to be increased with a view to taking care of
general health of the local community.
Transport:
With increased employment opportunities and higher economic status of the local
community and with an increase in market conditions, transport facilities by way of buses,
two-wheeler & four-wheeler vehicles will develop in future. Thus, overall development of
the local community and their health is likely to become a matter of fact with the co-

operation and support of industrial organizations of the local area. There is likely to be a
beneficial impact on the local Socio-Economic environment. There shall be no displacement
of any population in the plant area. The increasing industrial activity will boost up the
commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. To control the emission
from process and utility stacks, the company would regularly examine, inspect and test its
emission to make sure that the emission is below the permissible limit. With this, the status
of sanitation and community health of the area would not change.
4.2.8.6 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES

There is no reserved forest & no national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant.
There shall be no impact on the same.
4.2.8.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL/RELIGIOUS/TOURIST INTEREST
There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study
area i.e.10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.
4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION

The parameters discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.4. The impact
matrix relating the parameters to the activities during operation phase and construction
phase is presented in Table 4.5. The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores
0 to 5 as per the following criteria.
Score Severity criteria
0 No impact
1 No damage
2 Slight/ Short-term effect
3 Occasional reversible effect
4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect
5 Permanent damage
The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in Table 4.6.

4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART
The total negative impact of various activities on any one parameter is represented as a
cumulative score and the cumulative scores of various parameters are given in the form of a
cumulative impact chart presented in Table 4.7. Any particular parameter having an
individual score greater than 5 or cumulative score of 20 implies serious effects due to the
project and calls for suitable mitigation measures. It is evident from the matrices that the
resultant impact is beneficial to the local population and due to export (and import
substitution) the resultant impact is beneficial to our country.

TABLE - 4.5
___________________________________________________________________________
IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)
ACTIVITIES Air Noise Water Land Infrastr Servic Env. Terrestrial Socio-
DURING Quali & Qualit Quality ucture es Hazard Ecology Economic
CONSTRUCTI ty Odour y s Land use Status
ON PHASE
Water x × ×
Requirement
Material × × × × x
Storage/
Transport
Material × × × ×
Handling
Utilities × × × ×
Effluent ×
Discharge
Gaseous × ×
Emissions
Fugitive × x ×
Emissions
Solid Waste × x × ×
Disposal
Spills & Leaks × × × ×
Shutdown/ ×
Startup
Equipment × x
Failures
Transport of × × × × ×
Workers
Movement of × × x × ×
Vehicles

TABLE – 4.5 (CONTD.)
___________________________________________________________________________
IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (OPERATION PHASE)
ACTIVITIES Air Nois Wate Land Infrastr Servic Env. Terrestri Socio-
DURING Qualit e& r Qualit ucture es Hazards al Econom
OPERATION y Odou Quali y Ecology ic Status
PHASE r ty Land use
Water X x X
Requirement
Raw material X X X X X X
Storage/
Transport
Raw Material X X X X
Handling
Utilities X X X X X
Effluent X X X X
Discharge
Gaseous X X
Emissions
Fugitive X X X X
Emissions
Solid Waste X X X X X X
Disposal
Product X X X
Storage/
Handling
Spills & Leaks X X X X X X
Shutdown/ X
Startup
Equipment X X
Failures
Plant X X X X X X X X X
Operations
Transport of X X X
Workers
Movement of X X X
Vehicles

TABLE - 4.6
__________________________________________________________________________
CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE MEASURES
ENVIRONMEN POTENTIAL SOURCES OF IMPACT MITIGATIVE MEASURE REMARKS
TAL IMPACTS
COMPONENTS
Water Quality Deterioration of Construction activity Proper management of In Proposed Scenario,
water quality & abstraction of surface water runoff additional effluent will
water for shall be made. treated in In-house
construction primary treatment,
requirement and Effluent treatment plant facility and sent to
sanitation in housing (ETP). common MEE of M/s.
for workers. ACPTCL.
Discharge of process
effluents, sewage Minor adverse impact
and utility
wastewater.
Air Quality Emission from flue Fugitive emissions Control equipment for No remarkable
gas & process vent fugitive emissions increase in GLCs.
Adequate APCM like – NAAQ Standards are

Bag Filter, Two Stage met
Scrubber will be
provided to control Minor adverse impacts
pollution. on ambient air quality
Socio- Overall growth & Project activities General area planning in Beneficial change
Economic development of advance by GIDC and
area, increased classified as notified
employment, industrial estate by GIDC
improvement in
infrastructure and
growth of
downstream
industries
Terrestrial Minor loss of Project activities Green belt, Proper No impact
Ecology habitat-flora & management of solid
fauna, loss of waste.
agricultural land
Noise Increased noise Project operation oiling and lubrication, Marginal impact
level Earplugs and Earmuffs
will be provided
Maximum possible area

will be covered as
greenbelt and other
forms of greenery.
Infrastructure Improved Project Development has been Beneficial impact
& Services communication, gradual
transport, housing,

educational &
medical facilities
Environmental Risk to Handling and storage On site & off site Insignificant adverse
Hazards environment & of chemicals & fuels Disaster management impact
neighboring plan & Safe practices.
population

TABLE - 4.7
___________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX
Activities
Air Noise & Water Land Infrastr Servi Environ Housing Terrestrial Socioec
Quality Odour Quality Environ ucture ces mental Ecology/ onomic
ment Hazard Land use Status
Water 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 1
Requirement
Effluent 0 0 1 0 1 2 1 0 0 0
Discharge
Gaseous 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0
Emissions
Fugitive 2 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0
Emissions
Solid Waste 1 0 1 2 2 2 2 0 0 0
Disposal
Raw Material 2 2 0 1 2 2 2 0 0 0
Storage/
Transport
Raw Material 2 1 0 1 0 2 1 0 0 0
Handling
Product 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Storage
Shut down/ 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Start up
Equipment 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0
Failure
Plant 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
Operations
Transport of 2 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
workers
Movement of 2 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0
Vehicles
Utilities 2 2 2 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
Cumulative 17 10 6 5 14 17 13 1 1 2
score

TABLE - 4.8
___________________________________________________________________________
CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART
ENVIRONMENTAL TOTAL CUMULATIVE

PARAMETER SCORE
Air Quality 17
Noise and Odour 10
Water Quality 6
Land Requirement 5
Infrastructure 14
Service 17
Environmental Hazards 12
Housing 1
Terrestrial Ecology/ Land use 1
Socio Economic Status 2

CHEPTER-5
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is
essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring
is:
• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new
developments.
• To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical
• To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures
• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment
study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.
To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures:

• Monitor daily, Assess effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented,
Explore the need to modify or add new Control Measures particularly if a violation is
observed & Report weekly.
• Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any
deterioration in environmental quality.
• Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The attributes,
which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath.
5.2 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN

Environment monitoring plan for proposed plant has described in Table-5.1 along with
Environment Components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and frequency.

TABLE - 5.1
PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

Environmental Parameters Standards Frequency
Component
Air Environment
AAQM at plant site As prescribed by GPCB Prescribed Once in a Quarterly through
including PM2.5, PM10, SO2, by CPCB NABL Lab.
NOx, HCl, NH3 & VOCs
Stack emission Parameters prescribed by Prescribed Once in a Quarterly by NABL Lab.
monitoring GPCB of Flue Gas emission by GPCB
and Process Gas Emission
Fugitive emissions/ work VOC, PM10 & PM2.5 Prescribed Once in a Quarterly by NABL Lab.
place monitoring within by GPCB
the plant side
Water Environment
Surface water quality Parameters prescribed by Water Once in a Season
GPCB quality
Standards
Ground water quality Parameters prescribed by Water Once in a Season
GPCB quality
Standards
Noise Environment
Ambient Noise at plant Noise level in dB(A) As per Once in a Month
site National
Noise
Standards
Soil Environment
At plant site Analysis of pH, -- Once in a Season
conductivity, Sulphates,
calcium, magnesium, Cl-

5.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES
Monitoring of environmental samples shall be collected as per the guidelines provide by
MoEF&CC/ CPCB/ GPCB. The method followed shall be recommended/ standard method
approved/ recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.
TABLE : 5.2 Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis

Attributes Method
Sampling / Preservation Analysis
A. Air Environment Mechanical/automatic --
1. Micro meteorological 1. Mechanical or automatic
data weather station/
Meteorological Department
2. Ambient Air Quality 2. Samplers (Designed as per Standard methods such

USEPA) to collect PM2.5, PM10 as IS - 5182 & CPCB
and the gaseous samples guideline, ASTM, etc.
B. Noise Instrument: Noise level meter --
5.4 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability, to ensure that the measures
proposed as a part of the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented after proposed
expansion.
The monitoring and evaluation of the proposed management measures are critical activities
in implementation of the proposed project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to
ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary
feedback for the project management to keep the program on schedule.

TABLE 5.3 Reporting System for Environmental Monitoring Plan
Details Indicators Stage Responsibility

Pre-Construction Stage: Environmental Management Indicators and Monitoring Plan
Suitable location for Dumping Preconstruction Projects
dumping of construction locations
wastes has to be
identified.
Construction Stage: Environmental Condition Indicators and Monitoring Plan
Dust suppression at Construction site Construction Projects
construction site.
Operation Stage: Management & Operational Performance Indicators
Solid waste generation, As per guidelines Operation Concerned Plant
utilization and handling. of statutory Units / EMD
bodies
Hazardous waste As per the Operation Concerned Plant
dumping, notifications/guide Units / EMD
Storage and disposal as lines specified by
specified by statutory statutory
authorities. authorities.
Stack Emissions All parameters as Operation Concerned Plant
specified for Units / EMD
stacks by Statutory
Authorities
Ambient air quality and All parameters as Operation Concerned Plant
Noise levels. specified by Units / EMD
Statutory
Authorities

5.5 LABORATORY FACILITIES
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem has developed its own laboratory equipped with different
equipment i.e. analytical balance, pH meter, COD digester (heating) apparatus, oven,
incubator and necessary glass-wares. In addition to that M/s. Iconic Pharmachem has also
developed quality control laboratory which is equipped with sophisticated equipments.
Equipment of quality control laboratory will be also available for analysis of environment
parameters. M/s. Iconic Pharmachemhas made plan of the regular monitoring to ensure that
pollution will be limited to below prescribed limits and to take corrective action. In case the
monitored results of environment pollution shall be found to exceed the prescribed limits,
remedial actions shall be taken through the concerned plant authorities. The actual
operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments of each department shall under
respective department heads.
5.6 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility is
being/will maintain following records:
Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.
Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.
Manual for monitoring of Air, water for ambient conditions.
Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged
from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.
Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.
Monthly and annual progress reports.
Medical checkup of employees.
Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of
the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for
necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell.

5.7 BUDGET & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE
On regular basis, environment management cell will inspect the necessity & availability of
the materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell will make appropriate
budget for this purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of
environment management will be done and appropriate budgetary provisions will be made.
With other budget, budget for Environmental Management shall also be prepared and
revised regularly as per the requirement.
Total Project Cost for proposed expansion activity is Rs. 4.0 Crores.
The budget shall include provisions for the following:

• Environmental Monitoring Program
• Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments/Hazardous
waste disposal.
• Laboratory & O/M consumables, etc.
• Greenbelt development
• Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training

CHAPTER - 6
____________________________________________________________________________
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
6.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY)
MISSION
Our aim is to deliver superior long-term tangible, intangible benefits to our customers, our
stakeholders, investors and to the community in which we operate. We accomplish this
through the synergistic approach in remaining viable in the overall global economic context
and keep churning out value for customers, without compromising our core values.
CORE VALUE
Today, we are not among the top FIVE global business houses nor are we any nearer to any
of the top TEN or TWENTY such business houses. However, as the Chinese proverb goes, a
journey of thousand miles begins with a single step and that single step we have taken.
Determined as we are, we have chosen to take that single step on a road map that would
lead us to complete the legendry thousand miles.
To develop and strengthen, our business contacts across the five continents.
To ensure, that we create customers and retain them with abundance of their goodwill.
6.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE)

Project located in GIDC Panoli, Gujarat

CHAPTER - 7
________________________________________________________________
RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management
plan, following additional studies have been included in the report.
• Risk assessment
• Disaster Management Plan
• On site and off site emergency action plan
• Occupational Health and Safety Management System
7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION
Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe
conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and computation of
risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due to accidents resulting
from the hazards present in the plant.
Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and
assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards
present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident
scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or
generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often confined to maximum credible
accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and off-
site emergency plan also what types of safety measures shall be required.
7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an
event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:
• Identification of potential hazard area;
• Identification of representative failure cases;
• Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire and explosion;

• Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the
impact zones form the accidental scenarios;
• Furnish the recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities
• Preparation of Disaster Management Plan;
• Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan;
7.1.3 METHODOLOGY
Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is a means of making a systematic assessment of the
risks from hazardous activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their significance, in
order to provide input to a decision-making process. The term ‘quantitative risk assessment’
is widely used, but strictly this refers to the purely numerical assessment of risks without
any evaluation of their significance. The study has been conducted based on the premises of
a traditional Quantitative Risk Assessment. The key components of a QRA are explained
below, and illustrated in Figure-7.1 and Figure-7.2.
FIGURE – 7.1
QRA METHODOLOGY

FIGURE–7.2
FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT
Start Identify Risk Areas
Select a Risk Area
Identify Failure Cases
Select a Failure Cases
Identify Consequence Outcomes
Select Consequence Outcomes
Next Next
Determine Frequency
Estimate Consequence
Record Frequency and Consequence in a summary Table
Have all Consequence outcomes been studied?
Have all failure cases been studied?
Have all risk areas been studied?
Draw Risk Contours Finish

Yes

7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Identification of hazards in the proposed expansion project activity is of primary significance
of the analysis, and quantification. Hazard states the characteristics of system/plant/process
that presents potential for an accident. All the components of a system/plant/process need
to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an
unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.
7.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

The procedure for QRA starts with identification of major risk areas in the installation.
Operation carried out in Dye Intermediates Unit, usually come under certain board, general
categories. At M/s. Iconic Pharmachem, major risk areas are as follows:
• Bulk storage area for Raw Materials at ambient temperature and atmospheric
pressure.
• Process Plant involving pumping, transportation, reactors, distillation, heating, cooling,
etc.
• Bulk loading and unloading from storage tanks to road takers and vice versa.
7.1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS
• Release due to catastrophic failure of storage tanks or process vessels.

• Rupture of connected pipe with storage tank or process vessels.
• Continuous release at significant rates for long durations transfer pipelines caused by
sudden, major break of the pipeline.
• Continuous release at low rate through small holes or cracks in piping and vessels, flange
leaks, and leakage from pump glands and similar seals.
It is to be noted that for Quantitative Risk Assessment, worst case scenarios has been
considered, though their frequency of occurrence is much lower than the cases of small
leaks.

7.1.4.3 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREAS
The hazardous chemical storage area is shown in Figure-7.3. The major Hazardous chemicals
to be stored, transported, handled and utilized within the plot area are summarized in the
Table-7.1. Other hazards and control measures are summarized in Table-7.2. Facilities /
System for process safety, transportation, fire fighting system and emergency capabilities to
be adopted are stated below.
FIGURE-7.3
LAYOUT OF THE PLANT

TABLE-7.1
STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
Sr. Name of the Maximum Mode of Actual State & Possible type
No. Hazardous Storage Storage Storage Operating of Hazards
Substance pressure &
temperature
1 Methanol 5 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
25 Toxic
2 Toluene 4 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
20 Toxic
3 Acetone 3 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
15 Toxic
4 Hydrochloric 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Corrosive
Acid 25
5 IPA (Isopropyl 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Flammable
Alcohol) 25
6 Acetic Acid 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Toxic
25
7 Sulphuric Acid 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Corrosive
4
8 Sodium 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Hydroxide
9 Potassium 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Carbonate
10 Aluminum 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Chloride

TABLE 7.2
OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL
SR. NAME OF THE POSSIBLE ITS SOURCES ITS EFFECTS ON PLACE OF ITS CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED
NO. HAZARD OR & PERSONS, PROPERTY EFFECT
EMERGENCY REASONS & ENVIRONMENT
1 BOILER Over pressure in the boiler if Minor/Major Injury Boiler House and Lower & Upper Level Indication System provision. Safety valves
(1) Burning safety valve not working. Loss of human life surrounding places for pressure control fixed temp. & pressure indicator provided.
(2) Physical injury Water level indicator not Loss of property (Loss Blow down & blowing system provided for cleaning tube and
(3) Explosion working. Low water level of Main/ Machine shell. Soft water used. Inter locking provided on pumps, FD fan, ID
indicator fail. High temp. Material) fan. Periodical checking & inspection maintenance done. Yearly
System fails. inspection done by Boiler Inspector
2 ELECTRICITY Loose Contacts, Weak Burning, Shock, Surrounding the Proper Earthing, Periodical Checking of joints, proper insulations
(1) Burning earthling Short Circuit Death accident area of Equipments, etc. Flame proof fitting in solvent storage area,
(2) Fire Improper Insulation bounding and jumpers to all solvent barrier lines provided.
(3) Shock
3 HOUSE KEEPING Bad House keeping Physical / Chemical In all surrounding Proper Handling, regular cleaning, Proper placement of material
(1) Physical Thermal Burn Injury areas i.e. Storage, (RIGHT THING AT THE RIGHT PLACE)
(2) Burning (Major / Minor) Plants
(3) Fire
(4) Chemical Exposure
4 PIPE LINE LEAKAGES Leaking of pipe line due to Physical / Chemical Plant area Proper maintenance, Proper Selection of Material for pipe lines,
Spillages etc. corrosion, Loose contact etc. Thermal Burn Injury Immediate attention, Earthing provided, flame proof fitting, NO
(1) Corrosion (Major / Minor) SMOKING Boards displayed.
(2) Toxic gas release
5 Structural Failure Inside the factory (Corrosion) Injury/Death to Within the factory Automatic operation Periodic Testing of safety valves Regular
persons, damage to Inspection and Maintenance
property
7 Toxic Release from Outside the factory Injury/Death Within & outside Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare
outside the unit
7 Natural Calamity Nature Injury / Death to Within & outside Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare
persons, damage to the unit
property
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem

EIA REPORT PREPARED BY M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 242
TABLE 7.3
HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES AND SPECIAL HAZARD
SR. NAME OF CHEMICAL HAZARD FLASH BP LEL % UEL SP.GR. VD SOLUBILITY NFPA TLV IDLH LC50 CARCINO ANTIDOTE
0 0
POINT C % 20 C WITH H F R PPM PPM mg/m3 GENIC
0
C WATER at 20 TWA CHARACT
0
C ERISTIC
1. Hydrochloric Acid C/T NF 108 NF NF 1.12 - 1.267 Soluble 3 0 1 5 ppm 50 ppm 1108 ppm No Sodium Hydro-
HCL 1.19 for 1h rat Carbonate (4% Conc.),
Milk, Lime Juice, Milk
of Megnesia
2. Sulfuric acid C - 290 - - 1.84 3.4 -- 3 0 2 1 mg/m3 -- LD50: 2140 No --
mg/kg (rat)
3. Caustic Soda lye C -- 1390 -- -- 2.13 > 1.0 -- 301 2 -- -- No --
mg/m3
4. Liq. Ammonia T 11 -33.34 15 30 0.9 0.597 54 g/100 ml 3 1 0 50 300 2000 Wash with Lactic
CAS No. 7664-41-7 ppm/4-hr Acid, Apply
soframycin
Smelling Ethanol
or Ether
5. Toluene F 4.0 111 1.1 7.1 0.87 3.2 Insoluble 2 3 0 50 500 28.1 No --
CAS # 108-88-3 ppm mg/Ltr for
4 Hrs
6. Methanol F 11 64.5 6 36.5 0.793 1.11 Very soluble 1 3 0 200 - 128.2 No --
CAS No. 67-56-1 ppm/4h
7. Acetic acid C 39 118.1 4 19.9 1.049 2.07 -- -- 15 ppm -- LD 50-3310 No Milk of Magnesia
(rat)
8. Chlorine T - -34.6 - - 1.424 2.5 Reacts 4 0 0 - - 1017 No milk, milk butter
CAS No. 7782-50-5 and milk of
Magnesia.
9. Soda Ash C NA NA NA NA 2.532 NA -- -- NA -- LD 50-4090 No --
mg/kg
10. Acetic Anhydride Flammable 49.0 139.9 49.0 51.0 1.08 3.52 N.A 321 - - (LD50): N.A --
1780
mg/kg
[Rat]

11. Acetone Corrosive -20.0 56.2 -20.0 9.0 0.79 2.0 Easily soluble 130 TWA: - (LD50): A4 --
in cold water, 750 STEL: Acute:
hot water. 1000 5800
(ppm) mg/kg
[Rat]
12. Aluminum Chloride Corrosive N.A N.A - - 2.44 N.A N.A 300 - - (LD50): N.A --
3805 mg/kg
[Mouse.]
F -Flamable, C-Corrosive

7.1.5 PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS
CHEMICALS LIQUIDS
• Always use the road tankers having authorization for transporting the said liquids.
• Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Tanker Driver.
• Tankers will have clearly marked identification of material being contained with
mentioning Safety Card.
• Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of
emergency.
• Provide muffler on exhaust while entering tanker within premises.
• Ensure Earthing Boss connection before starting any transferring.
• SOP to cover routine checking of Tank farm area to be carried out for checking any
spillage / leakage.
• Tanks will be inspected physically daily for having any visual abnormality.
• Readings of Temperature & Pressure will be noted, recorded & reported immediately for
abnormality.
• Safety instruments like rupture disc, safety valves will be checked at defined duration for
intakeness.
• Scheduled testing of tanks to be done for thickness testing.
• Tanks to be painted on regular interval defined as per laws to protect them from
atmospheric corrosion.
• Barrels to be checked for proper fixing of bungs before sending it outside the premises.
• Barrels to be monitored physically daily for developing any pressure or vacuum within it
on long storage.
• Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any
spillage inside warehouse.
SOLIDS
• Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Truck Driver.
• Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of
emergency.
• Provide muffler on exhaust while entering truck within premises.

• SOP to cover routine checking of Bags & Containers for checking any damage.
• Containers to be tested for safe racking & transportation.
• Proper PPE to be used while handling the material & concerned persons to be trained for
usage of the same.
• Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any
spillage inside warehouse.
THE MAJOR HAZARDS IN THE M/S. ICONIC PHARMACHEM ARE DESCRIBED BELOW.
• Toxic hazard due to leakage of hazardous chemicals like Ammonia from storage tank.
• Corrosive hazard due to leakage of chemicals like HCl, H2SO4 etc. from storage tank.
• Electrical hazards due to the electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations,
welding, motors, and heavy lift devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit
possibility), maintenance work (due to machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related
electrical hazards.
• Possibility of human injury due to working with mechanical machines, manual handling
etc.
• Possibility of injury during chemicals handled, during operations and due to intoxication.
• Major dropped objects hazard due to large number of physical handling steps /
operations involved with crane/ overhead lifting/ hoisting equipment.
• Fires in any part of the plant working areas – there is a possibility of rapid escalation if it
is not brought under control quickly.
• Possibilities of fire hazards at transformers, switchgear and other electrical equipment
etc.

7.1.5 HANDLING OF CORROSIVE CHEMICALS
Important corrosive substances are: Acids and alkalis
When in contact with human tissues, most corrosive substances will produce chemical
burns, while certain other substances produce deep ulceration. Many corrosive substances
have a defeating action on the skin and may cause dermatitis.
The safeguards against these hazards are:
Preventing or minimizing contact between corrosive substances and skin, mucous
membranes and eyes.
Corrosive substances are not allowed to come in contact with materials that may
react.
All the containers, pipes, apparatus, installations and structures used for the
manufacture, storage, transport or use of these substances are protected by suitable
coatings, impervious to and unaffected by corrosives.
All containers or receptacles are clearly labeled to indicate their contents and should
bear the danger symbol for corrosives.
A high standard of maintenance and good housekeeping is essential.
Adequate ventilation and exhaust arrangement whether general or local, should be
provided whenever corrosive toxic gases or dust are present.
Personal protective devices are used depending upon the nature of work viz.
o Corrosion-resistant and impervious suits, or hand-gloves, aprons etc.
o Respirator, gas mask or self contained breathing apparatus,
o Barrier cream when exposure is not severe.
First aid treatment facilities are provided and all concerned will be instructed to
follow safe practices such as
o Prolonged washing with water
o Removing contaminated clothing
o Seeking immediate medical help
Safety showers and eye washers are provided.

7.1.6 FOR DRUM STORAGE AREA:
Some chemicals will be received at plant in drums by road truck and stored in a separate
drum storage area.
Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.
Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.
Conductive drum pallets will be provided.
Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork lift will be used for drum handling.
Separate dispensing room with local exhaust and static earthing provision will be
made.
Materials will be stored as per its compatibility study and separate area will be made
for flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.
Smoking and other spark, flame generating item will be banned from the Gate.
7.1.7 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage, handling &
use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause
damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the
reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.
Operating Parameters
Potential vapour release for the same material depends significantly on the operating
conditions. Especially for any liquefied gas, the operating conditions are very critical to
assess the damage potential. If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at ambient
temperature, say 30oC, and then the vapour release potential of the inventory is much
higher as compared to the case if it is stored at 0oC.
Inventory
Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing
of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.
Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The
potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the

properties of the materials and the operating conditions (pressure, temperature). If all these
influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapour source strength estimated
for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.
Loss of Containment
Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain
features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list
out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed
examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel
leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack
that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The
more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected to the vessel.
The flow rate is depending on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was
present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on
the pressure in the vessel. The vaporisation of released liquid depends on the vapour
pressure and weather conditions. Such consideration and others have been kept in mind
both during the initial listing as well as during the short listing procedure. In the study,
Maximum Credible Loss accident methodology is to be used, therefore, the largest potential
hazard inventories have been considered for consequence estimation.
7.1.7.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the
physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the damage
(lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided
in three major groups:
a) Determination of the source strength parameters;
b) Determination of the consequential effects;
c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.
The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

* Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapour or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of
rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.
* Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of
the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.
* Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool
dimensions and wind velocity.
* Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases.
Consequential effects
* Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength,
relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the
surrounding area.
* Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ m2] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of the
distance to the source.
* Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/m2], as a function of the distance to the
distance of the exploding cloud.
* Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of
evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.
It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study
strongly depend upon the type of material involved:
- Gas, vapour, liquid, solid
- Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products
- Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure
- Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?
Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and
the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The
knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the exposure. For
instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the

damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly
between different materials.
In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects

are distinguished:
1. Heat radiation, from a jet fire, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.
2. Explosion
3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.
In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained.
Heat Radiation
The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:
2
• The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m ];
• The exposure duration [sec];
• The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).
• The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for
second-degree burns are given in the table herein:
Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation
Exposure Radiation for Radiation for 2nd Radiation for

Duration 1% lethality degree burns first degree
(kW/m2) (kW/m2) burns (kW/m2)
10 Sec 21.2 17 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0
Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in
case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that
people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time.
Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact
with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively
lesser incident radiation intensity are given below.

Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity
INCIDENT TYPE OF DAMAGE

RADIATION
kW/m2
0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation
1.7 No discomfort for long exposure
4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely)
9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20 sec.
12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.
Explosion
In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:
* A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;
* A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.
As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the
cloud proper.
For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the
housing/structures.
* Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.
The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures
resulting from a blast wave:
Damage Due To Overpressures
Peak Overpressure Damage Type
0.83 bar Total Destruction

0.30 bar Heavy Damage
0.10 bar Moderate Damage
0.03 bar Significant Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage
From this it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with 1%
lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the peak
overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pa will be wounded by mechanical damage. For the
gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition source as its centre.
Intoxication
The consequences from inhalation of a toxic vapour/gas are determined by the toxic dose.
This dose D is basically determined by:
- Concentration of the vapour in air;
- Exposure duration.
Furthermore, of course, the breathing rates of the victim, as well as the specific toxic
mechanism unto the metabolism play an important role.
n
The dose is defined as D = C .t, with:
C = concentration of the toxic vapour, in [ppm] or [mg/m3];
t = exposure duration, in [sec] or [min];
n = exponent, mostly > 1.0; this exponent takes into account the fact that a high
concentration over a short period results in more serious injury than a low
concentration over a relatively longer period of exposure. The value of n
should be greater than zero but less than 5.
The given definition for D only holds if the concentration is more or less constant over the
exposure time; this may be the case for a (semi) continuous source. In case of an
instantaneous source, the concentration varies with time; the dose D must be calculated
with an integral equation:
D = ∫ Cn.dt
For a number of toxic materials, so-called Vulnerability Models (V.M.) has been developed.
The general equation for a V.M. (probit function) is:
Pr = a + b.ln (Cn.t), with

Pr = probit number, being a representation of the percentage of people suffering
a certain kind of damage, for instance lethality
Pr = 2.77 means 1% of the population;
Pr = 5.00 means 50% of the population;
a and b material dependent numbers;
Cn.t = dose D, as explained above.
The values for a and b are mostly derived from experiments with animals; occasionally,
however, also human toxicity factors have been derived from accidents in past. In case only
animal experiments are available, the inhalation experiments with rats seem to be best
applicable for predicting the damage to people from acute intoxication. Although much
research in this field have been done over the past decades, only for a limited number of
toxic materials consequence models have been developed. Often only quite scarce
information is available to predict the damage from an acute toxic exposition. Data
transformation from oral intoxication data to inhalation toxicity criteria is sometimes
necessary. Generally, in safety evaluations pessimistic assumptions are applied in these
transformation calculations. The calculated damage (distance) may be regarded as a
maximum. For the purposes of a response to a major incident, the IDLH value level has been
chosen for the ‘wounded‘criteria. This type of injury will require medical attention.
7.1.7.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterised as the worst credible accident. In
other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that
is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the
probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach
of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion
calculations. As per the reference of the study, weather conditions having an average wind
speed of 1.32 m/s have been chosen.
The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL
cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents - what constitutes a
credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years

and based on basic engineering judgement, the cases have been found to be credible and
modelling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. Only catastrophic cases
have been considered and not partial or small failures (as is the case in Quantitative Risk
Assessment where contributions from low frequency - high outcome effect as well as high
frequency - low outcome events are distinguished). The objective of the study is emergency
planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons.
Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept
should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.
7.1.7.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS CALCULATIONS

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for
weather conditions having wind speed 1.32 m/s. In Consequence Analysis, geographical
location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large
number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant
scenario has been identified and duly considered.
7.1.7.2.2 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

PHAST MICRO: Phast is the most comprehensive software available for performing Process
Hazard Analysis (PHA), Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) and Financial Risk Analysis (FRA).
Our extensively validated software for consequence and risk assessment is used by
governments and industry helping them to comply with local safety regulation and their
own corporate best practice. Phast contains all the discharge, dispersion, effects and risk
models you will need to accurately assess all your major hazards and associated risks. Phast
Consequence provides you with comprehensive hazard analysis facilities to examine the
progress of a potential incident from the initial release to its far-field effects.
TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE IMPACT

It calculates the initial discharge, as the material expands from its storage conditions to
atmospheric, through dispersion, as the material mixes with air and dilutes, and the
subsequent toxic or flammable effects. Phast includes a wide range of models for discharge
and dispersion as well as flammable, explosive and toxic effects.

DISCHARGE
• Phast requires basic information about storage or process conditions and material
properties in order to perform discharge calculations
• The software comes with an integrated material property database containing more
than 1,700 pre-defined pure component chemicals
• Various discharge scenario options have been implemented to represent common
process failures, and model their behaviour. These include:
Leaks and line ruptures from long & short pipelines
Catastrophic ruptures
Relief valve and disc ruptures
Tank roof collapse
Vent from vapour spaces
In building release effects
DISPERSION
The dispersion models within Phast are able to model the following phenomena
• Dispersion of gas, liquid and two-phase releases
• Liquid droplet thermo dynamics calculations and liquid droplet rainout
• Pool spreading and vaporization
• Building wake dispersion effects for vapour releases
FLAMMABLE EFFECTS
For releases of flammable material Phast calculates
• Radiation profiles and contours from a range of fire scenarios including pool fires,
flash fires, jet fires and fire balls, including cross-wind effects on a jet fire
• Vapour Cloud Explosion modeling using industry standards models including the
TNO Multi-energy, Baker Strehlow Tang and TNT Equivalence models
• Overpressure contours from Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosions
TOXIC EFFECTS
• Graphs of toxic concentration profile
• Indoor and outdoor toxic dose prediction

• Reporting of distance to specific dose and concentration
• Calculated exposure time and use as “averaging time” for passive dispersion effects
PHAST RISK
Phast Risk allows you to combine the flammable and toxic consequences from each
scenario in your QRA model with their likelihood to quantify the risk of fatalities. Phast Risk
allows you to take account of local population distribution, sources of ignition, land usage
and local prevailing weather conditions. It is designed to perform all the analysis, data
handling and results presentation elements of a QRA within a structured framework.
Phast Risk allows you to quickly identify major risk contributors so that time and efforts can
be directed to mitigating these highest risk activities. Based on effects calculations and
population vulnerabilities, Phast Risk can integrate over all scenarios and weather
conditions to estimate the total risk. The established individual and societal risk indicators
are predicted by Phast Risk across your facility and surrounding area using the classical QRA
methodology. Risk ranking reports can be produced at points of strategic importance to
show the relative influence of the various failure scenarios and their contribution to both
the individual and societal risk metrics.
A key benefit of Phast Risk is the ability to identify major risk contributors and differentiate
these from incidents with worst case consequences which might otherwise dominate the
safety reviews. Whilst medium scale incidents have lesser consequences, they may have a
higher frequency, which, when combined with their hazardous effects, generate a higher
level of risk. Time and effort directed to mitigating high consequence but often low
frequency events may not be well spent. Phast Risk helps you direct this effort more
effectively.
Phast Risk also provides facilities to help you manage large quantities of input data,
including scenarios, parameters, wind roses, ignition and population, and combine these in
many ways. This is critical when looking at sensitivity analyses and assessing the merits of a
range of risk reduction measures.

Benefits
• Facilitates cost reduction in terms of losses and insurance
• Allows optimization of plant and process design
• Assist in compliance with safety regulators
• Enables quicker response to hazardous incidents
• Improve engineer’s understanding of potential hazards
• Regular software upgrades incorporate industry experience and expertise, and
advances in consequence modeling technology

7.1.7.3 SCENARIOS
Scenario MCL Scenario Pressure & Temp.Quantity in KL
1 Drum Storage Area NTP 30 .0
Scenario – 1 Drum Storage Area
Catastrophic Rupture
Input Data
Stored quantity - 30 MT
Wind speed – 2.14 m/s
Results indicate
Pool Fire Scenario
Radiation Level Distance in meter Effect if IHR at Height of simulation
(KW/m2)
4 102.3 This level is sufficient to cause personnel if unable to
reach cover within 20s; however blistering of the skin
(second degree burn) is likely; 0: lethality
12.5 68.7 This level will cause extreme pain within 20 seconds
and movement to a safer place is instinctive. This level
indicates around 6% fatality for 20 seconds exposure.
37.5 33.6 This level of radiation is assumed to give 100% fatality
as outlined above.
Fire Ball Scenario
Radiation Distance in Injury Type
Level meter
(KW/m2)
4 108.0 Pain after 20secs.
12.5 88.6 1st degree Burn
37.50 36.3 100% Fatal

FIG.7.4 RISK SCHENARIO
Pool fire Scenario.

Fire Ball Scenario.

Measures to be taken to prevent such accident:
• Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will
not be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.
• Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition, Antidote Kit,
required PPEs as per SOP laid down.
• Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point.
• After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.
Following precautions will be adopted during unloading

• Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at unloading platform.
• Static earthing will be provided to road tanker.
• Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check list and implemented.
• Flexible SS hose connection will be done at TL outlet line.
• The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline will be drained to a small underground
storage tank, which will be subsequently transferred by nitrogen pressure to the main
storage tank thus ensuring complete closed conditions for transfer from road tanker.
• All TL valves will be closed in TL.
• Finally earthing connection and wheel stopper will be removed.
• Only day time unloading will be permitted.
Following precautions will be adopted Storage of such chemicals

• Storage tank will be stored away from the process plant.
• Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.
• Caution note and emergency handling procedure will be displayed at unloading area and
trained all operators.
• NFPA label will be provided.
• Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory
mask etc. will be provided to operator.
• Neutralizing agent will be kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.
• Safety shower, eye wash with quenching unit will be provided in acid storage area.
• Material will be handled in close condition in pipe line.
• Dyke wall will be provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.
• Double drain valve will provided.
• Level gauge will be provided on all storage tanks.
• Safety permit for loading unloading of hazardous material will be prepared and
implemented.
• TREM CARD will be provided to all transporters and will be trained for transportation
Emergency of Hazardous chemicals.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY
• From the Risk Assessment studies conducted, it would be observed that by and
large, the risks are confined within the factory boundary walls.
• Based on these studies company has been proposed to plan its facility sitting as well
as location of operator cabin, open area, etc.
• Company has to increase awareness programme in the surrounding vicinity and
educate people for safe evacuation at the time of toxic release.
• A HAZOP study to be carried out for all product plant and storage facilities.
• Induction safety course to be prepared and trained all new employees before
starting duties in plant.
7.2.1 PROCESS SAFETY

• Safety measures will be adopted from the design stage.
• Safety Valve and pressure gauge will be provided on reactor and its jacket (if jacket is
provided).
• Utility like Chilling, cooling, vacuum, steaming and its alternative will be provided to
control reaction parameters in a safe manner.
• Free Fall of any flammable material in the vessel will be avoided.
• Static earthing provision will be made at design stage to all solvent handling
equipments, reactors, vessels & powder handling equipments.
• Any reaction upsets will be confined to the reaction vessel itself.
• All emergency valves and switches and emergency handling facilities will be easily
assessable.
• Further all the vessels will be examined periodically by a recognized competent person
under the Gujarat Factory Rules.
• All the vessels and equipments will be earthed appropriately and protected against
Static Electricity. Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities will be provided.
• Materials will be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums.
• All solvents and flammable material storage tanks will be stored away from the process
plant and required quantity of material will be charge in reactor by pump.
• Jumpers will be provided on all solvent handling pipeline flanges.

• Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & Updation in safety and
emergency preparedness plan will be displayed and conducted.
• Flame proof light fittings will be installed in the plant.
• All the Plant Personnel will be provided with Personal Protection Equipments to protect
against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage, spillages or splash.
• PPE like Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety Glasses, Acid-Alkali Proof Gloves etc. will be
provided to the employees.
• All employees will be given and updated in Safety aspects through periodic training in
safety.
• Material Safety Data Sheets of Raw Materials & Products will be readily available that
the shop floor.
7.2.2 FOR HAZARDOUS STORAGE TANK FARM

• Tank farm will be constructed as per explosive department requirement and separation
distance will be maintained.
• Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous chemical storage.
• Static earthing provision will be made for road tanker as well as storage tank.
• Tanks of proper MOC will be selected.
• Flame arrestor with breather valve will be provided on vent line.
• Road tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.
• Fire load calculation will be done and as per fire load Hydrant System will be provided as
per NFPA std. and Fire extinguishers will be provided as per fire load calculation.
• Spark arrestor will be provided to all vehicles in side premises.
• Flame proof type equipments and lighting will be provided.
• Lightening arrestor will be provided on the top of chimney.
• Trained and experience operator will be employed for tank farm area.
• NFPA label (hazard identification) capacity and content will be displayed on storage tank.
• Solvents will be transferred by pump only in plant area and day tank will be provided.
Overflow line will be return to the storage tank or Pump On-Off switch will be provided
near day tank in plant.

• Jumpers will be provided on solvent handling pipe line flanges.
• Flexible SS hose will be used for road tanker unloading purpose and other temperature
connection.
• All tanks shall be uniformly tagged.
• Level indicator shall be provided in tanks.
• Dyke will be provided.
• Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.
• Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided.
• Anti corrosive paint shall be done.
• Safety instruction board will be displayed.
7.2.3 FOR DRUM/CARBOY STORAGE AREA

Some chemicals will be received at plant in drums/Carboys by road truck and stored in a
drum/Carboy storage area.
• FLP type light fittings will be provided.
• Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.
• Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.
• Conductive drum pallets will be provided.
• Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork lift will be used for drum handling.
• Separate dispensing room with local exhaust and static earthing provision will be made.
• Materials will be stored as per its compatibility study and separate area will be made for
flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.
• Smoking and other spark, flame generating item will be banned from the Gate.
7.3 TRANSPORTATION
• Road tanker unloading procedure will be in place and will be implemented for safe
unloading of road tanker.
• Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.
• Earthed Flexible Steel hose will be used for solvent unloading from the road tanker.
• Fixed pipelines with pumps will be provided for solvent transfer up to Day
tanks/reactors.

• Double mechanical seal type pumps will be installed.
• NRV provision will be made on all pump discharge line.
7.3.1 OTHER RISK REDUCTION OPPORTUNITIES
The following opportunities shall be considered as a potential means of reducing identified
risks during the detailed design phase:
• Buildings and plants structures shall be designed for cyclone floods and seismic
events to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing for
storage of goods;
• Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and critical
process water;
• Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic and
storage and stacks locations;
7.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALARP

The following actions are particularly recommended to be implemented in order to ensure
ALARP (As Low As reasonably practical) performance in the operation: Maintain and ensure
effectiveness of all the safety measures, among others through the following actions:
Raw Material Storage Area

- The raw material storage area should be declared as a prohibited area and should be
provided having at least two exits, “No Smoking” and “Prohibited Area” display
boards, as applicable should be provided at site.
- Regular inspection of tanks/drums/carboys containing raw material to be done to
take care.
- Periodic site inspection should be carried out to ensure that there is no leakage from
any of the drums in the ware house.
- Fire hydrant system needs to be provided in storage area as per TAC standards.
- Smoke detector and fire alarm systems need to be provided.
- Provision of fire doors in ware house area.

Fire access for Tank Farm area and Ware Houses

- Fire access roads should be provided to storage area. The storage tanks/area should
have suitable fire protection and fire fighting facility.
The following features are also important for the project by taking the layout into
consideration:-
• Hinged doors swing outward in an explosion.
• Window panes (if installed) are shatterproof or plastic in frame.
• Floors, walls and ceilings are designed and installed to limit the generation and
accumulation of static electricity.
• All doors must be fire resistant. Floors, walls and ceilings are designed for at least 2 h
of fire resistance.
• Walls or partitions are continuous from floor to ceiling, and securely anchored.
• Integrity of the wall should be ensured i.e. blast wall not to be broken or drilled as
that can leads to weak spots.
• The building is constructed of non-combustible materials, on a substantial frame.
• Restrained deflagration vent panels are present.
• There is adequate ventilation, and any heating in rooms is limited to steam, hot
water, or other indirect means.
Electrical Safety for Whole Facility

• Electrical Safety: All cables and electric fittings shall be constructed, installed,
protected, operated and maintained in such a manner so as to prevent risk of open
sparking.
7.5 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem, management will take into consideration fire prevention
measures at the project planning and during plant commissioning stage to avoid any
outbreak of fire. But looking to the hazardous nature of process and the chemicals that are
handled and processed, the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to

tackle such a situation a good well laid fire protection system will be provided in the factory.
Details of fire fighting are given in Table 7.4.
TABLE 7.4
PROPOSED FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED FOR FIRE FIGHTING:
Sr. No. Type Capacity Total Quantity

1 Fire Extinguisher 5 Kg 10 Nos.
2 Fire Extinguisher 7 Kg 10 Nos.
3 Fire Extinguisher 50 Kg with Trolly 05 Nos.
Other fire fighting facilities proposed to be installed at site:

Fire load calculation will be carried out and Fire Extinguishers at different locations
will be provided as per the guidelines.
Working staff will be given training to operate extinguishers.
Fire Hydrant Network will be installed as per the calculated requirement for fire
fighting.
A stand-by diesel pump will be installed. This pump will be used for fire fighting in
case of power failure.
First Aid Training will be imparted to employees by designated first aid trainers.
7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall develop the emergency management system to tackle the
emergency situation, apart from its emergency management system. The detail of disaster
management system is discussed in the following section.
7.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE OF EMERGENCY

7.6.1.1 LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES.
LEVEL - 1:
The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant, premises. It may be due to -
a) Small fire in the plant
b) Low toxic gas release for short duration.
c) Collapsing of equipment that do not affect out side premises.

LEVEL - 2:
The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to -
a) Major fire inside the factory premises.
b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.
c) Heavy toxic / flammable gas leakage for short duration.
LEVEL - 3:
The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in
the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to -
a) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area
b) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.
7.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.
• To identify and assess types of emergencies due to different types of hazards.
• To work out plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and safeguard employees
and people in the vicinity of the factory.
• To provide for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.
• To plan mode of proper communication and actions to be followed in the event of
emergency.
• To keep all necessary information with respect to hazard/accident control and
emergency contacts in one document for easy and speedy reference.
• To inform employees, general public and the authorities about the hazards/risk if any
and the role to be played by them in the event of emergency.
• To control and contain the accident.
• To effect rescue and treatment of casualties.
• To inform and help relatives of casualties.
• To secure rehabilitation of affected area and restore normalcy.
• To provide information to media and government agencies.
• To preserve record, equipment etc. for investigating cause of emergency.
• To be ready for “mutual aid” if need arises to help neighboring units.

7.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall develop an emergency management team. The management
structure includes the following personnel’s;
• Chief Emergency Controller
• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers
• Site Main Controllers
• Key Personnel’s
• Essential Workers
• Assembly points
• Emergency control center
• Fire control arrangements
• Medical arrangements
• Other arrangements
7.6.3.1 CHIEF EMERGENCY CONTROLLER

He will be Chief Manager in his absence, the Plant Supervisor will be the Chief Controller till
any one of the designated Manager arrives at Site and assumes overall charge of the
situation. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the
Emergency Control Centre at Main Security Gate from where all operations will be directed.
He shall:
1. Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the
scene & handle the situation.
2. Relieve the Incident Controller from responsible of the Main Controller.
3. Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc, if
called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major
installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation.
4. Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

5. In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading /
unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor / security
personnel to evacuate tankers.

6. Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if
any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P & A Assistant / Security for
rushing casualties to hospitals if required.
7. Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other
statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the
premises.
8. Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged.

9. Issue authorized statement or press release to the news – media.
10. Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory
authorities.
11. Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”.

12. Arrange for obtaining the head – count of all personnel within the premises and
cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within the
premises.
13. Nominate a person from advisory team, to maintain chronological log of event
during the entire period of emergency.
7.6.3.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

His primary duties are to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial stage he may
be required to take decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or
continue any process and to take technical decisions to control the incident. The deputy
incident controller should take the charge of incident controller, if he is not available due to
any reason. As our factory is running 24 hrs, so each plants shift in charge are being
nominated as I.C (after 'G' Shift) and they will be always available in the shift and can take
charge till the arrival of IC.

Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:
• He shall take charge at the scene of incident.
• He may be required to take decisions whether to stop or continue any Process and
take a control the incident or to isolate affected area of the plant and simultaneously
inform / consult senior officers as per requirement.
• He shall immediately assess the gravity of risk and alert panel and field operators to
start controlling their respective section.
• After assessing the level of emergency likely to exist, he shall add emergency. As per
the assessment of risk, if necessary inform concerned Senior Officer to declare major
emergency and active on-site/off site emergency plan accordingly. As Per the
situation ensure that Site Main Controller (SMC) will be informed.
• He will work under the direction of the SMC, but till his arrival he may have to
execute following responsibilities.
• Ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.
• Direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.
• He shall communicate to the SMC the type of outside help needed.
• He shall direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following
priorities.
• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.
• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.
• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.
• Give information to the head of fire fighting and rescue team and other emergency
services.
• Depending on the incident, instruct partial or total shut down, isolations,
depressurization, Nitrogen purging, fire fighting, rescue operations.
• Instruct upstream/down stream units to take emergency shut down /cutting off
supply and other appropriate actions and emergency evacuation help etc.
• Direct for search of casualties.
• Evacuate non-essential workers/visitors/contractors to safe assembly points.
• Brief site main controller and keep him informed about the developments.

• Pressure evidences. This will be necessary for investigation for cause and concluding
preventive measures.
• Send runners, if telephones are out of order.
7.6.3.3 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER
He will have an overall responsibility for directing operations & calling outside help from
Emergency Control Centers. He is required to take decisions after consultation with the
Senior Manager available at site.
The Shift Engineer of non-affected Plant will act as SMC till arrival of the designated SMC at
Emergency Control Centre (ECC). Until the arrival of SMC, he may have to execute following
responsibilities.
• As soon as he received the information or comes to know about the incident, he
shall proceed to Emergency Control Room (Control Room) and shall take charge of
the incident. If Control Room gets affected due to unfavorable wind direction, Fire
Control Room shall be used as alternate Emergency Control Room.
• He has overall responsibility for directing emergency action, operation and calling
outside help.
• He shall ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.
• He shall assess the gravity of situation with the help of Incident Controller (IC), Plant
Manager and Key Personnel and after quickly assess the situation, shall find out the
of emergency from Incident Controller (l C), and declare the emergency.
• Level-l: Emergency - may be handled within the plant premises.
• Level-2: Emergency - On Site Emergency plant shag be activated.
• Level-3: Emergency - Action to be taken to operate Off-Site Emergency Plan.
• He shed direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following
priorities.
• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.
• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.
• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.
• He shall direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the
emergency.

• He shall continuously review and assess possible developments to determine most
probable course of events and actions.
• He shall assess the situation and ensure that whatever resources needed is made
available and utilized in a co-ordinate manner.
• He shall direct the safe shut down of plants in construction with incident controller
and Key Personnel, if necessary.
• He shall check that all non-essential workers, visitors, contractors are evacuated to
safe assembly points and head count is completed.
• He shall give instructions to the Incident controllers, Fire fighting and Rescue teams.
• He shall, if necessary arrange for evacuation of neighboring population.
• He shall ensure that search for casualties, within the affected area has been carried
out and arrange for hospitalization of victims and additional medical help, if
required.
• He shall ensure that liaison will be made with outside agencies such as Police
Services, Fire Services, Expert on Health and Safety, Meteorological Office, District
Emergency Authorities, Collector and Senior Inspector of Factories. Provide advice
on possible effects to areas outside the factory.
• He shall arrange for up to date records of emergencies.
• He shall advice not to re-start the plants unless it is declared safe to start by
competent authorities.
7.6.3.4 KEY PERSONNELS

Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in
the light of information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency. As
necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate personnel,
carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipments, utilities, carryout
environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other
local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries. Action at
assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC. All
the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC. They shall be
available at any time on duty or on call or on oil duty or holiday.

7.6.3.5 ESSENTIAL WORKERS
A task force of essential trained workers (expert’s team) is available to get the work done by
the Incident Controller and the Site Main Controller. Such work will include:
1) Fire fighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.
2) To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.
3) Shutting down plant and making it safe.
4) Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process, providing
temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement,
electrical work, etc.
5) Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc.
7) Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the
accident.
7) Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.
8) The injured is given First Aid.
9) Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.
10) Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.
11) Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for
outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.
12) Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.
13) Assistance at communication centers to handle out going and in coming calls and to act
as messengers if necessary.
14) Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles
entering the work, to control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make
alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other traffic arriving at the
works.
15) Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site Main
Controller.
17) Any special help required.

7.6.3.7 ASSEMABLY POINT
In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned any
emergency duty) are evacuating the area & report to a specified Assembly Points. Each
assembly Point will be clearly marked by a Conspicuous notices & provided with an
identification numbers e.g. Assembly Point No. 1, 2 and so on. Assembly Points are located
at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction.
To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly
Point proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly Points. Each Assembly
Point in manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. Further telephone
to communicated SMC has been provided at each assembly Points. At each Assembly Point
duties of Assembly Point In-charge has been also displayed in brief Before reaching an
Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due to
presence of toxic substances. Suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet etc., are issued &
made available with workers.
7.6.3.7 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle
the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room will be
earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be
earmarked/identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in case of
unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System will be available in the
Emergency Control Room i.e. Hot Lines, Intercom Walkie-Talkies & External Phones.
The ECC center shall be equipper with the following facilities.
1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory
3. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers
4. Factory layout plan
5. Map of the area
7. Employee blood group and their address
7. Messengers / Runners for sending messages

8. Adequate numbers of PPE'S
7.6.3.8 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

7.6.3.8.1 FIRE FIGHTING, GAS LEAK CONTROL AND RESCUE OPERATION
A) Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)
1. Incident Controller will be the only person to direct the fire fighting and Emergency
operation.
2. Keep the constant touch with the SMC / in charge - EHS.
3. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of
Manpower / equipment / extinguishing media etc.
B) Role of EHS Representative:

1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage immediately proceed to the help.
2. Decide his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and take appropriate
measures to handle the emergency.
3. Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about
the gravity of the situation.
4. He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.
C) Fire crew members
1. On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room
and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of IC/ Dy IC.
2. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.
7.6.3.9 MEDICAL SERVICES

The roles of Medical officers are as follows;
(a) He will contact immediately to the SMC/IC.
(b) He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.
(c) He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if required.
(d) He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other Para –
medical services etc. and transportation services etc.
(e) He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

(f) He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.
(g) He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the affected
persons nearby.
7.6.3.10 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

Other arrangements include external transport, cranes, generator sets to supply emergency
power, environment monitoring equipment, rescue items etc. when available resources do
not meet the requirement.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (EMERGENCY)

• As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers shall report to IC or SMC.
• They shall carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC
• According to the type of emergency/accident, they shall get equipped with PPE/Fire
fighting equipment and devices.
• The runner among the workers shall inform SMC/IC and key personnel if they are not at
site.
• The messenger amongst the workers shall deliver messages to nearby units as per the
instructions of SMC/IC.
• The in-charge of medical arrangements shall prepare first-aid and other required
facilities for the injured.
• The other essential workers shall try to control the emergency as per the instructions
given to IC.
• IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken at the
site and ask for other requirements e.g. Mutual aid, equipment etc., if he find necessary.
• SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures being taken,
need for external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.
7.7 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM

After the assessment of risk & their possible environmental impact and after making an
organization for the preparedness to control the emergency, the next most essential step is to

make us ready for Communication at the time of emergency. Communication System is a
Crucial Factor while handling emergency.
Company will have quick & effective Communication System through which, any situation,
which can lead to emergency, can be informed or known to.
i. All working inside the plant.
ii. Key Personnel outside during normal working hours & during off-duty hours.
iii. Outside emergency services, Statutory and Local Authorities and
iv. Neighboring facilities and public leaving in vicinity.
Each and every section, Plant & Department of the Factory shall be connected by internal
telephones. External Phone at Office and Residence and Mobile shall be also available with
Key Personnel and top executive of the factory. Hot lines shall be provided with mutual aid
Partner through the Emergency Control Center. The Communication System begins with
raising the alarm declaring the emergency, Telephone messages and Procedure to
communicate the emergency to other persons & General Public.
7.7.1 RAISING THE ALARM

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the first step is
to raise the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby people. Next, he/she informs
the security persons to raise the emergency siren located at the factory gate. The security
personnel sound the siren, raising and lowering the sound three times in a 10 second “ON”,
5 second “OFF” sequence. All the security employees shall be trained for operating the siren
to announcing the emergency. In case of power failure, manual bell shall be also provided.
The alarm sound informs the I.C and the S.M.C that an emergency has been created and
emergency organization is to be activated. The I.C. rushes to the site and takes charge of the
scene.
7.7.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY
Major emergency has to be declared after sufficient and through check because the
declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action and it may disturb the
running system, which may be Costly at, time or its Consequence may be Serious. Therefore
major emergency must not be decided on whims or immature judgment or without proper

thought. Looking to all the above, we will have taken care to nominate the persons who can
declare the emergency; we will have selected them on the basis of their knowledge &
experience. These persons will be technically qualified and experienced. They shall advice
the Incident Controller or Site Main Controller regarding the type of emergency. On being
convinced, the Site Main Controller or Incident Controller shall declare an ON-SITE
emergency. The decision about major emergency shall be taken as early as possible and
without wasting time so that control action can be started immediately.
7.7.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES

After hearing the emergency alarm and during emergency or even while just receiving the
emergency message on phone, Telephone operator should be precise, sharp, attentive and
quick in receiving and noting the message and subsequently effective in further
Communication A form to record emergency telephone calls shall be available with
telephone operator or Person available in Emergency Control Center, who has to record
such calls during emergency. Telephonic messages shall be given out by the telephone
operator to Site main Controller and key personnel as per the instructions of the Incident
Controller. Telephonic messages shall also be given to authorities and external agencies to
describe the type of emergency. All details of emergency shall be collected/delivered
according to this format shall available with the telephone operator.
7.7.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION

7.7.4.1 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY
An effective system to communicate emergency shall be available.
• Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty &
inside during normal working hours.
• To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working
hours.
• To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.
• To the neighboring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.

a) Information to Workers
All personnel inside the factory shall be informed by the sounding of the siren or in case of
electricity by ringing the bell.
b) To key personnel outside during normal working hours

The key personnel outside the factory premises shall be informed as per the need by
external telephones or runners.
c) To the outside Emergency Services and the Authorities

Once the emergency is declared, it is essential that the outside emergency services should
be informed in the shortest possible time. Responsibilities shall be fixed as per the
Incident/Emergency Command structure/plan to contact outside agencies for help and to
communicate to the all the Government and other Authorities such as Fire Brigade, Police,
District Emergency Authorities, Factory Inspectorate & Hospital etc. In case of major
emergency, outside agencies like mutual aid, hospitals, policies, Factory Inspector, Collector,
Fire-brigade etc. shall be informed by telephone or by sending special messenger from
emergency control center.
d) To neighboring factories and the General Public

A major emergency will affect areas outside the works and it is essential that neighboring
factory and General Public, should be informed to enable them to take prompt action to
protect their own workers and to take whatever measures may be possible to prevent
further escalation of the emergency due to effects on their own installations, at the same
time, they may be able to provide assistance as part of a prearranged mutual aid plan.
Further responsibilities shall be fixed to inform the neighboring factories and the General
Public leaving in the vicinity. The neighboring units shall be informed about an emergency
through external telephones or runners. The general public shall be informed about an
emergency using loudspeaker on scooter or rickshaw or car. Help from police shall be
sought if required.

7.7.4.2 STATUTORY INFORMATION
a) Information to Workers
Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and control as
directed in the Factories Act shall be prepared by the unit. This information shall be printed
in the local language and given in the form of booklet to all workers including contract
workers.
b) To the outside emergency services and authorities
Statutory information in the form of booklet shall be given to outside emergency services
and authorities.
c) To neighboring firms and the general public

Statutory information in the form of booklet will be given to neighboring units and the
general public of the villages in the vicinity of the unit.
7.8 ACTION ON SITE

The activities related to emergency time activities shall be divided into two parts. These are
• Pre-emergency activities
• Post-emergency Activities
7.8.1 PRE-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

7.8.1.1 INTERNAL SAFETY SURVEY
A safety committee shall be constituted as per Factories Act. The nominated members of
the committee shall be assigned the responsibility to conduct safety survey once in a month
before safety meeting. The internal safety survey includes –
• Identify various hazards in the factory
• Check whether protective equipments are in sound working condition
• Check various safety installations located at various plants for proper working
• Check sprinklers, showers, etc. in all plants
• Suggest extra modifications/ requirements to make systems more reliable
• Check presence of toxic gases by the help of dragger tube
Frequency of Internal Safety Survey: Once in a month

7.8.1.2 THIRD PARTY SURVEY
A safety survey shall be carried out once in a year by an external agency. It shall include –
• Inspection of building, structures for strength and stability
• Identify and study the hazards inside individual plants and within the factory
premises.
• Check safety system for its adequacy.
• Suggest modifications or additions in the operating practices and safety system, if
necessary.
Frequency of Third Party Safety Survey: Once in a year
7.8.1.3 PRESSURE VESSEL TESTING/ EXAMINATION

• To prepare list of pressure vessels in the plant with details of operating conditions
and manufacturing details.
• To carry out preventive maintenance of valves & fittings on all pressure vessels
(valves, pipelines, pressure gauge, temperature recorders and emergency vent lines)
• To arrange for testing and examination of all pressure vessels as per the rules of
Factories Act by govt. certified competent person on due date.
• To maintain record of testing and certificates issued by competent person and make
them available to Factory Inspector at the time of inspection.
Frequency of Pressure Vessel Testing / Examination: Twice in a year
7.8.1.4 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT)

• To prepare list of equipment and pipelines in the plant which require NDT as per the
rules of Factories Act.
• To arrange for Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) as per the rules under Factories Act by
govt. certified competent person on due dates.
• To maintain record of testing and certificates issued by competent person and make
them available to Factory Inspector at the time of inspection.
Frequency of Non-Destructive Testing : Once in a year

7.8.1.5 SAFETY RELIEF VALVES TESTING
• To prepare list of Safety Relief Valves installed on various equipment and pipelines in
the unit alongwith detailed specifications.
• To prepare schedule for testing and calibration as per the rules under Factories Act
by govt. certified agencies on due dates.
• To maintain record of testing and certificates and mark dates of testing and
calibration on the valves.
• To carry out repairs/replacement as suggesting by the testing authority.
Frequency : Twice in a year
7.8.1.7 FIRE SYSTEM TESTING

• To prepare list of various fire-fighting equipment (Fire Extinguishers, etc.) installed at
various locations in the unit along with detailed specifications.
• To prepare schedule for testing of all these equipment and check operability.
• To maintain record of testing and mark dates of testing on the equipment.
• To carry out repairs/replacement of defective equipment
Frequency: Once in a month
7.8.1.7 MUTUAL AID SCHEME

• To prepare Mutual Aid Scheme and enter into agreement with the neighboring units
for getting or extending help during emergency
• To appoint coordinator for follow-up under mutual Aid Scheme
• To review the scheme once in a year with coordinators of neighboring unit’s w.r.t.
scope of help, type of aid, contacts persons, etc.
• To include the scheme in mock drills
7.8.1.8 MOCK-DRILLS
• To conduct minor mock drills to train employees about their role / duties during
emergency.
• To refresh training to the employees for fire fighting, spill control, use of personal
protective equipments etc.

• To check whether various members of emergency control committee remember
their role / duties properly and to find out the faults and points of improvement in
their performance.
• To check whether the various equipment for emergency control are operating
satisfactorily and find and rectify the draw-backs if any.
• To conduct major mock-drills with permission from the authorities.
Mock drills shall be regularly conducted in our unit by our Emergency Control Organization
and the findings are compiled to analyze whether employees are familiarized with the
emergency control procedures and what sort of training is required to be given.
7.8.1.9 SAFETY TRAINING

To organize regular training for the employees for handling of safety equipment, use of
personal protective equipment, first-aid, etc. by internal/external faculty, as well as by
sending persons outside to attend safety programs etc. The topics covered in safety training
will be –
• Training on fire fighting
• Training on spill control
• Training on toxic release control
• Training on good housekeeping
• Training on use of PPE
The records of the training programs shall be maintained by the Safety Committee. New
topics will be included in the safety training programs year by year to upgrade safety
knowledge among the workers.
Frequency: Once in a year
7.8.1.10 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

• To procure adequate number of personal protective equipment (aprons, hand
gloves, safety goggles, helmets, nose masks, safety belts, gas cartridges, self-
breathing apparatus, safety shoes etc.) suitable for plant operations and maintain
records of use.

• To have proper system for issuing the PPE and disposal of used PPE
• To train the workers about proper use of PPE.
• To check the fresh air blowers provided at confined spaces for fresh air to workers.
7.8.1.11 COMMUNICATION
• To maintain internal/external telephones in working order
• To check alarms / siren / loudspeakers for workability
• To provide manual emergency bells at various location for use during power failure
• To periodically check wind cock for wind direction
• To check lightning arrestors installed at different locations for physical condition and
proper earthing connection
7.8.1.12 EMERGENCY LIGHTS

• To keep sufficient number of emergency torch/ batteries in ECC as well as at the
production site
• To maintain the three D.G. sets available in the factory as stand-by for power failure.
The D.G. sets are set to start functioning within two minutes of failure of electricity.
7.8.1.13 EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM

It is necessary to maintain the Emergency Control Room and keep it equipped with all
necessary items, documents, telecommunication systems, PPE etc. required in case of an
emergency.
7.8.1.14 ASSEMBLY POINTS

• To fix assembly points in the factory for non-essential workers
• To fix assembly points for plant emergency staff and coordinators
• To maintain record of no. of workers gathered at the assembly points at the time of
emergency. The Safety Committee shall nominate a person for this duty.
7.8.1.15 LIAISON WITH STATE AUTHORITIES

• To liaison with civil authorities, local hospitals, Fire-Brigade, Collector, factories
Inspector, Police, etc regarding emergency activities and need for external aid.

• To keep the details regarding name, address & telephone numbers of various govt.
authorities and neighboring units available and update the details from time to time.
• To inform about Mock-drill in advance and if required conduct mock-drill in presence
of any of these authorities.
• To submit report of Mock-drill conducted and the out comings with photograph to
Factories Inspector.
7.8.1.17 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

• To equip Occupational Health Centre with First-Aid and medicines
• To keep Health records (esp. blood-group records) of all employees
• To liaison with hospitals in the area of the unit
• To keep list of blood donors ready for reference
• To update arrangements with neighboring units for emergency first aid.
7.8.1.17 OUTSIDE SHELTER

• To reserve space in nearby schools/hospitals/buildings for temporary shelter during
emergency
• To arrange for clothing, food, medicine in temporary shelter
7.8.1.18 STATUTORY INFORMATION

Statutory Information about chemicals handled in the unit, manufacturing process, the
hazards in the unit, methods of prevention and control, first aid measures etc. shall be given
to
- Workers
- Public and Neighboring units
- Government authorities & outside emergency services
7.8.1.19 PROTECTIVE DEVICES & ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE

• Installation of safety valve and pressure gauges on vessels used for high pressure
operations.

• Installation of temperature indicators on reactors, temperature switch or alarm at
critical reactors.
• Maintenance of cooling water systems and pumps. To keep standby pump at cooling
tower.
• Installation of overhead water tank for emergency. To keep it filled and regular
cleaning of the same.
• Periodic cleaning of heat transfer surfaces (jacket, reactors, shell & tube heat
exchangers, boilers).
• To keep minimum inventory of hazardous materials with records.
• To maintain good housekeeping and ensure safety compliance.
7.8.1.20 LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT

• To prepare and preserve list of suppliers of safety equipment e.g. first aid box,
medicines, fire extinguishers, PPE, communication, self breathing apparatus etc.
• To check all supplies every three months.
• To update the list and keep it ready-to-refer location in the plant as well as at ECC.
7.8.1.21 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN

• List of major work-place fire hazards
• Potential ignition sources
Sparks from electrical fitting / motors
Sparks from welding operations
Ignition system of boiler house
Sparks from static electricity
• Fire prevention & control measures
• Use of flameproof electrical fittings and electric motors wherever necessary
• No welding shall be done anywhere in the plant without prior permission from safety
officer and necessary precautions from in charge of the area
• Ignition system of boiler should be provided with guard
• All vessels and pipeline should be properly earthed to prevent static electricity

• The vent lines of all vessels and tanks holding flammable materials should be
provided with flame arrestors
• Fire extinguishers shall be provided at all critical locations in the unit
7.8.2 POST EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

These activities are to be carried out after an emergency is over so as to establish the cause
of the emergency and decide the measures to be taken to prevent its re-occurrence. These
activities are –
1. Collection of records of accident, injury, damage to property, buildings, equipment,
material and loss of production
2. Conducting enquiries and concluding preventive measures
3. Making insurance claim for the materialistic loss / damage
4. Implementation of enquiry report’s recommendations
5. Rehabilitation of affected persons within and outside the plant
7. Restarting the plant and normalizing the operations.
7.8.3 EMERGENCY TIME ACTIVITIES

The probable emergency situation that can arise in the unit and the corresponding control
actions are describes below.
7.8.3.1 FLAMMABLE RELEASES

Source / Incident – Fire involving spilled combustible material near or in flammable storage
areas
Control action –
1. Any one who notices fire shall sound emergency alarm.
2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess the situation.
For fire due to spillage of combustible material, he activates the on-site plan as -
• He cuts off electric supply to that area and evacuates all the persons to safe
assembly points.
• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to fight fire
with dry chemical / CO2 fire extinguisher or sand.

• He informs fire brigade telling them in briefly about kind of fire and type of
extinguishers required.
• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.
• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.
• Fire officer on reaching the site, takes charge of the fire-fighting operations.
• Mutual aid teams shall be asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport etc.
• If fire is growing, fire officer informs IC who alerts neighboring units and through
SMC gets more fire-fighting help.
• Fire fighting shall be continued till fire is fully overcome.
• After extinguishing fire, fire officer cools the entire area with water spray and checks
that no re-ignition shall be likely. After that, he declares the area safe.
• IC tells essential workers to sound all clear.
• The incident shall be recorded.
• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.
• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.
• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information.
7.8.3.2 TOXIC RELEASES

Source / Incident – Pressure release due to failure of
- Stuffing box gland packing
- Pressure release valve
- Vessel / pipeline failure
Control action –
1. Any one who notices the release shall sound emergency alarm.
2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess the situation.
For toxic release from a reactor, he activates the on-site plan as -
• He evacuates all the persons to safe assembly point.
• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to wear self-
breathing apparatus and if the reaction is exothermic, start cooling water flow in the
reactor jacket and cool the reactor as soon as possible.

• The essential workers stop all the charging pumps of that reactor and the nearby
reactors.
• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.
• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.
• Mutual aid teams shall be asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport etc.
• When the leak stops and the air shall clear of toxic release, IC tells essential workers
to sound all clear.
• The vessel / rupture disc/gland packing will be attended by maintenance
department.
• The incident shall be recorded.
• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.
• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.
• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information.
7.8.3.3 CHEMICAL SPILL

Most of the storage tanks shall be located in Storage Tank Yards. Dyke walls of sufficient size
will be connected around the tank yard. Neutralizing material shall be kept nearby. For
dilution, water connection will be provided on all sides of tank farms. Sand buckets shall be
provided for covering spillage of flammable / corrosive materials.
7.8.4 EVACUATION & TRANSPORTATION

All non-essential workers shall be evacuated from incident area and adjacent areas to safe
assembly points. Assembly points shall be clearly marked and assembly point in-charge will
also be designated. The assembly point in-charge will be a well-trained supervisor who shall
keep record of persons arriving at the assembly point and direct them for proper gathering.
He shall also inform the ECC about the persons gathered at the assembly point. Those in
need of medical treatment shall be transported to first-aid center / hospital as the case may
be. In case of major emergency all non-essential workers shall be transported to temporary
shelter.

7.8.5 SAFE CLOSE-DOWN
As per the instructions from IC or SMC, some parts or full of the plant shall be closed down
by the essential workers. The procedure for safe shut-down and start-up will be given in
safety manual given to all workers.
7.8.6 USE OF MUTUAL AID

Mutual aid from neighboring units shall be called up as and when required. The aid shall be
taken under the supervision of SMC.
7.8.7 HELP OF EXTERNAL AUTHORIES

Outside authorities such as Police, District Emergency Authority (DEA), Factory Inspector,
Disaster Management Centre, GIDC officer, Industries Association, Regional Pollution
Control Board, nearby hospitals etc. shall be informed of the on-site and off-site emergency
plans and called in as per need.
7.8.8 MEDICAL TREATMENT

Injured workers shall be located and given prompt first-aid by essential workers and key
personnel. Those requiring medical treatment shall be taken to the hospital / outside
medical center.
7.8.9 ACCOUNTING FOR PERSONNEL

Through daily muster rolls and with the help of shift-in-charge the head count shall be
undertaken to find out whether persons are missing and if so immediate search shall be
carried out to locate them. The list shall include company employees, contract workers as
well as visitors. Help from local authority or fire-brigade shall be taken if required. This list
shall be kept with time keeper / security officer at any time and shall be used to account for
personnel. Injured shall be taken to hospitals and their families/relatives shall be informed
Casualties would be identified, their families and local authority shall be informed.
7.8.10 ACCESS TO RECORDS
In order to inform families/relatives of injured/dead, an up-to-date list of names and
addresses of all the workers is maintained in addition to the muster roll where shift-wise

attendance is marked. Such list includes health records. This list will be available at the ECC
and one such copy shall be available at our head office.
7.8.11 PUBLIC RELATIONS

Our General Manager shall be the only nominated person to issue administrative statement
about the accident or emergency to news/media. No other person shall divulge any
information to any news / media person.
7.8.12 REHABILITATION
In case of Toxic release or chemical spillage, Senior Fire Brigade Officer would ensure that
the incident area shall be safe and cleaned up of all mess. Then only, he would allow people
to re-enter the location.
In case of fire, the Senior Fire-Brigade Officer shall ensure that the area is cooled down and
there are no chances of re-ignition. IC shall arrange for clean-up of the area and then only
people shall be allowed to re-enter the area for work.
Even when all clear has been given, great care shall be taken when re-entering affected
areas and no work in connection with the salvage, collection of evidence or start up shall be
taken up until a thorough examination of the area has been carried out. The statutory
powers of the Factory Inspector shall be kept in mind before any evidence is disturbed.
Particular care shall be taken to avoid the introduction of possible sources of ignition, such
as diesel engines, hand or power operated tools, flame cutting equipment, etc. until it has
been established that no flammable materials are present where they could be ignited.
7.9 OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.9.1 NEED OF THE OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN
An off-site emergency plan is prepared to deal with those incidents which have the potential
to harm persons or the environment outside the boundary of the factory premises. A major
accident, major emergency and disaster may affect areas outside the plant. An explosion
can scatter debris over wide areas and its effects of blasts can cover considerable distances.

Wind can spread burning fumes of toxic gases. Thus the events like these described above
can affect outside areas and combating them needs an Off-site Emergency plan.
Envisaging such a rare incident, an off-site emergency plan should be drawn up for the
following purpose.
1. To provide basic information about the risk and environmental impact assessment
related to the unit to local / district authorities, police, fire-brigade, surrounding
units, and the general public. To appraise them of consequences and the protection /
prevention measures and control actions and to seek their help to communicate
with public in case of a major emergency. The information from all industries shall
enable district authorities to educate public about what could go wrong, and to train
them of measures to be taken as an individual.
2. To enable district authorities to prepare the off-site emergency plan (contingency)
for the district or particular area and to organize rehearsals and initiate actions
learnt from these incidents.
Our Emergency Plan shall be made after considering the all possible effects of incidents on
the neighboring population and the remedial measures will be devised in consultation with
the local authorities and emergency services.
7.9.2 STRUCTURE OF THE OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

IC District Authorities Mutual Aid teams, outside
SMC (Collector, Factory services, voluntary
Essential Workers Inspector, Police) organizations
(Implementing Information, Evacuation (Fire-fighting, Gas leak
Action plan, control, First-aid, Shelter,
Informing nearby Hospitalization,
Public) Transportation)

7.9.3 ROLE OF FACTORY MANAGEMENT
The Off-Site emergency Plans are dovetail so that the emergency services shall be
summoned at the appropriate time and shall be provided with accurate information and a
correct assessment of the situation. The responsibility for this is with the Site Main
Controller. The Site Main Controller shall provide a copy of our On-Site and Off-Site
Emergency Plan to the District authorities, the Factories Inspectorate and the Emergency
Services, so that on the basis of information and such authorities can make their emergency
preparedness plan to formulate and execute the District / Area off Site Emergency Plan.
Further on the advice of the authorities we can also modify our plan to make our plan more
effective and perfect.
7.9.4 ROLE OF EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICER (ECO)

The various emergency services will be co-ordinated by the Emergency Co-ordination officer
(ECO), who will likely to be a Collector. The ECO will liaise closely with the Site Main
Controller. The Emergency Control Centre of the factory can be utilized by the ECO to keep
liaison with the Site Main Controller.
7.9.5 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES

The control of fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire officer who would take
over the handling of fire from the IC on arrival at the site.
• The senior fire brigade officer may also have similar responsibility for other events
such as explosion and toxic releases. Fire authority having major hazard units in the
area shall- Familiarize themselves with the location and site of all stages of
flammable materials, water and foam supply points, fire fighting equipment.
• Act as observer of an on-site exercise involving only site personnel.
7.9.6 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including Doctors, Surgeons, Hospitals, and Ambulances so on, have a
vital part to play following a Major Accident and they should form an integral part of any
emergency plan. In case of major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal
radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this type of

injuries cases may be generally available in most of the hospitals. But in case of major toxic
releases, the effects vary according to the chemical, which has leaked, and it is important for
health authorities that might be involved in dealing with the aftermath of a toxic release to
be familiar with the treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major Off-Site incidents are
likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally and a
Medical 'Mutual Aid' scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring
authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.
7.9.7 ROLE OF TELEPHONE DEPARTMENT

The communication system between the factory and the various above role-playing
authorities must be effective. The ineffective public telephone system will not be useful in
emergency. Therefore, telephone department should maintain the phones and if required
temporary telephone connection may be provided to various above authorities to deal the
emergency.
7.9.8 ROLE OF POLICE AND EVACUATION AUTHORITIES

• To protect life and property
• To control traffic movement
• To inform people to remain indoors or evacuate
• To carry-out evacuation
• To identify dead, deal with casualties and inform relatives of dead or injured
For evacuation, the following criteria are useful:

a) In case of major fire, only houses close to fire and in the direction of smoke need
evacuation.
b) If fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it is
necessary to evacuate people nearby if time is available; otherwise they should be
informed to keep themselves indoor and shield from the fire.
c) For release of toxic gases, limited evacuation may be appropriate in downwind
direction with windows closed and provides good protection. Toxic gases which are

hazardous down to much lower concentration cover a long distance. This factor must
be considered while deciding upon the need and extent of evacuation.
7.9.9 ROLE OF THE MUTUAL-AID AGENCIES

Mutual-aid arrangements shall be made in areas of fire & toxicity control, medical and
transport & evacuation. All partners of mutual-aid shall extend all possible help in these
areas.
7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

For large industries, where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection,
testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and machines are
the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems
like occupational health and safety.
The industrial planner, therefore, has to properly plan and take steps to minimize the
impacts of industrialization and to ensure appropriate occupational health and safety
including fire plans. All these activities again may be classified under construction and
erection, and operation and maintenance.
7.10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation &
maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the
above phases.
7.10.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to
constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements
to reduce it within TLV's, necessary protective equipments shall be supplied to workers.

7.10.1.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily
due to noise which could affect consultation. The necessary personal protective equipments
will be given to all the workers. The working personnel shall be given the following
appropriate personnel protective equipments.
• Industrial Safety Helmet;
• Face shield;
• Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;
• Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;
• Welders equipment for eye and face protection;
• Cylindrical type earplug;
• Ear muffs;
• Canister Gas mask;
• Self contained breathing apparatus;
• Leather apron;
• Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves;
• Boiler suit;
• Safety belt/line man's safety belt;
• Leather hand gloves;
• Asbestos hand gloves;
• Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;
• Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;
• Lead hand glove;
• Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and
• Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.
7.10.1.3 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

It is proposed that client will make formal agreements with nearby hospital having facilities
to attend fire and toxic effect cases for attending the affected persons in the emergency
arising out of accidents, if any.

7.10.1.4 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER
A qualified doctor will be appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him,
Paramedical Staff will be employed.
7.10.1.5 PROPOSED FACILITY TO BE MADE AVAILABLE AT OHC

One Room is proposed to be provided to be operated as OHC. The centre will be equipped
with following medical equipments:—
1. Examination Table
2 Dressing Tables For performing Dressing
3. Glucometer For measurement of Blood Sugar
4 Vision chart To evaluate vision acuity
5. Nebuliser For relieving coughs & Breathing Difficulty
7. Infra red light for relieving muscular pain
7. Suction machine For cleaning airway
8. Autoclave machine For sterilizing cotton &dressing material
9. Weighing Machine For measuring body weight
10. Medical Oxygen Cylinder kit
11. Sphygmomanometer To measure blood pressure
12. Refrigerator To preserve medicines
13. Thermometer
7.10.1.7 AMBULANCE VAN

An ambulance van is proposed to be made available 24 hours at Fire Station.
7.10.1.7 FIRST AID BOX

First Aid Boxes are proposed to be made available at the different location in the plant,
Training to be given to employees for First Aid.
7.10.1.7 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION

It is proposed that client will ensure that…

(1) Workers employed shall be medically examined by a qualified medical practitioner/
Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner:
(a) Once in a period of 7 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the
particular job;
(b) Once in a period of 7 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in
respect of occupational health hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where
in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter
interval in respect of any workers;
(c) In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked. Viz.,
LIVER FUNCRION TESTS, Chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far &
Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG and other parameters as will
be found necessary as per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of granted by the
Factory Medical Officer.
7.10.1.8 EMP FOR THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH HAZARDS SO THAT SUCH
EXPOSURE CAN BE KEPT WITHIN PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LEVEL (PEL)/THRESHOLD
LEVEL VALUE (TLV) SO AS TO PROTECT HEALTH OF WORKERS
1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and

Health with following aims…
• To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL
and TLV.
• Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals.
• Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned
department for occupational health hazards.
• Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it
is found necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.
2. It is proposed that this EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of
Indian Standards on OH&S Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational
Health and Safety Management Systems
3. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also.

4. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-born concentration of
toxic and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like…
a. Leak Surveys
b. Separate storage for toxic chemicals
c. Exhaust Ventilation
d. Proper illumination
e. On-line detectors toxic chemicals
f. Close processes to avoid spills and exposures
g. Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of
chemicals
h. Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line
breathing apparatus at the places where there is possibility of presence of
toxic chemicals
i. Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys
j. Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling
toxic and corrosive chemicals
k. Display of warning boards
l. Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals
5. Workplace Monitoring Plan
• It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented in
consultation with FMO and industrial hygienists.
• Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic
substances or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals
will be measured and record will be kept.
• The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For
purposes of measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to place a
reasonably accurate exposure measuring device on the worker , within t he worker ’s
breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full shift. Client has been proposed
to study the exposure data when the plant is operative.
6. Health Evaluation of Workers

1. It is proposed that management will device a plan to check and evaluate the
exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.

2. Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible
health hazards likely to be present where he/she is being expected to work before
being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest
x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any
other ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried out. However, the parameters and
frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical
Officer and Industrial Hygienists.
3. While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with
specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work.
Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions likely to be
affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such examination will be
decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists. Plan
of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to
Occupational Health and Safety.
7.10.1.9 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM
Pre-employment Medical Check Up
1. Chest X-ray
2. Cardiogram
3. Audiometry
4. Hematological Examination:- CBC, SGOT, SGPT, Cholesterol, Blood Sugar etc
5. Urine Examination
6. Vision test
7. Colour blindness test
8. Lung function test- Spirometry
Periodical Medical Check up
1. Lung Function test

2. Cardiogram
3. Audiometry
4. Hematological Examination
5. Urine examination
6. Vision test
7. Colour blindness test
8. Biomarker in Blood & Urine

7.10.2 SAFETY PLAN
Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern.
Safety plan shall be prepared and implemented in the proposed project activity. The
preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency
plan. The disaster in the plant is possible due to collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc.
The proposed project would formulate safety policy keeping in view the safety requirement
during construction, operation, maintenance phases, with the following regulations:
• To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;
• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the
design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and
equipment;
• To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;
• To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing
and to ensure their proper use;
• To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work
which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;
• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up
to date knowledge;
• To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and
illness at work;
• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees
in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these
matters;
• To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire
fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service;
• To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and
incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective,
remedial and preventive action;
• To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and
safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

• To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of
employees;
• To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a
plant; and
• To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all
buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
7.10.3 SAFETY ORGANIZATION

Construction and Erection Phase:
A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the
safety officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers
and advice on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and
provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and
health. He is also responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions.
Operation and Maintenance Phase:
When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance
with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as
defined there of.
7.10.4 SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous
processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area
of work. The circle would consist of about five to six employees from that area. The circle
normally shall meet for about an hour every week.
7.10.5 SAFETY TRAINING

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty
members called from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular
employees, limited contractor labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety
awareness safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires are:
• Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable
passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the
area of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire
fighting operations;
• Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for
cable shafts;
• Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and
interlocks for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;
• Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire
watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and
• Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.
7.10.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN

The health of all employees shall be periodically monitored for early detection of any
ailment due to exposure to heat and noise.
7.11 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS

7.11.1 NEED OF TRAINNING & REHEARASAL
Training is important in order to –
• Teach worker’s how to handle chemicals safely, how to act as a runner/messenger, how
to use PPE, how to start and shut down the plant, how to carry out emergency repairs
etc.
• Teach one to be a safe and alert worker.
Rehearsal is essential for -
• Explaining and making key personnel and essential workers aware of their role in
case of an emergency.
• Testing the emergency procedure, emergency arrangements and ability of all
involved with it to grasp the procedure and implement the same.

• Testing the effectiveness of communication system including the alternative
arrangement in case of failure.
• Testing the speed of mobilization of resources, search, rescue and treatment of
casualties, emergency isolation and shut down.
• Detecting the shortcomings in the emergency plan and incorporating remedial
measures.
• Allowing professional emergency services to test their parts of the plan and testing
co-ordination.
• Building confidence in workers which is helpful in facing real situations.
Training shall be given to regular employees and contract personnel also. Effective and latest
teaching aids will be used to train workers and supervisory staff. Such training courses shall
be conducted once in a year and co-ordination with offsite personnel shall be sought during
such training. Records will be maintained for training.
7.11.2 SOME CHECK POINTS

Following points can be checked at the time of training/assessing the adequacy of the
Emergency Plan.
Does the plan cover the range of incidents that can realistically be anticipated?
Have the consequences of the various incidents considered been adequately assessed?
Are there sufficient resources in terms of personnel and equipment on the site to carry
out the Emergency Plan for the various incidents in conjunction with the public
emergency services?
Have the time scales been assesses correctly?
Is there a logical sequence of actions for each person given a role in the plan? Whether
key personnel, especially the nominated incident controllers, consulted in the
preparation of the plan?
Is there 24 hours cover, to take account of absences due to sickness and holidays,
minimum shift manning, operator only periods, silent hours, shutdown periods, only
security personnel being present, or for unmanned sites etc.?

Is there satisfactory co-operation with the local emergency services and district
emergency planning officers?
At sites where an off-site plan to protect people and the environment outside the site in
the event of an incident is appropriate what is the procedure for initiating the off-site
plan and is this satisfactory?
7.11.3 RECORDS AND UPDATING THE PLAN
All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan and modifications by experience and
suggestion, the rehearsals and conclusions of such plans and the enquiries shall be well
maintained and preserved. The necessary data bank shall be also maintained for the utility
of industries and others. New information and the deficiencies identified during the
rehearsal is reviewed and incorporated in the document for continual up dating of the plan
and such information shall be communicated to the concerned authorities.

CHEPTER-8
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 BACKGROUND
The industry shall adopt a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which
cover several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of environmental
pollution resulting from the project, but also for the improvement in the ambient
environment. The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections. An
EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are identified and
implemented in order to protect the environment and comply with environmental legislation.
8.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management area handled by a Qualified Manager with adequate training
and experience in operation of ETP and management of other pollution control measures. He
will be assisted by a Qualified Executive and one operator (in each shift) to run ETP and other
pollution control system. All the necessary controls w.r.t. management of Liquid/ Hazardous/
Gaseous pollutants will be exercised. For all liquid effluents, fully fledged Effluent Treatment
Plant having primary treatment facility. Process stacks will be equipped at safe height with
scrubbers where required to ensure emissions within prescribed limits. DG sets will be
provided with acoustic enclosure and stack.
To handle hazardous waste as per Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 of Environment Protection Act, 1986. Hazardous
waste will be disposed off at the secured land fill facility available in the nearby vicinity.
• Fixed gas detection system will be installed in the workplace area.
• Work place monitoring will be carried out regularly through continuous monitoring
systems and periodic checking.
• Ambient air quality will be monitored regularly.
• Good green belt will be maintained inside and outside the premises by planting trees,
developing lawns.
• To work in R&D for continuous improvement in process to reduce Pollution Load &
moving towards adopting cleaner production technology.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a
permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective implementation.
In this effect, M/s. Iconic Pharmachem will assign responsibilities to officers from various
disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of
environment control measures.
An organogram of Environment management cell is shown in Figure 7.1. This department

shall undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stack emissions,
Ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either departmentally or by
appointing external agency whenever necessary.
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall carry out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensure
that pollution is limited below prescribed limits and shall take corrective action by providing
new pollution control equipment if required. In case the monitored results of environment
pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are taken through the
concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control
equipment of each department is under respective department heads.
The environmental department shall also look after preparation and submission of Water
Cess Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization
application/ renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS Standards,
2009 and Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2016 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.

FIGURE - 8.1
ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

8.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

8.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Environment Management plan is meant for mitigation/ management of the adverse
impacts and the strengthening positive impacts during proposed project. Environment
Management Plan is tabulated in Table:-7.1
8.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During Construction Phase sanitation facilities will be required. Temporary facilities shall be
made available to construction personnel. Necessary PPE’s shall also be provided.
• Sanitation
The site should be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary facilities to maintain proper
standard of hygiene for construction workers. These facilities should include water supply,
sanitary toilets, rest room, etc.
• Noise Environment
Noise effect on the nearly habitation during construction activities will be negligible as the
nearest habitat is more than 4 km from the plant. However, construction labor would be
provided with noise protection devises like ear muffs and occupational safety ware, as per
requirement. And noise generating equipment shall be stopped during night hours.
• Construction Equipment & Waste

The waste oil generated by construction equipment, if any, would be disposed through
authorized recyclers and unauthorized dumping of waste oil shall be avoided. Other wastes
shall be disposed-off by adopting environmentally compatible methodology.
• Storage of Hazardous Materials

The hazardous material such as lubricating oils, compressed gases (for welding), paints,
varnishes, etc. will require being stored at the site during construction phase. Since, these
materials are hazardous in nature; they shall be stored as per the prescribed / accepted safety
norms.

• Solid / Hazardous Waste Disposal
The hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol, diesel, welding gas
and paints. These materials will be stored and handled according to the guidelines specified
under Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016
by CPCB. Some of the precautions of storage and handling of the hazardous materials and
waste includes the following:
Dyke enclosures will be provided where-ever necessary for storage of hazardous
materials.
Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate dyke enclosures.
Separate storage for waste paints and thinners, contaminated rags and brushes to
facilitate recycling and reuse. Rags could be laundered for reuse.
Vehicle maintenance area to be selected properly, to prevent contamination of soil and
ground water by accidental spillage of oil, and other wastes.
TABLE - 8.1
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT REMEDIAL MEASURES

ISSUE/COMPONENT
Hazardous waste Proper Collection, Safe Handling, Storage within premises
generation & disposal and disposal of waste at approved TSDF site, re-cyclers,
reuse in to process, sale to cement industries for co –
processing or sent to CHWIF.
Effluent generation and Total water requirement will be 30.0 KL/Day which will be
treatment met through GIDC water supply. The wastewater generation
will be 17.5 KL/Day. The industrial effluent (15.7 KL/Day) will
be sent to Common MEE of M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be disposed by septic

tank & soak pit.
Emission from stack There are 3 Nos. of flue gas emission of air pollution at M/s.
Iconic Pharmachem, i.e. Stack attached to Boiler-1, Thermic
Fluid Heater, DG Set-1, Flue Gas Emission, And 2 Nos. of
process gas emission proposed and Vents will attach to
Reaction vessels. cyclone Separator with bag filter for flue
gas and two stage Scrubber will be installed to control

process gas emission.
Adequate stack height for better dispersion of pollutants.
Noise Acoustic enclosure on DG sets, engineering control at high
noise level areas like compressors etc, wherever feasible,
proper oiling, lubrication and maintenance of equipment,
development of greenbelt around plant boundary and inside
plant.
Greenbelt Total 33 % of the plant area will be developed as greenbelt.
Information and Awareness and information will be provided within 10 km of
awareness about the study area about the hazardous situations.
hazardous chemicals plant
Preparedness to handle Onsite & Offsite Emergency Management Plan will be
onsite & offsite prepared.
emergency
Monitoring of Regular monitoring of various environmental parameters will
Environmental be carried out to check the effectiveness of the control
parameters system.
8.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water requirement will meet through the Ankleshwar Notified Area Authority. However,
record of water consumption for different usages should be maintained.
Construction Phase
• The drinking water and sanitation facilities at the project site shall be available to the
construction work force. This is necessary to reduce pollution of any receiving water body
and also to prevent hazards due to water borne vectors.
Operation Phase
Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling treatment and disposal system should be
maintained.

• Proper housekeeping should be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface
runoff going to storm water drains.
• The following measures would be taken to minimize the water usage in the operational
phase:
Endeavor to reduce the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in
operation of processing units.
Water saving by shower head flow controls, spray taps and faucet aerators and photo-
sensitive taps.
Exploring other options of reusing the treated effluent besides fire water make up or
for horticulture development.
8.4.2.1 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE STREAMS TO BE

GENERATED FROM SPILLAGE, LEAKAGES, VESSEL WASHING, USED CONTAINER WASHING
ETC. MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE DURING UNFORESEEN
CIRCUMSTANCES.
1. Proper housekeeping will be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface runoff
going to storm water drains.
2. Contamination will be minimized due to the spillage, leakage, vessel & drum washing.
Washing water will be collected through appropriate channels and taken to ETP for
treatment. To avoid leaching entire washing area will be paved.
3. Company should make continuous efforts in waste minimization.
4. For the equipments and pipelines, leakage detection and repair will be scheduled to
minimize pollution.
5. Second wash of plant / equipment will be re-used as first wash in the same equipment /
reactor to reduce fresh water consumption.
6. Adequate spares for effluent collection and disposal system will be maintained.
8.4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

There are 3 Nos. of flue gas emission of air pollution at M/s. Iconic Pharmachem, i.e. Stack
attached to Boiler-1,Thermo pack, DG Set-1, Flue Gas Emission Source. And 2 Nos. of process
gas emission proposed i.e. total 3 nos. of process gas emission will be proposed and Vents

will attach to Reaction vessels. cyclone Separator with bag filter for Flue gas ,Adequate height
will be provided for flue gas emission and for process gas emission two stage scrubber, water
scrubber will be installed to control process gas emission.
Adequate stack height for better dispersion of pollutants.
The baseline ambient air quality monitoring is carried out during study period (March, 2017 to
May, 2017) around Project site (within the study area), clearly reveals that the concentrations
of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel
(Ni), HCl & VOCs are well within the prescribed limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards for residential & Industrial.
• The major sources of air emission from the proposed project are:
1. Non point sources emissions
2. Point source emissions
3. Fugitive emissions
8.4.3.1 ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQES STANDARDS:
Construction Phase (Non point sources emissions)
Generation of suspended particulate matter is a common phenomenon due to transportation
of constructions materials. This would be mitigated by allowing the vehicles entering the
premises under cover. Emission of fugitive dust due to movement of heavy vehicles etc. shall
be controlled by spraying water in the affected zone. Hosing down the wheels of the vehicles
with water and providing washing troughs for them would further mitigate the amount of
dust generated. In addition, emission of other pollutants from construction machinery using
diesel driven prime movers, will be controlled by proper maintenance.
Operation Phase (Point sources emissions)
In-plant Control Measures: Some of the mitigation measures, which can reduce the impact on
air environment, are as follows:
• Ensuring the operations of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/
operating manuals.
• Strict adherence to maintenance schedule including lubrication for various machinery/
equipment.

• Bag filter and alkali scrubber will be installed to control process gas emission.
• Moreover, regular monitoring of stacks shall be carried out to check the emissions. Record
should be maintained for changing of scrubbing media on printed logbook. In case
emissions exceed, the corrective measures should immediately be taken and records of
the same should be maintained.
• Regular ambient air quality monitoring and stack monitoring shall be carried out within
premises and should also be carried out in the nearby area for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl
& VOCs.
• A greenbelt around the factory will be developed for reducing the air pollution and
attenuation of noise.
• Adoption of good house-keeping.
8.4.3.2 INFORMATION FOR CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

The emissions are normally defined as emissions to the atmosphere resulting from leaking
piping sources and equipments such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and
compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions are not visually
observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.
Fugitive emissions will be expected to be generated during construction and operation stages
of the proposed project. During construction stage, main source of fugitive emission will be
dust which is expected mainly due to movement of vehicles carrying construction material
and vehicles used for construction. During operation stage, leakage through valves, pumps,
emission from open drum containing chemicals, open feeding; storage tanks, etc. will be the
major sources of fugitive emissions of organic chemicals and VOCs. Adequate dust collector
will be installed for control of fugitive emission during loading of raw material and product.
Condensers will be provided to trap VOC. All the Flange joints of the pipe lines which carry
solvents will be covered with flange guards. All the rotating equipments like pumps will be
installed with Mechanical Seals to arrest any sort of emissions. VOC detectors will be installed
at various places to identify any fugitive emissions. Proper gland packing will be always
maintained for pumps and valves and to the extent possible pumps will be with mechanical

seal. A regular preventive maintenance schedule is in place to replace or rectify all gaskets
and joints etc as a part of ISO systems to ensure no fugitive emissions takes place.
Following measures will be adopted to prevent and control fugitive emissions:

1. Airborne dust at all transfers operations/ points will be controlled either by spraying
water or providing enclosures.
2. Adequate ventilation will be provided.
3. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps, flanges, joints and other equipment will be
done to prevent leakages and thus minimizing the fugitive emissions of VOCs.
4. Entire process will be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of
pressure and temperature.
5. Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the fugitive emission.
6. Breather valves will be provided on solvent tanks.
7. Solvent tank vents will be connected to vent chillers.
8. To eliminate chances of leakages from glands of pumps, mechanical seal will be
provided at all solvent pumps.
9. Stand by pumps will be provided on all scrubbers. Besides, scrubbers will be equipped
with on-line pH meter with hooter system for better operational control.
10. Close feeding system will be provided for centrifuges. Centrifuge and filtrate tank
vents will be connected to vent chillers.
11. Minimum number of flanges, joints and valves in pipelines.
12. Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper preventive maintenance of roofs
and seals for tanks.
13. Fugitive emission over reactors, formulation areas, centrifuges, chemical loading,
transfer area will be collected through hoods and ducts by induced draft and
controlled by scrubber/ dust collector.
14. Dedicated scrubber will be provided are used for fugitive emissions to control.
15. For dust emissions bag filter will be provided.
16. Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emission from loading of raw
materials in particular solvents through hoods and ducts by induced draft, and control
by scrubber / dust collector to be ensured.

8.4.3.3 VOC Control Mechanism
Volatile Organic Content Measures:
Brief Process: Waste gas containing acidic components and volatile organic content (VOC) is
released from process. The waste gas stream from process vessels is sucked in the alkaline
scrubber. The main scrubber comprises of a packed tower with a sump, a circulation pump.
The waste gases enter in the top of main scrubber. The gas first flow through a packing layer
with the scrubbing liquid. The acidic gases are brought in contact with the circulating alkaline
liquid (pH 8 – 12) on the large packing surface and are absorbed. The scrubbed exhaust gas
enters the fan. The fan outlet is fed to RTO for VOC (solvent) control.
Capacity:
8.4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sound pressure level generated by a noise source decreases with increasing distance
from the source due to wave divergence. The propagation and attenuation of noise pressure
wave is dependent on many parameters amongst which, the medium of travel and the
ambient conditions are the most significant parameters. In order to minimize adverse impact
on the noise environment, due attention shall be given for implementing noise control
measures. Comprehensive measures shall be taken at design stage for noise from proposed
unit. The measures are as under:
• The noise level at the plant boundary shall be restricted to 75 dB (A) during day time and
70 dB (A) during night time.
• Noise level shall be specified for various rotating equipment as per Occupational Safety
and Health Association (OSHA) standards.
• Equipment lay-out shall be done considering segregation of high noise generating sources.

• Erection of suitable enclosure, if required, to minimize the impact of high noise generating
sources.
• There may be small addition to the ambient noise level, due to the increased
transportation activities. This creates a slight adverse impact on the sound environment.
• Regular oiling, lubrication and maintenance of the equipment shall be carried out to
minimize noise generation.
During Construction Phase

Following measures shall be taken for abatement of noise during construction phase:
• Noise emissions from construction equipment will be kept to a minimum by regular
maintenance.
• Heavy and noisy construction jobs shall be avoided during night hours.
During Operation Phase
Following measures shall be adopted for abatement of noise during operation phase:
• Acoustic laggings, enclosures and silencers shall be provided wherever necessary for high
noise generating equipment.
• Sound proof glass paneling shall be provided for all operating stations / control rooms as
well as for shift rooms at critical places.
• Strict implementation/ compliance of all statutory norms w.r.t. noise generation,
occupational exposure shall be done.
• Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs and ear-plugs shall be strictly
enforced.
• Acoustic barriers / shelter shall be developed in noisy workplaces.
• Noise generating sources in the plant areas shall be monitored regularly. Monitoring of
ambient noise levels should also be carried out regularly both inside the premises as well
as outside the greenbelt.
However, due to the attenuation of noise level within the factory and due to the fact that the
project site is situated in a well developed industrial estate and not in the immediate vicinity
of human settlement, significant impact is not expected in the nearest present human
settlement. The volume of transport vehicles to be handled is very low. The company shall

develop a green belt around the periphery of the premises, which shall act as a barrier to the
propagation of noise from the factory premises. This shall further reduce the noise levels
appreciably.
• It is recommended to measure and maintain records of noise level at various places
within and outside factory premises.
• Manufacturers/ suppliers of major noise generating equipment/ machines like
compressors, turbines, generators should be asked to take required measures for
minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise absorbing material
for various enclosures or using appropriate design/ technology for fabricating/
assembling the machines.
• Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working close
to the high noise sources.
• High noise generating machines and processes required for proposed project will be
enclosed and insulated.
• Insulation of ventilation pipes and use of dampers will be made at all possible places.
• Implementation of management control on site for limiting transportation timing by
adopting mechanical and technological ideas.
• Preventive maintenance schedule will be followed for all instruments and machineries
to maintain good working condition.
• Enclosures and barriers will be provided to pumps and machineries producing high
noise levels, required for proposed project.
• Workers exposed to high noise generating operations will be provided with suitable
ear protection devices.
8.4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT
8.4.5.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
12 Categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes shall be generated from this Unit. ETP Sludge, Non-
recyclable Plastic Waste, insulation material, Used PPEs, Filter Cloth, Filter Cartridge & Broken
Glassware’s, Spent ion exchange Resin will be Collected, Stored, Transported and Disposal at
nearest TSDF site. Used Oil will be Collected, Stored and Transported & Sent to authorized
recycler. Discarded barrels/ containers/ liners will be Collected, Stored, Transported & Sent to
authorized recycler. Process Waste Sludge/Residues Containing Acid, Toxic Metals, Organic

Compounds, Off Specification Products, Spent Carbon and distillation residue will be
Collected, Stored, Transported & disposal at nearest Incineration site.
Storage of Hazardous Waste:
• Hazardous waste shall not be stored for a period more than 90 days. And shall maintain
records and make them available for inspection.
• Store at a designated Onsite-secured area with impervious floor that affords protection
from sun & rain fall, spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc.
Transportation of Hazardous Waste:

• Properly packed & labeled waste transport through dedicated vehicle to a captive facility/
authorized TSDF facility.
Disposal of Hazardous Waste:

• ETP Sludge, Non-recyclable Plastic Waste, insulation material, Used PPE, Filter Cloth, Filter
Cartridge & Broken Glassware's, Spent ion exchange Resin will be Collected, Stored,
Transported and Disposal at nearest TSDF site.
• Used Oil will be Collected, Stored and Transported & Sent to authorized recycler.
• Discarded barrels/ containers/ liners will be Collected, Stored, Transported & Sent to
authorized recycler.
• Process Waste Sludge/Residues Containing Acid, Toxic Metals, Organic Compounds, Off
Specification Products, Spent Carbon and distillation residue will be Collected, Stored,
Transported & disposal at nearest Incineration site.
8.4.5.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING
Decontamination & Disposal of Discarded Containers: The proper disposal of empty
chemical containers is more important for hazardous chemicals as it can contain residual
amounts of chemicals. There can be no more than 1 inch of material left in the container not
more than 3% by weight of the containers capacity. In an effort to ensure that this residue is
handled properly and to be able to recycle or properly dispose of these containers, the

following procedure is to be followed. The below guidelines are useful for non hazardous
chemicals also.
Rinse Procedure: An empty chemical container that contains hazardous chemicals (liquid or
solid), must be rinsed 3 times with water (or appropriate rinsing agent) before being
discarded. The first rinse should be collected as chemical waste, it can be put into any waste
container of compatible chemicals, the second & third rinses can then go down to drain. If the
chemical is on the list of acutely hazardous waste, then all three rinses must be collected.
After the containers are rinsed, they can be discarded appropriately as described below. All
caps should be let off of the discarded containers. Containers should be labeled with “Empty”
labels and the chemical name should be crossed or blacked out prior to being discarded. Caps
may be discarded to regular trash. Finally, it is disposed off by sell it to authorized
decontamination facility / recycler or reuse.
Reuse /Recycle/ Disposal of cleaned containers:
• All chemicals must follow the above rinse except the volatile Solvents & before being
discarded in any form.
• Metal containers or any plastic containers, plastic tubing or plastic beakers that do not meet
the recycling criteria can be discarded into regular trash.
• Glass containers, glass tubing that do not meet the recycling criteria should be placed into
trash can for disposal.
• Plastic & glass containers that meet the recycling criteria must be placed in appropriate
recycling containers.
• Empty compressed gas cylinders should be returned to vendor.
8.4.5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION AND CO-PROCESSING

OPTION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
• It is recommended to analyze each hazardous waste periodically and maintain records.
• Check the calorific value of the ETP Sludge and process waste and then explore
possibilities of Co-Processing in Cement Industry as Primary fuel. Waste materials used for
co-processing are referred to as alternative fuels and raw materials (AFR).
1. Reduce water consumption by proper housekeeping, utilizing low-flow, drip or micro-
spray irrigation systems and technologies that reduce water loss.

2. Repairing leaks to pipes, glands, seals and gaskets can significantly reduce energy
costs.
3. Second wash of plant/ equipment will be re-used as first wash in the same equipment/
reactor to reduce fresh water consumption.
8.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Tree plantation is known for improving the aesthetic and climatological environment of an
area and properly designed green belt can help in ameliorating air pollution to a very
significant degree. It should be borne in mind that the green belt will be most effective as a
sink for particulate matter and gaseous emissions from ground level sources, such as, fugitive
emissions. Effectiveness of green belt for the elevated sources is rather limited but its action
as a green lung greatly helps in improving the air quality of the area. However, considerable
scope exists for strengthening the existing green belt and developing the same in future.
BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

(33.0 %) area will be covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.
Good greenery shall be maintained in and around the site by planting various types of tress
and maintaining lawns. A green belt with width of min. 3.0 meter shall be developed within
the site boundary and across the premises inside roads. Trees like Neem, Gulmohar, Champa,
Gauva, Palm Trees, Nariyal, Ghaneri, Shevga, Jangli badam, Sag, Jamun, Mango, Rain tree etc.
shall be planted in and around the site.
Green Belt to Trap and Absorb Pollutants

A green belt traps and absorbs pollutants without altering the biogeochemical cycle of water
and nutrients. Absorption and trapping capacity of trees depend on height of plant, canopy
structure, physiognomy and morphological character of leaf. Once fully developed, such tree
plantations can serve as buffer and shock absorber against transient and accidental release of
pollutants caused by power, equipment and human failures. Green belt is usually designed in
such a way that the first few rows in a green belt have a shorter height and dense canopy.
Plants native to an area are generally used to suit the prevailing ecosystem and

biogeochemical cycle. Native plants are more tolerant to disease, grow at a faster rate and
result in better attenuation of pollutants.
Plantation Details
Actual Status of Plantation/Green Belt
Trees species to be planted at plant are in line with trees species recommended in CPCB’s
guidelines for developing Greenbelts. For plantation at the plant in future, it is suggested that
these guidelines should also be followed for selecting pollutants tolerant and absorbent
species.
(a.) Species of tree planted
Green Belt Avenue Trees Shrubs
Above 3m height Below 3m height
Jamun Alstonia Bamboo Pentas var.
Gulmohar Pinkcaassia Bahunia Galphemia
Peltophorum Spethodia Large stomia Miniature bamboo
Kasid Paras, papal Cordia Jestropha
Gultora Pendula Karen Hibiscus var.
Sisoo Gulmohar Gulltora Braya
Kapop Jackranda Tecoma var. Palmbago capensis
Neem Bignonia Tagari Acalypha var.
Arjun Largestomia Russolia
Cadamba Duranta var.
Cassia biflora
Ixora var.
Cana
(b.) Co-relation of Trees with pollution control
Trees Air pollution Dust Noise Salt
Trees Jackranda Karen Pendula Neem Neem
Pangara Pendulla Bahunia Peltophorum Gulmohar
Babool Neem Paras pipal Jamun
Cadamba Bogunvelia Cassia fistula Pendula
Vinca Croton
Tecoma var. Spethodia
Alstonia Gulmohar
Places: Green-Belt Plant Area Plant Area Plant Area Plant Area
And green
belt
GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
YEAR NO. OF TREES/PLANTS TO BE
PLANTED IN PLANT AREA
2018-2019 125

8.6 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall adopt various measures for energy conservation:
• Energy efficient machineries will be used during operation phase.
• Installation of economizer & high efficiency burner on steam boilers.
• Company shall try to utilize renewable sources of energy for conservation of non-
renewable sources of energy.
• Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.
• Energy audit will be used as a tool for monitoring purpose.
• External lights will be controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on
timings.
• The cable size will be selected so as to minimize the power losses.
• The power factor improvement capacitors will be provided individually for AC loads.
• Using water cooled chillers, variable frequency drives for secondary pumps and public
area and building management system for HVAC equipments with non-CFC and non-
HCFC based refrigerants.
• Use of VFDs for various utilities in variable load application to optimize pump and air
handling unit performance, wherever required.
• Automated day light control.
• Efficient lamps and ballasts.
• Automated control for external lighting (Astronomical/Sensor).
• Occupancy Sensors.
• Phase-wise implementation of Advance Process Control (APC) in the process plants.
• Replacement of conventional lighting fixture by more energy efficient fittings.
• Installation of improved insulation over the High Pressure (HP) steam line to reduce
the heat loss.
• Use of FRP blade on Cooling Tower.
Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure operations.
Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy Efficient
Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to Process
Planning.

Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure operations.
Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy Efficient
Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to Process
Planning.
A solar lamp also known as solar light or solar lantern, is a lighting system composed of
an LED lamp, solar panels, battery, charge controller and there may also be an inverter. The
lamp operates on electricity from batteries, charged through the use of solar photovoltaic
panel.
Solar-powered household lighting can replace other light sources like candles or kerosene
lamps. Solar lamps have a lower operating cost than kerosene lamps because renewable
energy from the sun is free, unlike fuel. In addition, solar lamps produce no indoor air
pollution unlike kerosene lamps. However, solar lamps generally have a higher initial cost,
and are weather dependent.
Solar lamps for use in rural situations often have the capability of providing a supply of
electricity for other devices, such as for charging cell phones. American investors have been
working towards developing a $10 / unit solar lantern for replacement of kerosene lamps.
LED/Solar light
LED lights are used due to their high luminous efficiency and long life. Under the control of a
DC charge controller, non-contact control automatically turns on the light at dark and
switches off at daytime. It sometimes also combines with time controllers to set curtain time
for it to automatically switch light on and off.
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

5kW System Specifications
Each Stand-alone Solar Photovoltaic System will have following ranges:
Parameters Capacity
1. Total PV Module 5 Kw
2. PV module capacity 250 kwp
3.No. of Panels 20 nos.
4. Solar PCU (Inverter ) 5 KW
5. Batteries (150 Ah X 12 V) 8 Nos.
6. Space required 40 sq meter
7. Supporting Structure GI Chanel

With Complete Accessories.
Recommended Load:
* 1.5 Ton AC + 12 Fan + 1 Computer + 35 LED Lights + 3 LED TV + 1 Refrigerator
Backup Time:
* Approximate 4-6 Hours for 3500W Load.
Warranty:
5 years for Complete System.
25 years for Solar Panels.
Price: Rs. 3,89,149.00
8.7 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER

Employment would be as per prevailing norms of state government for skilled and trained
people for the proposed project. Due to project, 10 people shall be employed for operation.
8.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Apart from business, M/s. Iconic Pharmachem shall be devoted to social commitments and
will continue to do the same as per the needs of nearby village people. For Corporate Social

Responsibility, Various Programs/ Projects related to Social & Economic development of
surrounded area has been planned, which are as follows…
A) Natural Resource Management – The main focus of this program will be to maximize the
yield returns of the farmers through efficient management of existing resources & extension
of new agricultural practices.
1) Integrated Agricultural Growth Project – For improvement and use of the modern
techniques and thereby would certainly contribute to prosperity in the agriculture
sector and reduce the rural poverty by programs like Farmers Training, Nursery
Growing Trainings, Modern agriculture equipment distribution programs etc.
2) Animal Husbandry Projects – Various programs like health checkups & treatment,
vaccination program, Anti sterility camps, breed improvement etc. will be carried out.
B) Income Generation Program -
1) Establishment of Self help groups
2) Rural Entrepreneurship Development Program
3) Handcrafts Development Program
4) Vocational Training
5) Business process outsourcing
C) Health, Education & Infrastructure
1) Aids Awareness Program
2) General Health Camps
3) Innovative Teaching Methods
4) Adult Education
5) Sanitation
6) Infrastructure Development Projects
TABLE 8.2 FUND FOR CSR ACTIVITIES
CSR Activities Year Fund (Rs.)
2018-2019
Kosamdi Village :Scholarship of 02 2018-2019 1,00,000
students
Kosamdi Village :Books and uniform 2018-2019 1,00,000
distribution to School student
2019-2020

Motali Village :Medical Camp in villages 2019-2020 1,00,000
& School and distribute medicine free of
cost
Motali Village :Books and uniform 2019-2020 80,000
2020-2021
Social Cultural Programs, Kondh 2020-2021 1,00,000
Villages Temple Utsav, Kondh 2020-2021 50,000
2021-2022
One Computer & Printer to School, 2021-2022 1,00,000
Amboli
2022-2023
Jitali Village: Scholarship of 02 students 2022-2023 1,00,000
Jitali Village: Sports Equipments(Cricket, 2022-2023 1,00,000
Valley Ball, Tennis)
TOTAL 8,30,000/-
FUND FOR CER ACTIVITIES

CER Activities Year Fund (Rs.)
2018-2019
Provision of required infrastructural facilities like tube light, fans to 2018-2019 1,00,000/-
primary school in village Bakrol.
Provide Nutrition and medicine to anganwadi and primary health 2018-2019 60000/-
centre in village Kosamdi.
2019-2020
Medical Camp in villages & School and distribution of medicines free 2019-2020 1,00,000/-
of cost in village Kondh.
Provision of necessary Food supplements to malnourished/ 2019-2020 1,00,000/-
undernourished children in village Amboli.
Increase depth of pond in Umarwada Villages 2019-2020 3,00,000
TOTAL 6,60,000/-
8.9 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT

8.10 SOLVENT RECOVERY PLAN

TABLE 8.3 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Name of B.P V.P Total Qty of Qty of % %
Solvent Solvent Solvent Losses Recovery Loss
Input Recycled MT
MT MT
Acetone 56.2Ÿ C 24 kpa 256.5 243.68
Chloroform 61.0Ÿ C 21.1 kpa 390.0 370.5
Methanol 64.6 13.02 225.0 213.75
kpa
Toluene 111.0 760 mm 357.0 328.44
hg
MDC 39.0 C 350 mbar 150.0 135.0
NN DMA 163 0.2 kpa 18.0 16.20
Formic Acid 101 44mbar 16.5 15.0
Piperazine 145 -- 42.0 33.6
IPA 82 44hpa 306.0 281.52
Acetonitrile 82 97hpa 75 70.5
Ethyl Acetate 75 103mbar 72 66.24
n-hexane 69 160mbar 99.6 91.632
tetrahydrofuran 66 200mbar 90.0 81.0
MIBK 117.4 21.5mbar 119.1 109.57
EDC 84.0 81.3hpa 142.8 128.5
• All the solvents shall be directly distilled from high COD effluent with the help of
Solvent Stripper and Distillation.
• Pure solvent, crude solvent and distilled (recovered) solvent shall be stored only in
storage tanks.
• Wherever required, the solvents shall be directly pumped into day tanks from the
storage tanks and shall be charged into the reactors without involving any manual
handling.
• All the pumps shall be mechanical seal type to avoid any leakage of solvent.
• All necessary fire fighting systems shall be provided with alarm system. Flame proof
wiring and flame proof electrical accessories shall be provided to avoid any mishap.
• All the storage tank and day tank shall be connected to a vent system through cooling
water and chilled brine condensers to prevent loss of solvents in the atmosphere.
• All the distillation column vents are also connected to cooling water/ chilled brine
condensers for maximum possible recovery of the solvents.
• All the vents will be connected to a common carbon Adsorber for removing traces of
solvent from vent gases.

• Residue generated from the distillation will be incinerated in-house or sent to BEIL
incinerator site.
• Coolant to be used
Primary Condensers Cooling Water

Secondary Condensers Chilled Brine up to -150C
Vent Condensers Chilled Brine up to -150C
FIG.8.2

8.11 LDAR Programme
FIG. 8.3
The solvent distillation system shall be designed so as to achieve minimum 96.00 % recovery
of solvent.
Two condenser will install with cooling water and chilled brine to recover the solvent.
Primary Condenser HE-01: Cooling Tower water or Chilled water (at 10 0C) will be used to
condense the solvents depend on the vapor pressure at its operating conditions and the non
condensed vapors will be condensed in a Secondary Condenser
VOC Trap Condenser HE-02: Chilled Brine at -5 0C will be used to trap any traces of Solvent
which is slipped from Secondary condenser
LEAK DETECTION AND REPAIR (LDAR)

To prevent losses of these solvents in atmosphere, following infrastructure shall be used in
addition to LDAR program
• Leak Free Pumps for transfer of solvents
• MSW Gaskets in solvent pipelines to prevent leakage from flanges
• Minimum number of flanges, joints and valves in pipelines.
• To eliminate chances of leakages from glands of pumps, mechanical seal will be
provided at all solvent pumps.

• All the rotating equipments like pumps will be installed with Mechanical Seals to
arrest any sort of emissions.
• Condenser and scrubber post Reactor with cooling arrangement
• Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emission from loading of raw
materials in particular solvents through hoods and ducts by induced draft, and
control by scrubber / dust collector to be ensured.
• In case the small spillage or leakage observed, first pour the china clay
(vermiculate) on material and collect the contaminated china clay
(vermiculate) and send to ETP.
• If the spillage is of inflammable liquid, switch off all the power supply in the
area to prevent Electric Spark
• Flanges will be sealed so less losses will be there.
• Monitoring of Solvent Losses
• In warding, storage and consumption of solvents in various products shall be

measured through Level Transmitters and Load cells weighing systems resp. The
quantity at each stage shall be reconciled periodically to arrive at Losses.
• Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the fugitive emission.
• VOC detectors will be installed at various places to detect leak.
• Preventive Maintenance to prevent Leakages
In order to prevent leakage from Pump, Seals, Valves etc, preventive maintenance shall be
carried out periodically as per plan. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps, flanges, joints and
other equipment will be done to prevent leakages and thus minimizing the fugitive emissions
of VOCs.
SR. NO. COMPONENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

1 Pump seals with visible liquid dripping Daily
2 Valves/flanges Quarterly
3 Compressor seals Quarterly
4 Pressure relief devices Yearly
5 Pipeline Thickness Testing Yearly

CHAPTER - 9
ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Environment
Their respect for the environment is reflected in their commitment & common objectives for
continuous efforts by ensuring environmentally sound practices followed at all levels. They not
only adhere to the statutory norms but have a holistic approach towards environmental
protection. The major environmental issues addressed are:
o Proposed manufacturing processes are studied in detail with a view to minimize
generation of liquid/gaseous waste streams as a part of continuous improvement.
o Company will be not aimed at just pollution minimization but also to conserve energy,
improve process yields and product quality.
o Company will use natural gas/Diesel/FO in boiler and THF as a fuel.
o No Additional effluent will generate for expansion project, so environment cost is not
required more.
o No additional Flue gas emission (Stack) require for expansion project, so environment
cost is not required more

CHEPTER-10
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
10.1 Subject
M/s. Iconic Pharmachem we create chemistry for a sustainable future. We combine

economic success with environmental protection and social responsibility. Through science
and innovation we enable our customers in nearly every industry to meet the current and
future needs of society.
Panoli site – Strengthening the Synthetic Organic Chemicals business – Dyes intermediates -
Located in the largest chemicals industrial parks in India (in the state of Gujarat).
Iconic Pharmachem has embraced the goals of the chemical industry’s voluntary
“Responsible Care Initiative.
10.2 Product and Capacity

List of Products Along With Their Production Capacity
SR. PRODUCTS CAS NO.

Production Capacity (MT/MONTH)
NO. TOTAL END USE
1 Diclofenac Sodium Derivatives 15307-79-6 30.0 Anti-inflammatory
& Intermediates drug
2 Diclofenac Potassium & 15307-81-0 Anti-inflammatory
Intermediates drug
3 Aceclofenac & Intermediates 89796-99-6 Anti-inflammatory
drug
4 Citrizine Dihydrochloride & 83881-52-1 Anti Histamine
Intermediates
5 Levocitrizine Dihydrochloride 130018-77-8 Anti Histamine
& Intermediates
6 Meclizine Hydrochloride & 31884-77-2 Anti Histamine
Intermediates
7 Cilnidipine & Intermediates 132203-70-4 Anti Hypertension
8 Azelinidipene & Intermediates 123524-52-7 Anti Hypertension
9 Nifidipine & Intermediate 21829-25-4 Anti Hypertension
10 Pregabaline & Intermediates 148553-50-8 Anti-Epileptic

11 RCMH( R(-)-3- 181289-33-8 Intermediate of Pregabaline

(Carbamoylmethyl)-5-methyl
hexanoic acid)
12 Glimepiride & Intermediates 93479-97-1 Anti Diabetic
13 Gadopententic Acid 80529-93-7 As a paramagnetic agents
14 Mannich Hydrochloride 42036-65-7 Intermediate of Tramadol
15 Ambroxol HCL 23828-92-4 Respiratory Diseases
16 Rosuvastatin Calcium 147098-20-2 Lipid Lowering
17 Desloratadine 100643-71-8 Anti Histamine
18 Levetiracetam 102767-28-2 Anti Epileptic
19 Telmisarton 144701-48-4 Anti Hypertension
20 Indolinone 15307-86-5 Intermediate of Diclofenac
sodium
21 N-Chalroacetyl 2,6 15308-01-7 Intermediate of Diclofenac
Dichlrodiphenyl Amine sodium
22 2,6 Dichlrodiphenyl Amine 15307-93-4 Intermediate of Diclofenac
sodium
Total 30
MT/MONTH
10.3 Description of the Environment*

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
AIR ENVIRONMENT
The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological
parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.
The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for Particulate Matter (PM10),
Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3),
Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP),
Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), HCl, Cl2, HBr & VOCs were monitored at site and nearby villages for
identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air
environment.
The maximum concentration of SPM (143 µg/m3), PM10 (88.86 µg/m3), PM2.5 (57.51 µg/m3),
SO2 (26.72 µg/m3), maximum concentration of NOx (28.53 µg/m3), maximum concentration

of O3 (11.73 µg/m3), maximum concentration of CO (1.31 µg/m3), maximum concentration of

VOC (0.7 ppm), was recorded in study area.
The minimum concentration of SPM (118.5 µg/m3), PM10 (75.36 µg/m3), PM2.5 (43.98 µg/m3),
SO2 (16.87 µg/m3), minimum concentration of NOx (19.03 µg/m3), minimum concentration
of O3 (10.46 µg/m3), minimum concentration of CO (1.20 µg/m3), minimum concentration of
VOC (0.3 ppm), was recorded in study area.
The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local
phenomena including industrial & vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due
to manmade activities and blowing wind. PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations were observed
below stipulated standards of CPCB for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area at all air
quality monitoring locations during the monitoring period.
WATER ENVIRONMENT
BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY
pH of ground water samples varied from 7.15 to 8.02. Turbidity was found 0.06 to 0.70 NTU,
Total Dissolved Solids varied in the range of 576.0 to 2536.0 mg/L. DO and COD are found in
range of 4.60 to 6.67 mg/L, and 2.64 to 21.84 mg/L respectively. BOD3 was found to be BDL.
Total Hardness (as CaCO3) varied from 178.7 to 909.2 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from
178.2 to 628.7 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are found in the range of 157.4 to 768.7 mg/L
and 45.32 to 542.8 mg/L respectively.
BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY

pH of surface water samples was found 7.69. Turbidity was found 0.76 NTU, Total Dissolved
Solids was found 248.0 mg/L. DO and COD are found 5.46 and 25.13 mg/L respectively.
BOD3 was found to be BDL. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) are found 167.3 mg/L. Total Alkalinity
varied from 222.8 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are found 19.71 mg/L and 47.19 mg/L
respectively.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify existing
noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The study was carried out in the
following steps:
Reconnaissance
• Identification of noise sources and measurement of noise levels
• Measurement of noise levels due to transportation
• Community noise levels
LAND ENVIRONMENT
Soil quality monitoring has been carried during pre-monsoon season at nine locations.
BASELINE STATUS
The porosity of soils varied from 37.29% to 58.07% and can be considered as moderate to
good for air and water movement in the soil. The Water Holding Capacity varied from
58.56% to 98.64%. Bulk Density varied from 1.11 to 1.25 g/cm3. The moisture content varied
from 3.86% to 15.33%.pH varied from 7.12 to 8.16. Calcium varied from 40.24 to 266.0
mg/kg. Total Hardness varied from 175.7 to 766 mg/kg. Magnesium varied from 1.35 to
79.04 mg/kg. Total Phosphorus varied from 18 to 219.0 mg/kg. Organic Matter varied from
5.78 to 7.46 mg/kg. Nitrate-Nitrogen varied from 0.62 to 15 mg/kg. Total Iron varied from
0.94 to 35.23 mg/kg.
10.4 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment

10.5 Air Pollution Source and Control Management

The source of flue gas emission will be Boiler, Thermic fluid heater, DG Set. The source of
process gas emission will be from the Reaction vessels. Adequate stack height for better
dispersion of pollutants.
10.6 Hazardous Waste
CATEGORYTYPE OF SOURCE TOTAL DISPOSAL METHOD
Sch-I/35.3 ETP Sludge ETP 2 MT/Month Collection, Storage,
Transportation and dispose to
TSDF site.
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Process
Drums 150 Collection, Storage,
/Containers Nos/Month Transportation,
Sch-I/33.1 Discarded Liner/Bag Process 600 Decontamination & Disposal
Nos./Month by selling to registered
recycler
Sch-I/5.1 Used Oil Plant 240 Liters/YearCollection, Storage,
Machinery Transportation, Disposal by
selling to registered recycler
or re-use as lubricant
Sch-I/28.1 Residue From mfg. of 3.3 MT/MonthCollection, Storage,
Rosuvastatin Transportation and dispose to
Calcium co-processing in cement
incineration Site
Sch-I/28.1 Sulphuric Acid From mfg. of 796.5 Collection, Storage,
(70 to 80 %) Cetrizine, MT/Month Transportation and sell
Levocetrizine, to end user having Rule 9
Pregabaline, permission under the HW
RCMH, Rules 2016.
Sch-I/28.3 Spent Carbon From mfg. 15 MT/MonthCollection, Storage,
process of Transportation and dispose to
Pregabaline co-processing in cement
incineration Site.
Sch-I/28.1 Solid Waste From mfg. 6.3 Collection, Storage,
Process of MT/Month Transportation and dispose to
Glimipride Common TSDF site

Sch-I/28.6 Spent From mfg. 550 MT/Month

Collection, Storage, recovered
Solvents Process through in house distillation
or sent for distillation job
work to authorized recycler
then reuse in
Process.
Sch-I/28.1 Distillation From Solvent 5.5 Collection, Storage,
Residue recovery plan MT/Month Transportation and
dispose to co processing in
cement
incineration Site
Sch-I/37.1 Dil. HCL From 30.0 Collection, Storage,
Rules 2016.
Sch-I/37.1 Ammonia soln. From 30.0 Collection, Storage,
Rules 2016.
10.7 Green Belt

(33 %) area will be covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.
10.8 Power Requirements

Power required from DGVCL will be 250 KW.
DG Set (150 KVA) will be kept for emergency power back-up.
10.9 Fuel requirement:
Bio-Coal = 4.0 MT/Day
Diesel = 15 Liter/Hr

10.10 Details of Hazardous Chemicals Storage & Mode of Disposal:

The detail of Hazardous Chemical Storage & Handling is as under…
Sr. Name of the Maximum Mode of Actual State & Possible type
No. Hazardous Storage Storage Storage Operating of Hazards
Substance pressure &
temperature
1 Methanol 5 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
25 Toxic
2 Toluene 4 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
20 Toxic
3 Acetone 3 MT Drum 200 Liter x NTP Flammable/
15 Toxic
4 Hydrochloric 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Corrosive
Acid 25
5 IPA (Isopropyl 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Flammable
Alcohol) 25
6 Acetic Acid 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Toxic
25
7 Sulphuric Acid 5 MT Drum 250 Liter x NTP Corrosive
4
8 Sodium 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Hydroxide
9 Potassium 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Carbonate
10 Aluminum 2 MT Bags 50 kg x 40 NTP Toxic
Chloride
10.11 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection measures
10.12 Conclusion
The EIA study of M/s. Iconic Pharmachem has been carried out with respect to the TORs awarded by
MoEFCC, New Delhi. All the impacts likely to have an effect on the environment have been
identified and efficient/adequate mitigation measures have been proposed for the same.
Adequate EMS is proposed & therefore pollution will remain within prescribed limit.

The proposed expansion project will provide quality product at lower cost to the
users.
There should be positive impact on the socio-economic condition of the area in terms
of direct and indirect employment due to the proposed project.
Country will save valuable foreign exchange as import of these products will be
reduced by corresponding amount.

CHAPTER - 11
PROJECT BENEFITS
11.1 BACKGROUND
Intermediate located at Plot No. 3202, Phase-III,GIDC Estate, Panoli-394 116, Tal: Ankleshwar,
Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat.
11.2 ENVIRONMENT
Their respect for the environment is reflected in their commitment & common objectives for
continuous efforts by ensuring environmentally sound practices followed at all levels. They not
only adhere to the statutory norms but have a holistic approach towards environmental
protection. The major environmental issues addressed are:
o Proposed manufacturing processes are studied in detail with a view to minimize
generation of liquid/gaseous waste streams as a part of continuous improvement.
o Company will be not aimed at just pollution minimization but also to conserve energy,
improve process yields and product quality.
o Company will use natural gas & Briquettes/Bio Coal in boiler and THF as a fuel.
11.3 EXPORTS
• Country will gain forex through exporting products, an export oriented unit.
• Country will save valuable foreign exchange as import of these products will be reduced by
corresponding amount.
11.4 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION
As project will have considerable employment & trade opportunities with the commencement
of the production activities. This will increase the employment opportunity. Secondary jobs will

also bind to be generated to provide daily needs and services to the work force. This will also
temporarily increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The manpower
requirement for the proposed project will generate permanent and secondary jobs for the
operation and maintenance of plant. Proposed requirement of manpower is ~20 employees.
The project will benefit the people living in the neighboring villages by giving preference to
them in relation to direct employment associated with the various project activities.
Construction and operation phase of the proposed project will involve a certain number of
laborers. There is a possibility that local people for construction phase as well as a number of
local skilled and unskilled people will be engaged in the employment which will improve the
existing employment scenario of the region.
11.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Company will contribute 5% of project cost for socio economic development activities for 5
year. This fund will be administered by a local area development committee in accordance with
the orders of the appropriate Government. This fund will be used for the creation of
infrastructure and overall economic development of the project area. Other such activities as
stated as below:
1) Integrated Agricultural Growth Project – For improvement and use of the modern
techniques and thereby would certainly contribute to prosperity in the agriculture sector
and reduce the rural poverty by programs like Farmers Training, Nursery Growing Trainings,
Modern agriculture equipment distribution programs etc.
2) Income Generation Program
1) Establishment of Self help groups
2) Rural Entrepreneurship Development Program
3) Vocational Training
4) Business process outsourcing
3) Health, Education & Infrastructure
1) General Health Camps

2) Innovative Teaching Methods
3) Adult Education
4) Sanitation
5) Infrastructure Development Projects
4) FUND FOR CSR ACTIVITIES
CSR Activities Year Fund (Rs.)
2018-2019
Kosamdi Village :Scholarship of 10 2018-2019 1,00,000
students
Kosamdi Village :Books and uniform 2018-2019 1,00,000
2019-2020
Motali Village :Medical Camp in villages & 2019-2020 1,00,000
School and distribute medicine free of
cost
Motali Village :Books and uniform 2019-2020 80,000
2020-2021
Social Cultural Programs, Kondh 2020-2021 1,00,000
Villages Temple Utsav, Kondh 2020-2021 50,000
2021-2022
One Computer & Printer to School, 2021-2022 1,00,000
Amboli
2022-2023
Jitali Village: Scholarship of 02 students 2022-2023 1,00,000
Jitali Village: Sports Equipments(Cricket, 2022-2023 1,00,000
Valley Ball, Tennis)
TOTAL 8,30,000/-

FUND FOR CER ACTIVITIES
CER Activities Year Fund (Rs.)

2018-2019
Provision of required infrastructural facilities like tube light, fans to 2018-2019 1,00,000/-
primary school in village Bakrol.
Provide Nutrition and medicine to anganwadi and primary health 2018-2019 60000/-
centre in village Kosamdi.
2019-2020
Medical Camp in villages & School and distribution of medicines free 2019-2020 1,00,000/-
of cost in village Kondh.
Provision of necessary Food supplements to malnourished/ 2019-2020 1,00,000/-
undernourished children in village Amboli.
Increase depth of pond in Umarwada Villages 2019-2020 3,00,000
TOTAL 6,60,000/-

CHAPTER – 12:
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Management Consultants & Equipments Supplier
NABL LABORATORY
ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company
M/S. AQUA – AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586 348
403, CENTER POINT, NR. KADIWALA SCHOOL, TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273
RING ROAD, SURAT – 395002 (GUJARAT) EMAIL: aquaair_surat@hotmail.com
WEBSITE: WWW.AQUA-AIR.CO.IN
COMPANY PROFILE
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is a Surat based company; one of the leading and
multidiscipline Environmental Management Consulting firms of the region.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was founded by Mr. Jayesh S. Patel & Mrs. Archana J. Patel
on May 7, 2008 and Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was registered under the companies
Act on May 7, 2008.
Office having 6,756 Sq. Ft. of area covering EC/EIA Department, R & D Centre (Environmental
Laboratory), Consent (CTE/CC&A) Department, ETP/Civil Department and Account Department,
Library, Conference room and Administration Department, etc. with experienced and qualified staff to
render services in the field of Environmental Management of various types of industries.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a well-established track record in monitoring legislation
and developing and implementing strategies for organizations that enable them to manage the impact
of environmental issues on their business.
The company has built a reputation for delivering innovative and practical solutions to environment
related business issues. These solutions help our clients to achieve successful business outcomes and
make sustainable environment serving improvements within their business operations.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO/IEC 17025:2005 Accreditation
by NABL, New Delhi for the Competence Testing & Calibration Laboratories on June 24, 2008 and
submitted the application (Version No. 10) to NABL, New Delhi for ISO/IEC 17025:2005 registration on
October 7, 2008. After final assessment and Non-Conformances resolved and corrective actions taken
against the Non-Conformances, Laboratory Department, Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
was accredited with the certification of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on Oct. 15, 2010 and was valid up to Oct.
14, 2012. Re-accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on June 5, 2013 and was valid up to
June 4, 2015. Re- accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on Jan. 6, 2016 and was valid up to
Jan. 5, 2018. Re- accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on May 28, 2018 and is valid up to
May 27, 2020.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO 9001:2008 registration for
Quality Management System on December 1, 2009 and submitted the application for ISO 9001:2008
registration on March 4, 2010. After final assessment, Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was
certified from ANAB by M/s. Intertek System Certification on May 4, 2010 and it was valid up to May 4,
2013. We were re-certified on May 4, 2013 and it was valid up to May 4, 2016. We were re-certified on
May 30, 2016 and it was valid up to Sept. 14, 2018.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for “EIA Consultant Organization”
accreditation under National Accreditation Board for Education And Training (NABET)/Quality Council
of India (QCI), New Delhi on January 7, 2010 and submitted the application (Rev. 06) for “EIA
Consultant Organization” accreditation under NABET, New Delhi on April 8, 2010. Office assessment
was done by external NABET/QCI auditors [Dr. L. Ramakrishnan & Mr. A. K. Gupta (B.Sc. Mechanical
Engg.)] on Feb. 3 & 4, 2011. NABET/QCI closed the application of Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers
Pvt. Ltd. on March 15, 2011. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. filed SCA in Hon’ble High Court
of Gujarat against MoEF, QCI & NABET, New Delhi on April 13, 2012. Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat
issued stay order against operation of all OMs (related to NABET/QCI Scheme) of MoEF, New Delhi for
the company on Jan. 24, 2013. MoEFCC, New Delhi published Notification regarding mandatory
implementation accreditation scheme of NABET/QCI on March 3, 2016. Aqua-Air Environmental
Engineers P. Ltd. along with 11 EIA Consultants of Gujarat filed SCA No. 5312 of 2016 in Hon'ble High
Court of Gujarat. Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat gave Stay Order on Apr. 5, 2016 against
implementation of Notification dated March 3, 2016 of MoEFCC, New Delhi till further orders.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. received the Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark,
Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry, Govt. of India on January 18, 2011.
The company’s work is spread all over Gujarat in India & Oman. Company have already prepared 382
Form-1, 283 EIA & EMP reports, 265 Risk Assessment & DMP reports, conducted 84 Public Hearings
and obtained 245 Environmental Clearances so far that includes Water related Projects / Pesticide
Industry Projects / Textile Industry Projects / Sugar Industry Projects / Chemical Industries / Specialty
Chemical Industry Projects / Bulk Drug (API) Industry Projects / Chemical Fertilizer Industry Projects /
Cement Plants / Thermal Power Plants / Mining Projects / Infrastructure Projects / Construction
Projects / Distilleries / Petrochemical Industry Projects/ SEZ Projects/ CRZ Projects, etc.
Company's NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory has conducted Environmental Monitoring & Analysis
with Environmental Institute and Gujarat Pollution Control Board in Industrial Estates of Ankleshwar,
Panoli & Jhagadia. Company is also doing Turnkey/Consulting Projects for M/s. BASF (Detail
Engineering for Effluent Treatment Plant) & M/s. Reva Proteins Ltd. (Design of Effluent Treatment
Plant, supply of mechanical items, Commissioning and operation of Effluent Treatment Plant).
2. ABOUT US
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has registered office in one of the top five fastest growing
cities of India – Surat. We are one of the most trusted and reliable environmental and engineering
consultancy service providers. With complete hold in the related domain and proficiency, we execute
our work all over Gujarat region.
In addition to engineering consultancy, we also execute turnkey projects for effluent treatment plants
at the client's site.
Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd is:

• One of the leading companies in the region providing high quality services in environmental
engineering to the best of client's satisfaction.
• Posses a well - developed design office with Computer Center and Laboratory -cum- R&D Center to
carry out designing and analysis in the field of environmental engineering.
• Recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditor under the Environment Audit Scheme proposed
by the Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat.
• Listed with Gujarat Pollution Control Board as Consultants and proposing to get enlisted with GPCB
as Pollution Control Equipment Suppliers.
• Going to become a member of Consulting Engineers Association of India.
• Having well-developed library to render services in the field of environmental auditing, consulting,
monitoring and analysis.
3. ACHIEVEMENTS
1. Registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.
2. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on Dec. 24,
2008.
3. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on May 4, 2010. Import Export Licence received from
Government of India on May 31, 2010.
4. Solvency Certificate of Rs. 1,40,00,000/- received from Bank of India, Gopipura branch, Surat on
Sept. 3, 2010.
5. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)
received on Oct. 15, 2010.
6. Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry,
Govt. of India on Jan. 18, 2011.
7. Certificate of Authorization as dealer in India received from Spectrum Technologies, Inc., USA
on May 1, 2011.
8. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on May 04,
2011.
9. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on April 01, 2013. (Reassessment). And Certificate is valid
upto May 04, 2016.
10. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)
received on June 05, 2013. (Reassessment). And Certificate of NABL is valid upto June 04,2015
11. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on January 4,
2014. (Reassessment). And Certificate of Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule –
II Environmental Auditor is valid upto January 17, 2017.
4. SERVICE PROVIDE
M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. offers following specialized services in
Environmental Engineering, Water Supply Engineering and Civil Engineering.
4.1 TURN KEY/BOOT/BOO PROJECTS
4.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Detailed design Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Construction Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)
Fabrication Recycling Plants (RPs)
Piping Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)
Electrification Incineration System Plants (ISPs)
Supply Hazardous waste Storage areas (HWSAs)
Erection Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities
Testing and Commissioning of Effluent Bio–Medical Waste (BMW) Treatment Facilities on
Treatment Plants (ETPs) a turnkey or BOOT/BOO basis.
Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)
4.1.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING
Construction of
Water Treatment Plan Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs)

Sewage Treatment plant Underground Reservoirs (UGRs)
Industrial Wastewater Treatment plant Sewage Pumping Stations, etc.
4.2 CONSULTING
1. Complete study of the Pollution Problem in industries from wastes generation to disposal and
providing necessary technical knowledge like–
How including design Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)
Basic engineering, detailed engineering Recycling plants (RPs) for reuse of water upto
Water Treatment Plants (WTPs) maximum extent
Tender preparation for Effluent Treatment Incineration System Plants (ISPs) for various non-
Plants (ETPs) for industrial wastewater biodegradable or toxic industrial wastes on
Consulting basis
Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) for residential Design of Hazardous waste Storage area and
wastewater Consultancy Services for Secured/ Sanitary Landfill
Facilities
Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) for Design and Consultancy Services for Bio – Medical
more than two industries Waste Treatment Facilities.
2. Water Supply Distribution System
Analysis Tender preparation
Design
3. Laboratory Analysis of
Air Waste Water
Water Industrial Effluent
Sewage Industrial Sludge
4. Process Study
Reduce the pollution at source Reuse / Recycle effluent
5. Pollution Control Facility

Performance study of existing Suggesting scheme for the optimization of the
facility
6. Environment Management
Environmental Clearance from Environmental Impact Assessment Studies (EIAs)
• MoEF • Short term (Rapid)
• New Delhi or DoEF • Long term (Comprehensive)
• Gandhinagar
Environmental statements Environmental Auditing
7. Statutory Requirements under Factory Act

Safety Audit HAZOP study
On-site / Off-site Emergency Plan
8. For Various Energy Conservation Schemes

Energy Audit Design
9. Environmental Management System

Preparing Adequacy Report Preparing Efficacy Report
10. Operation and Maintenance (O & M)

Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs) Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)
Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)
11. Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Stack
Vent
12. Design of Pollution Control Equipment

Cyclone Flash mixers
Scrubbers Reaction Vessels
Bag Filters, fume extraction systems Clariflocculators
Blowers Scrapper Mechanisms
Aerators Incinerators
Agitators Scrubbers, etc.
13. Pollution Control

Effluent Survey Feasibility Studies
Environmental review of Pollution control Laboratory bench scale Treatability studies
equipment and systems Pilot Plant studies etc.
14. Consulting Service

NOC Air Consent
Water Consent Hazardous Waste Authorization Application, etc.
15. As per requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules
Monitoring filling up Form-37
Analysis of Work Area Environment
16. Technical Consultation & assistance to ensure and assure compete Environ-Legal compliance
Liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the Clearance
required permits Consents
4.3 EQUIPMENT MFG. /TRADING

1. Manufacture and supply of Pollution Control Equipment such as
Incinerators With scrubbers Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) units

Autoclaves Cyclone
Hydro-claves Scrubbers
Fixed Aerators Bag Filters
Floating Aerators Oil Skimmers
Submersible Aerators (EOLO2) Deoiler Pipes
Submersible Mixers (RIO or BRIO) API separators
Cascade Aerators Vacuum Drum filters
Clarifier mechanisms Solid bowl centrifuges
Agitators Filter presses
Clariflocculator Belt filters
Clariflocculator mechanism Reaction vessels
Flash mixes Reverse Osmosis, etc.
Oil skimmers
LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE TITLE PAGE
NO. NO.
1. National ambient air quality monitoring standards 358
2. CPCB recommendations for community noise exposure 360
3. CPCB standards classification of inland surface water 361
4. Indian standards specifications for drinking water 362
5. Indian standards for industrial and sewage effluents discharge 367
6. Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including the 370
CETP, TSDF / Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility
(CHWIF), Common MEE, MEE performance details
7. GIDC Plot Allotment Letter 376
8. Water Supply Letter/ No bore well undertaking 379
9. Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat's Stay Order against Notification of 381
MoEFCC, New Delhi dated March 3, 2016
10. Adequacy 385
11. Undertaking of Separate Energy Meter 393
12. Do’s & Don’ts 394
13. Various SOP to be prepare 397
14. Material Safety Data Sheet - CAS No./ RTECS No./DOT/UN etc to be 400
mentioned against each chemicals
357
ANNEXURE - 1
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (NAAQS) (2009)
Sr. Pollutant Time Concentration in Ambient Air

No. Weighted Industrial Ecologically Methods of
Average Residential, Sensitive Area Measurement
Rural and (notified by
Other Area Central
Government)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 Sulphur Dioxide Annual* 50 20 • Improved West and
(SO2), µg/m3 Geake
24 80 80 • Ultraviolet
Hours** fluorescence
2 Nitrogen Dioxide Annual* 40 30 • Modified Jacob &
(NOx), µg/m3 Hochheiser (Na-
24 80 80 Aresenite)
Hours** • Chemiluminescence
3 Particular Matter Annual* 60 60 • Gravimetric
(size less than 10 • TOEM
µm) or PM10 24 100 100 • Beta attenuation
µg/m3 Hours**
4 Particular Matter Annual* 40 40 • Gravimetric
(size less than • TOEM
2.5 µm) or 24 60 60 • Beta attenuation
PM2.5 µg/m3 Hours**
5 Ozone (O2) 8 100 100 • UV photometric
µg/m3 Hours** • Chemiluminescence
180 180 • Chemical Method
1 Hour**
6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual* 0.50 0.50 • AAS/ICP method
after sampling on
24 1.0 1.0 EPM 2000 or
Hours** equivalent filter
paper
• ED-XRF using Teflon
filter
7 Carbon 8 02 02 • Non Dispersive Infra
Monoxide (CO) Hours** Red (NDIR)
mg/m3 04 04 Spectrology
1 Hour**
8 Ammonia (NH3) Annual* 100 100 • Chemiluminescence
3
µg/m • Indophenol blue
24 400 400 method
Hours**
358
Sr. Pollutant Time Concentration in Ambient Air
No. Weighted Industrial Ecologically Methods of
Average Residential, Sensitive Area Measurement
Rural and (notified by
Other Area Central
Government)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
9 Benzene (C6H6) Annual* 05 05 • Gas chromatography
µg/m3 based continuous
analyzer
• Absorption and
Desorption followed
by GC analysis
10 Benzo (a) Annual* 01 01 • Solvent extraction
Pyrene (BaP) followed by HPCL/GC
particulate analysis
phase only,
mg/m3
11 Arsenic (AS), Annual* 06 06 • AAS/ICP method after
mg/m3 sampling on EPM
2000 or equivalent
filter paper
12 Nickel (Ni), Annual* 20 20 • AAS/ICP method after
mg/m3 sampling on EPM
2000 or equivalent
filter paper
* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site

taken twice a week 24 hours at uniform intervals.
** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied

with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed he limits but not on two
consecutive days of monitoring.
Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring
exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered
adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further
investigation.
359
ANNEXURE - 2
CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE
CATEGORY Leq (dBA) Leq (dBA)

OF AREA (DAY TIME) (NIGHT TIME)
(06:00 TO 21:00 HRS) (21:00 TO 06:00 HRS)
Industrial Area 75 70
Commercial Area 65 55
Residential Area 55 45
Silence Zone 50 40
360
ANNEXURE - 3
CLASSIFICATION OF INLAND SURFACE WATER (CPCB STANDARDS)
SR. NO. CHARACTERISTICS A@ B@ C@ D@ E@

1 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L), 6 5 4 4 -
Min
2 Biochemical Oxygen 2 3 3 - -
Demand (mg/L), Min
3 Total Coliform Organisms, 50 500 5000 - -
MPN/100 ml, Max.
4 Total Dissolved Solids 500 - 1500 - 2100
(mg/L), Max
5 Chlorides (as Cl-), mg/L, 250 - 600 - 600
Max.
6 Colour, 10 300 300 - -
Hazen units, Max
7 Sodium absorption ratio, - - - - 26
Max
8 Boron (as B), mg/L, Max - - - - 2
9 Sulphates (as SO4-2), mg/L, 400 - 400 - 1000
Max.
10 Nitrates (as NO3-), mg/L, 20 - 50 - -
Max
11 Free Ammonia - - - 1.2 -
(as N), mg/L, Max
12 Conductivity at 25°C, - - - 1.0 2.25
micromhos/cm, Max
13 pH value 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.0
14. Arsenic (as As), mg/L, Max 0.05 0.2 0.2 - -

15 Iron (as Fe), mg/L, Max 0.3 - 50 - -
16 Fluorides (as F), mg/L, Max 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -
17 Lead (as Pb), mg/L, 0.1 - 0.1 - -
Max
18 Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 1.5 - 1.5 - -
19 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L, 15 - 15 - -
Max
*: If the Coliform count is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria
for coliforms shall be satisfied if not more than 20 percent of samples show more than the
tolerance limits specified, and not more than 5 percent of samples show values more than 4
times the tolerance limit. Further, the feacal coliform should not be more than 20 percent
of the coliform.
361
ANNEXURE - 4
INDIAN STANDARDS/SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRIINKING WATER IS: 10500-1991
SR. SUBSTANCES REQUIRE UNDESIRABLE PERMISSIB METHOD OF REMARKS

NO OR MENT EFFECTS OUT- LE LIMIT IN TEST CI REF OF
. CHARCTERISTI (DESIRAB SIDE THE ABSENCE IS: 3025
CS LE LIMIT) DESIRABLE OF
MAX LIMIT ALTERNAT
E SOURCE
ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS
1 Colour, Hazen 5 Above this, 25 4 of 3025, Extended
unit consumer 1983 upto 25 only
acceptance if toxic
decreases substances
are not
suspected in
absence of
alternate
Source.
2 Odour Unobjectionabl - 5 of 3025,1983 a. Test cold
e and when
heated
b. Test at
several
dilutions
3 Taste Agreeable - - Test to be
conducted
only after
safety has
been
established
4 Turbidity, NTU 5 Above this, 10 8 Test to be
consumer conducted
acceptance only after
decreases safety has
been
established
5 pH Value 6.5-8.5 Beyond this No 8 -
range the relaxation
water will
affect the
mucous
membrane
and/or water
supply system
6 Total Hardness 300 Encrustation 600 - -
mg/L (as on water
CaCO3) supply
structure and
adverse effects
362
on domestic
use
7 Iron (as Fe), 0.3 Beyond this 1.0 32 of 3025, -

mg/L limit,, 1964
taste/appearan
ce are affected
has adverse
effect on
domestic uses
and water
supply
structures &
promotes iron
bacteria
8 Chlorides 250 Beyond this 1000 32 of 3025 -
(as Cl-) mg/L limit taste,
corrosion and
palatability are
affected
9 Residual free 0.2 - - 26 of 3025, To be
chlorine, mg/L 1986 applicable
only when
water is
chlorinated
tested at
consumer
end, when
protection
against viral
infection is
required it
should be min
0.5 mg/L
DESIRABLE CHARACTERISTICS
10 Dissolved 500 Beyond this 2000 16 of 3025
Solids, mg/L palatability
decrease and
may cause
gastrointestinal
irritation
11 Calcium (as 75 - 200 40 of 3025,
Ca) mg/L 1984
12 Copper (as 0.05 Astringent,tast 1.5 36 of 3025,
Cu), mg/L e discoloration 1964
of pipes,
fittings and
utensils will be
caused beyond
this
13 Manganese 0.1 Astringent 0.3 35 of
363
(as Mn), mg/L ,taste 3025,1964
discoloration of
pipes, fittings
and utensils
will be caused
beyond this
14 Sulphate 200 Beyond this 400 24 of 3025, May be
(as SO4-2), causes 1986 extended
mg/L gastrointestinal upto 400
irritation when provided (as
magnesium or Mg) does not
sodium are exceed 30
present mg/l
15 Nitrate 45 Beyond this 100 - -

(as NO3-), mg/L methaemoglo-
binemia
16 Fluoride (as F- 1.0 Fluoride may 1. 5 23 of 3025, -
), be kept as low 1964
mg/L as possible.
High fluoride
may cause
fluorosis
17 Phenolic 0.001 Beyond this, it 0.002 54 of 3025
substances may cause
mg/L objectionable
(as C6H5OH) taste and
odour
18 Mercury 0.01 Beyond this, No See note To be tested
(as Hg), mg/L the water relaxation mercury ion when
becomes toxic analyzer pollution is
suspected
19 Cadmium 0.01 Beyond this the No See note To be tested
(as Cd), mg/L water becomes relaxation mercury ion when
toxic analyser pollution is
suspected
20 Selenium 0.01 Beyond this the No 28 of 3025, To be tested

(as Se) mg/L water becomes relaxation 1964 when
toxic pollution is
suspected
21 Arsenic (As), 0.05 Beyond this the No 37 of 3025, To be tested
mg/L water becomes relaxation 1988 when
toxic pollution is
suspected
22 Cyanide (CN-), 0.05 Beyond this the No 27 of 3025, To be tested

mg/L water becomes relaxation 1986 when
toxic pollution is
suspected
23 Lead (Pb), 0.05 Beyond this the No See note 86 To be tested
364
mg/L water becomes relaxation when
toxic pollution
plumbosolven
cy is
suspected
24 Zinc (as Zn), 5 Beyond this 15 39 of To be tested
mg/L limit it can 3025,1964 when
cause pollution is
astringent suspected
taste and an
opalescence in
water
25 Anionic 0.2 Beyond this 1.0 Methylene To be tested
detergents limit blue extraction when
mg/L undesirable method pollution is
(as MBAS) taste and suspected
odour after
Chlorination
takes place
26 Chromium 0.01 May be 0.05 28 0f 3025 To be tested
(as Cr+6), mg/L carcinogenic when
above this limit pollution is
suspected
27 Polynuclear - May be - 28 of To be tested
aromatic carcinogenic 3025,1964 when
hydrocarbons, pollution is
mg/L suspected
28 Mineral Oil, 0.01 Beyond this 0.03 Gas To be tested
mg/L limit chromatograp when
undesirable hic method pollution is
taste and suspected
odour after
Chlorination
takes place
29 Pesticides Absent Toxic 0.001 58 of 3025, -
mg/L 1964
30 Radioactive
materials
a. Alpha - - 0.1 - -
emitters Bq/L
b. Beta - - 1.0 - -
emitters pci/L
31 Alkalinity 200 Beyond this 600 13 of -
(as CaCO3), limit taste 3025,1964
mg/L becomes
unpleasant
32 Aluminum 0.03 Cumulative 0.2 31 0f -
(as Al), mg/L effect is 3025,1964
reported to
cause
dementia
365
33 Boron (as B), 1 - 5 29 of -
mg/L 3025,1964
366
ANNEXURE - 5
INDIAN STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND SEWAGE EFFLUENTS DISCHARGE IS: 2490-1982
SR.
NO. INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT
PARAMETERS INTO INLAND ON LAND INTO MARINE INTO
SURFACE WATER FOR COASTAL AREA PUBLIC
IRRIGATION SEWERS
1 Colour / odour - - - -
2 Suspended Solids 100 200 100 (for Process 600
(mg/L) Waste)
3 Particle Size Shall pass 850 - Floatable Solids -
Suspended Solids micron IS sieve Max 3 mm
Settable Solids
Max 850 micron
4 Dissolved Solids 2100 2100 - 2100
(Inorganic), mg/L
5 pH Value 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0
6 Temperature °C Shall not exceed 40 - 45 at the point -
in any section of of discharge
the stream within
15 mts.
downstream from
the effluent outlet
7 Oil & Grease, mg/L, 10 10 20 20
Max.
8 Total Residual 1 - 1 -
Chlorine, mg/L,
Max
9 Ammonical 50 - 50 50
Nitrogen (as N)
mg/l max
10 Total Kjeldahl 100 - 100 -
Nitrogen (as N),
mg/L, Max
11 Free Ammonia (as 5 - 5 -
NH3) mg/L, Max.
12 Biochemical 30 100 100 350
Oxygen Demand,
5 Days at 20 ° C
13 Chemical Oxygen 250 - 250 -
Demand, mg/L,
Max.
14 Arsenic (as As), 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
mg/L, Max.
15 Mercury (as Hg) 0.01 - 0.01 0.01
mg/L
367
16 Lead (as Pb), mg/L, 0.1 - 1.0 1.0
Max
17 Cadmium (as Cd), 2 - 2 1
mg/L, Max
18 Hexavalent 0.1 - 1 2
Chromium (As
Cr+6), mg/L, Max.
19 Total Chromium 2 - 2 2
(as Cr) mg/L, Max
20 Copper (as Cu), 3 - 3 3
mg/L, Max
21 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L, 5 - 15 15
Max.
22 Selenium (as Se), 0.05 - 0.05 0.05
mg/L, Max
23 Nickel (as Ni), 3 - 5 3
mg/L, Max
24 Boron (as B), mg/L, 2 2 - 2
Max
25 Percent Sodium, - 60 60 -
Max
26 Residual Sodium - 50 - -
Carbonate, mg/L,
Max
27 Cyanide (as CN-), 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
mg/L, Max
28 Chloride (as Cl-), 1000 600 - 1000
mg/L, Max
29 Fluoride (as F-) 2 - 15 15
mg/L, Max
30 Dissolved 5 - - -
Phosphate (as P),
mg/l, Max
31 Sulphate (as SO4-2) 1000 1000 - 1000
mg/L, Max
32 Sulphide (as S-2) 2 - 5 -
mg/l, Max
33 Phenolic 1 - 5 6
Compounds
(as C6H5OH) Max
34 Radioactive
materials 10-7 10-8 10-7 10-7
a.) Alpha emitters
µc/mL, Max 10-6 10-7 10-6 10-6
b.) Beta emitters
µc/mL, Max
35 Manganese (as 2 2 - 2
368
Mn), mg/L
36 Iron (as Fe), mg/L 3 3 - 3
37 Vanadium (as V), 0.2 - 0.2 0.2
mg/L
38 Nitrate Nitrogen, 18 20 - 0.2
mg/L
369
ANNEXURE - 6
Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including the CETP, TSDF /
Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility (CHWIF)
Membership of Common MEE of M/s. ACPTCL, Ankleshwar
370
371
Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility (CHWIF) / TSDF
372
MEE performance details
373
Sr. No. Particular Detail
1 Total capacity of the CF Total Granted Capacity is 3.0 MLD. Presently
installed capacity is 1. 4 MLD.
2 Copy of CC&A of the CF We have obtained the CC&A vide letter no.
GPCB/ANK/CCA-1360(2)/ID -32798. Copy of the
same is attached as annexure 1.
3 Actual load at present (Qualitative and Monthly 10,000 KL.
Quantitative – KL per day) Avg. Daily Acceptance: 333.33 KL.
Qualitative: Acceptance Characteristics: Waste
water with parameters above then the acceptance
limit of operative or proposed conventional CETP’s
4 Booked Quantity & Spare Capacity of CF Booked Quantity : 435 KLD
Spare Capacity : 2565 KLD
5 Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports Reports available with GPCB
with analysis reports of the
water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by
GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions
issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise
compliance thereof.
6 Copies of Show- cause notices, closure notices There is no closure issued to the unit, Copy of show
etc. served by the GPCB and its compliance cause notice and their compliance is attached here
with annexure 2.
7 Recommendations and suggestions of the last The 1st Audit report of the plant is under
two Environment Audit reports of CETP and its preparation by M/s. NG Patel Polytechnic, Bardoli as
compliance report per the recommendation of GPCB. As reported by
Auditor report will be completed by October.
8 Common Facility Up gradation scheme, if any Presently not applicable
Status of Compliance to Directions issued by the GPCB vide Show Cause Notices
Issued to M/s. Ankleshwar Cleaner Process Technology Centre Ltd. (ACPTCL)
No. Details of Show Directions issued by The GPCB Status of Compliance

Cause Notice
1 No. GPCB / P - 1/ 169 a) Install Continuous Online Complied.
(A) / 408513 dated Monitoring System at Outlet of CETP We are a ZLD facility and receive
30/03/2017 effluent by tankers so flow meters
b) Make provision for connecting and
uploading effluent monitoring data cannot be installed. We have installed
web cam at weigh bridge to monitor
at GPCB & CPCB server and intimate
GPCB for the same. the net weight received. Proposed to
relocate web cams as per requirements
of board.
2 No. SCN - 415619 Unit has not installed online stack Complied.
dated 21/06/2017 monitoring system in spray dryer stack Online stack monitoring system
installed in Spray Dryer stack.
3 No. SCN – 369647 a) One of the member units was found Complied.
dated 14/09/2016 sending wastewater from Sarigam The member unit under question is
area, considering the EC condition of located diagonally within 150 Km from
150 Kms ACPTCL is not allowed to ACPTCL Site.
receive this waste. Complied.
VOC strippers have been installed and
b) Smell and emission of VOC were felt
working as a closed loop system. All
in the premises during inspection
374
necessary Air pollution Control devices
have also been installed to control
emissions.
4 No. SCN – 374974 a) Natural Khadi / creek is passing Complied.

dated 07/11/2016 adjacent to the premises and some The work for joining the compound wall
part of the compound wall towards has been completed.
the road corner is found open.
5 No. GPCB/ANK-CCA- a) Online stack monitoring System is not Complied.
1360(2) /408369 dt installed as coal fired boiler as per Online Stack Monitoring System
28/03/2017 condition mentioned in the CCA of installed by April 2017.
plant. Complied & verified by GPCB in next
visit.
b) Leakages observed from outlet Duct
of Spray Dryer Chimney. Complied & verified by GPCB in next
visit.
c) Leakages observed in Expansion Bello Complied.
of Spray Dryer. Details submitted to GPCB.
d) Details about how much quantity of
wastewater is collected for MEE and
spray Dryer plant and how much
quantity of hazardous waste is not
given at time of visit.
375
ANNEXURE -07
GIDC PLOT ALLOTMENT LETTER
376
377
378
ANNEXURE -08
GIDC WATER SUPPLY LETTER/ NO BOREWELL UNDERTAKING
379
NO BOREWELL UNDERTAKING
380
ANNEXURE - 9
HON'BLE HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT'S STAY ORDER AGAINST NOTIFICATION OF MoEFCC,
NEW DELHI DATED MARCH 3, 2016
381
382
383
384
ANNEXURE - 10
ADEQUECY
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
ANNEXURE - 11
UNDERTAKING OF SEPARATE ENERGY METER
393
ANNEXURE - 12
Do’s & Don’ts
DO’s and DON’Ts for Safer Operation
Do’s:
• Store used oil at proper place as per plant guidelines.

• Use lubricating oil carefully to avoid spillage on ground.
• Use lubricating oil as per requirement.
• Use minimum amount of water wherever it is required as per plant guidelines.
• Waste disposal system for all plants should be separate.
• Avoid spillage of liquid, hand gloves, cotton waste on road, which will cause
pollution. Recycle or dispose that material.
• Use cleaning equipment carefully. (i.e. cotton waste, oil & chemicals)
• Place all the equipments (i.e. Fire Hose, Rubber Pipe and Chisel) at proper place.
• Handling of chemicals should be as per plant guidelines to avoid undesired chemical
reaction.
• Safety training and correct use of PPE’s must for all the employees.
• Environment guidelines should follow during cleaning of vessels, Tank, channels etc.
• Follow shift in charge’s instructions during loading or unloading of chemicals.
• In case of fire or any accident, immediately inform responsible person,
• In case of emergency, inform operator as well as control room.
• Area of work during excavation, radiography, sand blasting shall be cordoned with
warning tags of "work in progress”, “no entry”, “radiography” in progress' etc.
• Switch off lights and computers when not in use.
• Shut the water cock properly when not in use.
• Always follow safety rule during the plant operation.
Do’s during shut down:
• All equipment, vessels, lines where hot work is envisaged shall be purged, flushed
thoroughly and positively isolated. Similar precautions should be taken for vessel
entry also.
• Back flow of materials from sewers, drains should be avoided by proper isolations.
• In case of confined space entry and other cleaning jobs etc. which are to be carried
out by the process department, vessel entry permit should be issued to immediate
supervising officer/operator by shift in charge. This permit should be renewed by
incoming shift in charge during every shift.
• Hoist, Platform, cages used for lifting persons or to send persons inside vessels by
such means must be of sound construction with wire ropes slings, etc. to avoid
failure.
• All steam, condensate, hot water connections should be made tight with clamps.
• All underground sewers shall be flushed, protected from sparks.
394
• Full PPEs like PVC suits, gum boots, face shield & other required shall be used while
draining, flushing and other reclaiming activities to avoid burn, poisoning etc.
• Wet asbestos cloth/metallic plate should be used to collect flying sparks.
• Water, steam flushing, nitrogen blanketing shall be continued where spontaneous
combustion takes place. Precautions should be taken for pyrophoric nature of
material.
• Temporary electrical connections, cords, boards and other electrical fixtures should
be of sound material to prevent electrical shock.
• Proper approach like aluminum ladder should be provided to reach to the platforms
of scaffolding and ladder must be tied.
• All clumps of scaffolding should be tightened properly and planks should be tied at
both ends and supported at proper distances along span to avoid sagging and
failure.
• Always use safety belt while working at height of more than 2 meters and ensure
tieing the life line of safety belt with firm support.
• Ensure area cordoning for hot work, X-ray, excavation, hazard material temporary
storage.
• Ensure proper tagging of valves, switches etc to prevent its use.
• Ensure proper guidance to workman and make him aware about local area hazards
before start of the job.
• All welding machines should be provided with power isolation switch of suitable
rating.
• Portable electrical appliances/tools earthing should be in good working condition.
Insulation portion should be free from damages.
• All electrical cables should be joints free and connection taken by using three pin
plugs.
• While inserting fuse all care should be taken so that no one touches conductor to
avoid the shock to the persons.
• During hydro jetting work workers should wear hand gloves, safety helmet goggles
and PVC suit.
Don’ts:
• Do not use fire hydrant water for washing/bath purpose.

• Do not use water for cleaning purpose, use broomstick if possible.
• Do not wash or clean trolley, tractor or trucks which are used for
chemical/fertilizer’s transportation. Wash them at proper place.
• Smoking & carrying matchbox, cigarettes, lighter, bidis etc. are prohibited.
• Photography & carrying cameras/Mobile phones are strictly prohibited in all areas.
• Do not spill liquid or chemicals in open atmosphere.
• The use of Radio Active Source within the plant shall not be allowed without
obtaining valid permission/work permit and intimation in the form of a circular to all
plant persons shall be given in advance.
• Unauthorized entry into any battery limit of plant is strictly prohibited.
395
• Sitting or walking on rail tracks, crossing between wagons, taking rest under stabled
wagons, crossing the rail through the openings underneath the stationary wagons
are strictly prohibited.
Don’ts during shut down:
• Do not use gasket or other blinds as it can fail during job. All blinds should be
metallic.
• No toxic/corrosive/irritating materials should remain plants or sections where hot
work is to be carried out.
• No hot work should be permitted in battery limits near sewers till areas have been
cleaned flushed properly.
• No hot work irrespective of place of area shall be done without valid permit.
• No combustible material shall be there in flare line for taking up of flare line job.
Isolations shall be ensured.
396
ANNEXURE - 13
Details on various SOP to be prepared
Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage, process, handling &
transportation hazard.
1) Civil &Mechanical design of storage tanks will be approved from chartered engineer.
2) Distance between the tanks will be as per law of Factory inspector rules.
3) Minimum 1.2 wide stairs with landings and pathways with railings will be provided.
4) Toe guards will be provided.
5) All the tanks will be earthed at minimum two places.
6) Fire hydrant system will be laid around the Chemical storage.
7) Onsite emergency plan will be prepared.
8) Periodic safety reports and safety audited by DISH approved agencies as per law.
9) MSDS of chemicals will be displayed.
10) An indicator of material toxicity, flammability will be displayed over the storage tanks.
11) All the manpower will be given periodic trainings by competent personnel
12) All the pipelines for unloading, loading, transportation will be earthed by jumpers.
13) Safe entry and exit plans will be prepared and displayed.
14) PPE will be provided for safe handling.
b) Details on workers training before engaging work, periodical, in-house, outside etc.
Training before engaging to work:
A) Awareness of MSDS prior to entry to factory premises at gate.

B) Awareness of Onsite emergency plan.
C) Minimum One day Visit to All the departments including safety department.
D) Induction training for minimum one day in each department.
E) Practical to handle fire hydrant system and fire extinguisher.
F) Evaluation of induction program.
Periodical training, in house during the process:
A) A skill matrix will be prepared with the help of department HOD.

B) A training calendar will be prepared by HR, which will include trainings on safety, safe
working, HR issues, and sexual harassment with the help of NGO etc.
C) The Skill matrix will be evaluated on monthly basis for six months before confirmation
on job. Poor evaluation will lead to extension of training.
D) Skill matrix will be evaluated on half yearly basis after the confirmation.
Periodical training outsourced during the process:
A) A training calendar will be prepared for outsourced trainings and implemented.
397
B) The training calendar will include training for DISH approved persons, first aid etc.
C) Periodic skill matrix evaluation will be made to identify training needs and calendar will
be updated accordingly.
c) Details on various SOP to be prepared.
The following SOPs will be prepared for the safe & smooth functioning of operations –
a) SOP - for safety training.

b) SOP - Onsite Emergency Plan.
c) SOP - Induction of new employees.
d) SOP - HR systems.
e) SOP - Safe Production operations.
f) SOP - Safe unloading and storage of raw materials.
g) SOP - Safe Loading of Finished Goods.
h) SOP - Inspection of Transport vehicles.
i) SOP - Quality control of Raw Materials and Finished Goods.
j) SOP - Work permit system.
All the above SOPs will have following basic contents –
a) Safe preparedness of system to start.

b) Safe Shut down procedure of system.
c) Safe handling of system.
d) PPE required to handle the system.
e) Trouble shooting of the system.
f) Operational control procedures.
d) Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.
Periodic Safety audit will be conducted as per law through competent person approved by
law. Periodic Compliance report of the same will be submitted to Factory inspector office.
e) Specific safety measures to be taken for general Public living in the vicinity.
Specific safety measures for General Public in the vicinity –
a) An Emergency alarm will sound in case of emergency.

b) Wind indicators will be provided at elevated levels.
c) Collector office and DIA office will be informed in case of any emergency.
398
f) Details on hazard identification i.e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event tree
analysis, Checklist,Audit etc. to be adopted for the safety operation of the plant.
A Hazop Study on the basis of hazard of operation that can occur in –

- Normal condition.
- Abnormal condition
- Emergency condition
Will be conducted.
The Hazop Study will be based on hazard analysis (Hazan) for the logical, systematic
examination of an item, process, condition, facility, or system to identify and analyze the
source, causes, and consequences of potential or real unexpected events which can occur.
The system of Fault tree analysis, Event tree Analysis and their check list will be prepared
and implemented through the recognized safety agency as approved by DISH. The
competent person will be enrolled to visit on regular periodicity and will interact with junior
most level of the plant workers.
Periodic safety audits will be done through the competent agency and the report with
compliance report will be submitted to DISH.
g) Detection and monitoring of VOC’s / gases :
As such there is no gas emission from plant. To control and monitor the volatile organic
content, the VOC meter with Alarm will be provided near all the storage area and operations
areas. The data of the same will be recorded by safety departments and continual
improvement program system will be implemented to make the environment free from VOC
and odor.
399
ANNEXURE - 14
Material Safety Data Sheet - CAS No./ RTECS No./DOT/UN etc to be mentioned against each
chemicals
400

16012019FV4Q6RWBAnnexure documentofEIAEMP PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

16012019FV4Q6RWBAnnexure documentofEIAEMP PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

M/S.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

March, 2017 to May, 2017

PROJECT TITLE : PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES

PROJECT NO. : 735000

NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory

M/s. ICONIC PHARMACHEM

Mr. Dhaval Zaveri

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

4 CHAPTER : 04 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 7 MITIGATION

5 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

8 CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 335

11 CHAPTER 12: PROJECT BENEFITS 344

1.1 LIST OF DIECTORS AND PARTNERS 33

4.8 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 228

33 Action plan for reuse of liquid waste Not Applicable

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 32

1.1.1 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND

Sr. No Name Designation Address Contact Details

1.1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

For proposed expansion project; following assumptions has been considered:

1.1.3 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 33

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS

1.2.2 Plot Area

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 34

1.2.3 PROJECT SETTING

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem is located at longitude 72°59'25.95"E and latitude

1.2.4 PROJECT SITE AND PLANT LAYOUT

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 35

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 36

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 37

1.2.5 DETAILS OF PRODUCTS

LIST OF PRODUCTS & BY-PRODUCTS ALONG WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY

SR. PRODUCTS CAS NO.

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 38

22 2,6 Dichlrodiphenyl Amine 15307-93-4 Intermediate of Diclofenac

1.2.6 EXACT DETAILS ABOUT INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES, PLANT MACHINERIES, ETC.

Table No. 1.4

SR. NAME OF EQUIPMENT / MOC PROCESS / QTY. CAPACITY

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 39

14 Air Compressor Non lubricated For Air 2 200 CFM

1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

1.3.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Area

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 40

2 National Highway NH-8 4.0 km

1.3.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 41

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 42

1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES INCLUDING

Sr. Salient Features Details

Co-ordinates 21°32'58.74"N 72°59'25.95"E

Domestic waste water (1.8 KL/Day) will be disposed

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 43

Thermic Fluid Heater, DG Set.

1.5 PURPOSE OF EIA

1.6 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

M/s. Iconic Pharmachem 44

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan and Disaster